Nagaland

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF TOURISM AND CULTURE

DEPARTMENT OF TOURISM
MARKET RESEARCH DIVISION
20 YEARS PERSPECTIVE PLAN

FOR
THE SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT OF TOURISM
IN THE STATE OF NAGALAND
(January 2003)
CONSULTANTS
‘THE DESIGNERS’
‘BRINDAVAN’, 227, RAJ MAHAL VILAS EXTN. II
FIRST MAIN ROAD
BANGALORE, KARNATAKA – 560 094
PHONE: 080 – 3417366, TELEFAX: 080 – 3417283
E-MAIL: < the_designers@vsnl.net >, < ulhasrane@vsnl.net >
CONTENTS
Page No.
List of figures 4
List of tables 5
Acknowledgements 6
Prologue 7
Executive Summary 9
Perspective Plan 31
1. Introduction 31
1.1. Background of Tourism Development

1.2. Global Tourism Trends
1.3. Tourism Policy in India
1.4. Objectives of Tourism Development in India
1.5. Environmental and Ecological Parameters
1.6. Tourism Development in the Northeast
1.7. Tourism Development in Nagaland
1.8. Objectives of the Study
1.9. Methodology
2. Nagaland 41
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Geography
2.3 People and Culture
2.4 Natural Environment and Ecology
2.5 Socio-economics
2.6 Evolution
3. Tourism in Nagaland 52
3.1 Tourism Status

3.2 Tourism Potential
3.3 People’s outlook towards Tourism
3.4 Government’s outlook towards Tourism
3.5 Present Budget and Economics of Tourism Development
3.6 Sustainability
1
4. Basic Tourism infrastructure in Nagaland 57
4.1 Communication Network

4.2 Telecommunication Network
4.3 Information Technology
4.4 Tourism Department
4.5 Network of Information Centres
4.6 Accommodation Facilities
4.7 Restaurants
4.8 Basic Services
5. Positive and Negative Factors 63
5.1 Northeast Region

5.2 Nagaland State
6. Proposed Tourism Policy 65
6.1 General Recommendations for the Northeast Region

6.2 General Recommendations for Nagaland State
6.3 General Recommendations for the Existing / Proposed Projects
6.4 Specific Unique Projects for Nagaland
6.5 Specific Unique Tourism Circuits for Nagaland
7. Tourism Trends and Implications 106
7.1 Tourism Research and Documentation

7.2 Past & Existing Tourism Trends
7.3 Future Tourism Implications
7.4 Evaluation & Future of Tourism
8. Financial Implications and Funding Avenues 111
8.1 Financial Implications

8.2 Privatisation Strategy
8.3 Governmental Funding Avenues
8.4 Institutional Funding Avenues
9. Tourism Economics, Cost - Benefit Analysis & Employment Generation 124

9.1 Tourism Economics
9.2 Role of Tourism in National Socio-economic Development
9.3 Present Economics of Nagaland Tourism
9.4 Future Economics of Nagaland Tourism
9.5 Cost – Benefit Analysis – Tourism in Nagaland
9.6 Employment Generation from Tourism Development in Nagaland
10. Community Participation & Women’s Role 139
11. Proposed Strategy & Action Plan 142

2
12. Proposed Phased Development 145
13. Block Estimate & Feasibility 148
14. Conclusion 151
Appendices 153
a. Guidelines for preparation of Perspective Plan 154

b. Questionnaire 157
c. Format for interviews 162
d. General information 168
e. State Tourism Budget (1993-94 to 2002-2003) 170
f. Revenue Collection (1985-86 to 2000-2001) 171
g. Tourist accommodation provided by Dept. of Tourism, Nagaland 172
h. Private tourist facilities in Kohima 173
i. Status of existing facilities 174
j. Details of Centrally Sponsored Schemes 181
k. District wise Forest Cover 191
l. Area under different Land Use 194
m. Status of Nagaland Forests 196
n. Norms under National River Conservation Directorate (MoEF) 198
o. General Guidelines for the Up-gradation of existing infrastructure 205
p. General Guidelines for the Development of new infrastructure 211
q. List of Voluntary Organisations in Nagaland 215
r. List of Eminent Personalities in Nagaland 216
s. Checklist for Transport Facilities 217
t. Environment Impact Questions 226
u. Assessment of Barrier-free infrastructure 234
v. International Tourist Arrivals – World wise 243
w. International Tourist Receipts – World wise 244
x. Domestic & Foreign visits to India – Region wise 245
y. Distribution of approved hotels in Northeast India 246
z. Sources of Information 248
aa. National Wildlife Action Plan on Tourism 249
bb. Central Govt. Ministries for Tourism Development collaboration 250
cc. Institutional Funding Agencies for Tourism Development 252
References 254
Map of Northeast India
3
LIST OF FIGURES
Page No.
1. Map of NE region 37
2. Map of Nagaland 43
3. Evolving Nagas 50
4. Tourist Lodge, Kohima 59
5. Tuophema Resort, the villagers’ initiative 62
6. Mt. Saramati 86
7. Dzukou Valley 91
8. Kohima Cityscapes 98
9. The Ruins of Kachari Kingdom, Dimapur 101
10. Naga Tribes in Festive Moods 103
11. Village Gate 105
12. Naga Woman 141
13. Naga Symbolism 151
4
LIST OF TABLES
Page No.
1. World Tourism – Region wise distribution 32
2. World Top Tourism Earners 33
3. Domestic & Foreign Tourist visiting NE & Nagaland 52
4. Budget Allocation for Tourism – Govt. of Nagaland 54
5. Projects sanctioned by Dept. of Tourism, GOI 55
6. Special Budget Allocation for NE, GOI 55
7. Trends & Projections of tourist arrivals at various destinations 107
8. Existing status & Projected needs of accommodation 108
9. General Evaluation of Tourism destinations 110
10. State Govt.’s outlay (general) for 10th five year plan 111
11. State Budget (1993-2003) 127
12. Average per capita per Day Tourist Enditure 134
13. Direct Economic Benefits 135
14. Indirect Economic Benefits 136
15. Cost Benefit Analysis 137
16. Generation of Direct Employment 138
17. Block Estimate 148
5
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
1. Staff of the Department of Tourism (MR), Govt. of India
2. Staff of the Department of Tourism, Nagaland
3. Various interviewees
4. Various respondents to the questionnaire
5. Various tourists, tour organisers, travel agents
6. Staff of various libraries
7. Consultants & staff of ‘The Designers’
8. Various government officials, State of Nagaland
9. People of Nagaland
6
PROLOGUE
Northeast region has been a fascination for us since our earlier encounters with the
Sikkim Himalayas and the great Brahmputra of Assam, during the last two decades.
Our professional projects in these regions gave us opportunities to explore this region
of wonderful natural beauty, unique treasure of diverse flora and fauna and ethnic
culture of very warm people.
However visiting Nagaland, Mizoram and Tripura under the assignment of the
Department of Tourism, Govt. of India, opened up unimaginable insights for us. It
gave us an opportunity to understand the Northeast more closely. Each state has its
own charm and its unique identity of varied landscapes and people. We were able to
feel and understand innumerable problems of the people otherwise hidden behind
their ever-smiling faces.
The explorations in Nagaland have been a delightful experience. This is the charming
land of rugged mountains, deep valleys, and beautifully sculpted terraced fields. The
land is inhabited by several tribes of warrior clan. The entire region is filled with
mystic folk tales. During the festivals, sounds of music and dance with the rhythmic
drumbeats resonate the valleys. The depressing sights of degradation due to jhoom
cultivation and the graveyard like look of the forest habitat bring in dejection. On the
other hand, enthusiasm of some village councils in creating community sanctuaries
and protected wildlife reserves create some hope.
The Dzukou valley and the Mount Japfu and Saramati exposed us to extremely
beautiful natural environment, whereas Khonoma and Dzuleke villages provided us
the warmth of the warrior people. Nagalnd has some unique heritage sites like the
ruins of the Kachari Kingdom of megalithic culture near Dimapur, Kohima village
within the limits of the capital city of Kohima and the world famous Kohima War
Cemetery commemorating the soldiers who sacrificed their life here in the
World War II.
Nagaland is a land of surprises and stunning natural beauty. It will keep us attracting
again and again. The tourism officials and local people were cooperative and helpful
in spite of many odds.
We dedicate this study report to the PEOPLE OF NAGALAND.
We are extremely grateful to the Department of Tourism, Government of India for

giving us this invaluable opportunity to understand the Northeast. We faced a lot of
hurdles during this endeavour. The short time frame coincided with the torrential
monsoon. The communication was difficult. Adverse climate, landslides, frequent
cancellations of flights etc. regularly disrupted our travel plans. Accessibility to the
remote regions was almost impossible.
7
In spite of these obstacles, we have tried our best efforts to evolve a strategy for the
sustainable tourism development in the region. We are hopeful that these efforts
would attract more tourists to the Northeast to bring in socio-economic revolution in
the region in the coming years.
We strongly feel that entire country must contribute intellectually, politically and
financially for the total rejuvenation of this neglected region.
ULHAS RANE
PRINCIPAL INVESTIGATOR
8
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

FOR
1. INTRODUCTION:
Tourism has become one of the most flourishing industries in the world.
Today, it is the second largest and fastest growing industry, next only to the
petroleum industry. Worldwide, tourism is emerging as one of the biggest
employers compared to any other economic sector. It offers opportunities for
economic, cultural and political exchanges, generates employment, foreign
exchange and raises living standards. It facilitates social integration and
international understanding.
The vast potential and the need for rapid development was recognised only in
the Seventh Plan, subsequent to which tourism was accorded the status of an
Industry, thereby encouraging private investments in this sector.
The national action plan for tourism (1992), defines the objectives of tourism
development in India and the primary strategy for its development:
a. It is a unifying and a nation-building force, through fostering greater

national and international understanding, particularly amongst the youth of
the country.
b. It serves to preserve and enrich India’s cultural heritage.
c. It brings socio-economic benefits.
The strategy for achieving these objectives has been outlined as:
a. Improvement of tourist infrastructure

b. Developing areas on a selective basis for integrated growth, along with the
marketing of destinations on the basis of a ‘Special Tourism Area’
concept.
c. Restructuring and strengthening of institutions for development of human
resources.
d. Evolving a suitable policy for increasing foreign tourist arrivals and
foreign exchange earnings.
9
Environmental Parameters: Any development has to consider its possible
adverse impacts on the surrounding environment and the conservation of
various ecological elements must be considered as a priority obligation.
Tourism development projects generally tend to be within ecologically
sensitive regions such as hills, seashores, lakes, rivers, national
parks/sanctuaries, and heritage sites. Insensitive and haphazard planning for
tourism development can ruin these regions of natural heritage. The tourism
development plan for a region must carry out environmental impact
assessment and work out sustainable management strategies.
In the case of Nagaland, which lies in the ecologically sensitive region of the
northeast India, the priority consideration for tourism development should be
environmental and ecological conservation. The region also has very rich
ethnic tribal culture and the whole tourism development plan should be
sensitive to all the heritage parameters.
Considering the unique and environmentally fragile region of northeast India

in general, and Nagaland in particular, it is almost imperative that the tourism
planning of the region should evolve around the concept of Eco-tourism.
Tourism development in Northeast India & Nagaland: It is unfortunate that

due to socio-political and geographical reasons, the entire Northeast has
remained neglected and backward from the development point of view. In
spite of very high literacy rate in the region (around 80%), progress and
benefits have not reached the Northeast even today. The concept of Tourism
development is very recent in this region and is in its infancy. A few states like
Sikkim and Assam have taken a few strides in developing tourism, with
emphasis on eco-tourism, wildlife tourism, cultural tourism and adventure
tourism. The other states have also commenced their efforts during the last
decade.
However, the tourism development of the Northeast region needs to be

targeted via a regional approach rather than an individual state approach. The
basic needs for tourism development of the region are efficient infrastructure,
good connectivity between the states and peace in the region. The entry permit
formality required for a few states for both domestic and international tourists
is a major deterrent to the region’s tourism attractiveness.
Objectives of the Study: The Department of Tourism, Govt. of India

commissioned this study in order to prepare a 20-year perspective plan for the
sustainable development of tourism in various Indian states with the following
major objectives:
1. Prepare a 20-year perspective plan for developing sustainable tourism

in the state, providing a phased programme while considering the
available resources
2. Indicate short-term and long-term plans, targets and ground realities
3. Indicate all activities to be undertaken by different agencies with a
definite time frame to achieve these activities
10
4. Assess the existing tourism scenario in the state with respect to natural
resources, heritage and other socio-cultural assets, quantitative and
demographic factors such as population, employment, occupation,
income levels, services and infrastructure.
2. TOURISM IN NAGALAND:
Nagaland is a land of transition; a satisfying compromise between the old

order and the new; a fusion of styles and cultures of the hill tribes. In 1866 the
Naga Hills district was formed under the Bengal Presidency under the British
Rule. Later on it continued to be a district in Assam. In 1957 a new
administrative unit was formed in Assam named as Naga Hill Tuensang Area.
On the 1st December 1963 Nagaland was inaugurated as the 16th state of India,
with its capital at Kohima. The state is bounded by Assam in the west,
Myanmar on the east, Arunachal Pradesh and parts of Assam on the north and
Manipur in the south. The state consists of eight administrative districts,
inhabited by 16 major tribes along with other sub-tribes.
The young state of Nagaland is economically weak and entirely depends on its
agriculture. Inefficient infrastructure and poor connectivity are the major
deterrents for the tourists. The entry permit formality for both domestic and
international tourists is another hurdle for tourists. However, the State
Department of Tourism is trying to develop tourist facilities at various places.
The state has excellent potential for tourism development with emphasis on
Eco-tourism/Adventure tourism and Heritage Tourism. However the success
of its tourism highly depends on the enthusiasm and inputs from the state
government and also on infrastructure development of the entire Northeast
region.
Nagaland basically has an agricultural economy. Over 70% of the population

is dependent on agriculture. Jhoom cultivation and terrace cultivation are the
two modes of agriculture. Although jhoom cultivation may have been
sustainable in the past with sufficient fallow periods between jhoom cycles,
the present demands on the land owing to population increases have resulted
in short fallow periods causing much land degradation. The State Government
is attempting to persuade people to shift from jhoom to terrace cultivation, and
also to restore lands that have been degraded by jhooming, by the adoption of
tree farming particularly of economic trees such as fruit trees etc. A major
initiative has been initiated called the NEPED project: Nagaland
Empowerment of People through Economic Development.
Though Nagaland is a small State, it has been endowed with a wide variety of
forest types on account of its unique geographic location and a wide range of
physiographic terrains available in the State.
• Northern Tropical Wet Evergreen Forests

• Northern Tropical Semi-evergreen Forests
• Northern Sub-tropical Broad Leaved Wet Hill Forests
• Northern Sub-tropical Pine Forests
11
• Northern Montane Wet temperate Forests
• Temperate Forests
The forest in the state exhibit distinct gradients depending on the altitude,
physiography, rainfall and the intensity of biotic interference which singly or
in combination with other factors creates a striking variety of ecological
situations.
Nagaland has protected areas as under:
• Intangki National Park, Kohima district: 202.02 Sq. Kms.

• Rangapahar Wildlife Sanctuary, Dimapur district: 4.70 Sq. Kms.
• Fakim Wildlife Sanctuary, Tuensang district: 6.42 Sq. Kms.
• Puliebadze Wildlife Sanctuary, Kohima district: 9.23 Sq. Kms.
However, for a state like Nagaland, which is blessed with natural resources,
any attempt of socio-economic development has to be considered with utmost
concern for the natural environment. And considering this factor alone
agriculture and tourism could be the best alternatives for the bright future of
Nagaland.
The status of tourism is reflected in the following statistical data of tourist

visits in the northeast and Nagaland:
ESTIMATED DOMESTIC & FOREIGN TOURIST VISITS

(1998 –2000)
1998 1999 2000 Prop. to the

total (%)
Location Dom. For. Dom. For. Dom. For. Dom. For.
Northeast 529784 2909 567284 3570 1489112 11788 0.7 0.2
Region
(7states
except
Sikkim)
Nagaland 28890 116 21041 119 13272 451 0.0 0.0
Nagaland has tremendous and quite unique tourism potential. This could be
tapped mainly through the concept of eco-tourism. Nature / wildlife tourism,
adventure tourism, cultural / heritage tourism, leisure tourism, international
border tourism could be some special tourist packages.
Tourism was a late starter in Nagaland. Tourism had a subordinate status prior
to 1981 in Nagaland when it was a part of the Department of Information and
Public Relations. Since 1981, the Department of Tourism has been looking
after the activities of tourism development in the state. However, insurgency
and turbulent socio-political situation in the state for over two decades
adversely affected any efforts of the department resulting in negligible tourism
in the state. The state government has realised the importance of tourism
12
development as a support to cultural and socio-economic development of the
state. Under the State Industrial Policy of Nagaland – 2000, Tourism has been
accorded the status of ‘Priority Sector’. Tourism activities have been made
eligible for all benefits and subsidies to the industry. Financial assistance for
private tourism projects is being organised through various finance
corporations. The efforts for privatisation of government infrastructure are
also going on. However there have been no responses till now.
The Department of Tourism, Govt. of India, under the ministry of Tourism and
Culture has been providing liberal financial and technical support for the
tourism development in the state based on the projects received from the
states.
In the present scenario, the state government’s outlook towards tourism
development is of total dependence on central assistance. Considering the
external adverse factors of complex nature, which are beyond the control of
the state government, it is unlikely that the tourism development in the state
can be self-sustaining in the near future.
However looking at the bright tourism potential, enthusiasm of the

central government, possible initiative from the state government and the
expected rise in tourist arrivals and receipts, it looks quite possible to
make tourism in the state sustainable in two decades. It will require
futuristic vision, conscious and planned efforts at all levels and a
disciplined action plan and implementation strategy. In the meanwhile,
sympathetic approach of the central government will be required to
stabilise the socio-political situation in the northeast followed by overall
infrastructure development in the region.
3. POSITIVE & NEGATIVE FACTORS:
NORTHEAST REGION (8 states – Sikkim, Arunachal Pradesh, Assam,

Meghalaya, Tripura, Mizoram, Manipur & Nagaland):
General Negative Factors of NE Region:
Insurgency, Isolated/Neglected & Backward region, Difficult / rugged terrain,

Intermittently adverse climatic conditions, particularly in monsoon,
Earthquake prone region, Inappropriate Time Zone, Poor communication
infrastructure / connectivity to mainland and also within the NE states, Poor
development infrastructure: power, roads, industry, transportation, Lack of
higher / Professional education & research facilities, Jhoom cultivation
causing degradation of natural resources, Lack of exposure to the outside
world, Lack of professionalism in attitude and management, Lack of
discipline, Lack of emergency medical facilities, Loss of ethnic culture
especially in the hilly region
13
General Positive Factors of NE Region:
Wonderful Natural Beauty of Mountains and Rivers, Unique and endemic

flora and fauna, large percentage of land under forest cover, Low population
density, Clean and unpolluted Environment, Closeness to five international
boundaries – Nepal, Bhutan, China, Myanmar, Bangladesh, Peaceful cultural
relationship with international communities of Myanmar and Bangladesh,
Diversity of very charming ethnic cultures, Diversity of folk art forms
particularly music and dances, Peaceful intermingling of diverse communities,
faiths and cultures, Hospitality and warmth of people, Mysticism of the region
creating awe and curiosity, Great potential for Eco-tourism and Adventure
tourism, Unexplored region for tourism development
NAGALAND STATE:
General Negative Factors of Nagaland:
Degradation of forests / wildlife, Fear of insurgency, Entry formalities i.e. ILP

/ RAP, Poor Connectivity to the other northeast states and mainland, Poor
infrastructure of road / rail / air, Loss of ethnic culture in urban areas, Poor
Water and Power supply, Fuel problem, Poor public transport system, Health
Hazard – mosquitoes, excessive smoking and chewing of Pan/tobacco/gutkha
etc., Fear of Drug-trafficking, Over population/concentration in Dimapur and
Kohima cities, Limitation in availability of decent vegetarian food, on
availability of any facilities in the late evenings and on Sundays
General Positive Factors of Nagaland:
The land of wonderful scenic natural beauty, Exciting topography of hill

ranges and deep valleys, Pleasant and moderate climate throughout the year,
Unique geographical location within the transition zone of tropical and
temperate ecosystems, Unique flora and fauna, Ethnic tribal traditions, rituals,
dances etc. creating curiosity for outsiders, Closeness to the international
boundary of Myanmar, Unique terrace agriculture, Innovative NEPED project,
High literacy rate, Warm, hospitable, sociable, happy and self-reliant people,
Strong philosophy of democratic and participatory approach, Unique hill
architecture, Low crime rate, Beggar free ambience even in the urban areas,
Clean and pollution free environment, Organic agriculture and horticulture,
Fast changing society with a mix of modernity and tradition
4. TOURISM POLICY FOR NAGALAND
The broad approach for the tourism development in the Northeast should be
regional (incorporating Indian states and neighbouring countries) rather than
local. Individual states in the Northeast do have their own specific identity,
which should reflect in their detailed local proposals.
14
The Tourism Development in the Northeast region will depend on integrated
approach, involving various government departments, private entrepreneurs,
voluntary organisations and local community. This approach will also help in
evolving local people’s perception towards tourism development as a strong
tool for socio-economic upliftment, with self-dependence and without
environmental destruction of the region.
The Tourism Policy for the entire Northeast Region should be based on the
concept of Eco-tourism with very wide parameters. The eco-tourism should
not just mean nature tourism, but also should consider environmental /
heritage conservation and education as a core feature.
The strategy is four fold:
a. Regional (NE) infrastructure development

b. General infrastructure development in the state
c. Development of existing / proposed tourism projects
d. Development of new unique and specific Tourism Projects and
Tourism Circuits
We recommend the strategy of stabilisation for the next five years. That will
include:
• Complete all incomplete / under construction works of the approved

projects
• Obtain approval for the projects in the pipeline awaiting sanction from
the Department of Tourism, New Delhi; commence and complete those
works as soon as possible
• Do not apply for any more new, infrastructure projects
• Carry out total up-gradation of the entire infrastructure to bring it to
excellent standards
• All efforts should be concentrated to identify and develop new and
unique tourist spots and tourist circuits with very minimum basic
amenities
• Simultaneously, additional efforts should be focussed on effective
publicity and marketing through innovative and professional approach
. SPECIFIC UNIQUE TOURISM PROJECTS FOR NAGALAND:
• Phokhungri / Zungki & Chindwin Rivers / Shilloi Lake (Myanmar

border) Region, International Collaborative Project
• Mt. Saramati International Biosphere Reserve (including Fakim
Wildlife Sanctuary) and a Centre for Ecology, Adventure & Culture, at
Thanamir/Fakim in SouthTuensang district on Myanmar border, an
Eco-tourism Project
• Eco-tourism, Wildlife & Adventure Tourism Projects
15
• Cultural Tourism through integration at the International / Interstate
Tri-Junctions
• Agriculture/ Handicraft Centres
• Handicraft Centre in Mon – Tuensang region / Dimapur
• Defence Tourism & World War II Trail / Circuit
• Water Tourism
• Rural Tourism
• Urban Tourism
• Regional Nature Parks: Ecological Park at Mount Tiyi in Wokha
District, Botanical Park / Orchid Sanctuary at Kohima
• Heritage Tourism: The Ruins of Medieval Kachari Kingdom,
Dimapur, The War Cemetery, Kohima, Kohima Village, Kohima,
Khonoma Village, Kohima district, Historical site at Naganimora, Mon
district, Molung, Mokokchung district: 1st Baptist Mission in Nagaland
& Impur –Mission Centre
• Heritage Complex at Kisama near Kohima
• Tourism Festivals: Christmas & New Year, Festivals in collaboration
with Star Hotels, Traditional Tribal Festivals
SPECIFIC UNIQUE TOURISM CIRCUITS FOR NAGALAND:
Tourism Circuits is a very popular concept in the tourism sector today. The
development of such circuits and organising tours on these circuits becomes
economical for both tourists and tourism departments.
• Heritage circuit: (Khonoma, Molung, Naginmora, Ethnic Villages

under Rural Tourism, Handicraft Centre)
• Wildlife circuit: (All sanctuaries, National Park & Biosphere Reserve)
• International Border Circuit: (Myanmar border circuit)
• Interstate Circuit: (Nagaland – Manipur via Dzukou Valley,

Nagaland – Assam via Doyang, Merapani, Longnak, Nagaland –
Arunachal Pradesh via Longwa, Namtola circuits)
• River Tourism Circuit: (Perennial Rivers – Doyang, Dikhu, Zungki)
• Defence Circuit: World War II Trial / Circuit – Myanmar to Manipur,

Kohima and some parts of Assam
16
5. TOURISM ECONOMICS IN NAGALAND:
The general indication of past trends and future projections for 20 years is as
under:
Trends & Projections of Tourist Arrivals at the major Tourist

Destinations:
Destination Past Trends Future Projections (Annual-average)

1998 1999 2000 2002- 2007- 2012- 2017-
2006 2011 2016 2021
Phokhungri/Shilloi Lake 100 150 200 300
Region, Int. Coll. Project
Mt. Saramati Int. 100 100 200 300 500
Biosphere Reserve
Intangki National Park 100 100 150 200 300
Dzukou Valley 2000 2000 2500 3500 5000
International Tri-junctions 100 150 200 300
Interstate Tri-junctions 100 100 150 200
Agriculture/Handicraft 500 500 800 1000 2000
Centre at Zunheboto
Defence Tourism 100 200 300
Rural Tourism 500 500 800 1000 2000
Water Tourism 100 200 300
Urban Tourism-Kohima, 8000 8000 9000 12000 20000
Dimapur
Regional Parks at 500 500 800 1000 1500
Wokha/Kohima
Heritage Tourism/Circuit 500 500 800 1000 1500
Wildlife Circuit 500 800 1000 2000
International Border 100 150 200
Circuit
River Tourism Circuit 100 150 200 300
TOTAL FOR 29006 21160 13723 12000- 16000- 22000- 33000-
NAGALAND 15000 21000 30000 45000
Note: The details of the past trends at various destinations are not available
from the Nagaland Tourism. The numbers here are the total of domestic &
foreign tourists, foreigners being approx. less than 0.5 % of the total tourists.
The percentage of foreign tourists could increase only with very special
efforts. The past trends show general decline of 28 %. This rate may gradually
stabilise during the first five years, after which it may increase slowly to 5 %
during the next 10 years and subsequently to 10 % over the next 5 years. Since
the destination wise details of past trends are not available, assumptions are
made for the availability of rooms/beds and 40% occupancy.
It is our assessment that the present and ongoing projects should provide these
minimum facilities to give preliminary impetus for tourism attraction in
Nagaland. The development of innovative tourism destinations combined with
appropriate marketing and publicity strategy should attract steady tourist
inflow to Nagaland.
17
General Evaluation of Tourist Destinations in Nagaland:
(Note: The evaluation is graded on 1 to 10 scale from poor – fair – best, based on the
existing status)
Destination Attractions Popularity Infrastructure Volume of Overall

Traffic Flow Average
Phokhungri/Shilloi Lake 8 6 4 3 5.25
Mt. Saramati Int. Biosphere 8 6 4 3 5.25
Reserve
Intangki National Park 6 6 3 3 6.00
Dzukou Valley 8 8 5 5 6.50
International Tri-junctions 8 6 4 4 5.50
Interstate Tri-junctions 6 6 4 3 4.75
Agriculture/Handicraft 8 6 5 5 6.00
Centre at Zunheboto
Defence Tourism 8 8 4 4 6.00
Rural Tourism 8 6 4 4 5.50
Water Tourism 6 5 3 2 4.00
Urban Tourism-Kohima, 8 8 7 6 7.25
Dimapur
Regional Parks at 8 8 6 5 6.75
Wokha/Kohima
Heritage Tourism/Circuit 5 5 3 3 4.00
Wildlife Circuit 8 6 4 3 5.25
International Border Circuit 8 6 4 4 5.50
River Tourism Circuit 6 5 4 3 4.50
Overall Average for 7.31 6.31 4.25 3.75 5.41
Nagaland
We feel that future picture is quite optimistic. Even considering the limitations
of the last two parameters (due to the existing status), the average rating
worked out for all major destinations varies between 4.00 and 7.25, whereas
overall average for Nagaland works out approx. 5.41 (i.e. Fair).
This provides us confidence to state that once the recommendations of the

perspective plan are implemented, the future of Nagaland Tourism will be
bright.
The details of the State Government’s Proposed Outlay (Category wise) for the
10th Five-Year Plan for Tourism are not available at present.
18
• Privatisation Strategy:
The role of the Tourism Department should be to develop the tourism potential
in the state by creating infrastructure and developing tourist spots. It should
get out of the implementation process as early as possible. The privatisation of
various facilities with different strategies makes the projects sustainable in the
long run. However, in the present nascent stage, it may not be possible for the
department to attract private entrepreneurs who could take risk and invest
funds since the tourism market is unpredictable. The Tourism Department will
have to prepare its own strategy of sustainability through economic /
participatory / collaborative projects for the next ten years. At the same time
efforts must be continued to involve the private participation in the creation of
infrastructure, through attractive incentives and benefits. A few popular tourist
spots could be offered on a BOT basis as an experiment.
• Action Plan for Privatisation:
a) Fiscal evaluation of the existing infrastructure on a realistic / business-

like manner, according to various categories.
b) Auction / offer Tourist Lodges to private entrepreneurs / authentic
NGOs/ reputed charitable institutions on an appropriate terms and
conditions.
c) Offer restaurants to reputed charitable institutions, particularly
Women’s Organisations for management on lucrative terms and
conditions
d) Offer service oriented infrastructure like booking counters, information
booths, STD booths etc. to the deprived sector (educated unemployed,
handicapped, women, students etc) in an individual / organisational
capacity. This offer could be charitable / subsidised.
e) Offer incentives to the existing staff to form co-operatives to run /
manage existing Tourist Lodges, Restaurants etc. on reasonable terms
and conditions.
f) Offer new infrastructure development to Village Councils, NGOs,
private entrepreneurs etc. on a turnkey basis (BOT i.e. built, operate,
transfer), if necessary, even on long-term basis.
g) Offer development of smaller infrastructure like wayside amenities,
public toilets, tourist transport etc. to existing local entrepreneurs on
lucrative terms and conditions.
h) Offer financial incentives like interest free loans, soft loans, tax
concessions, low lease rent etc. to encourage private participation in
the tourism industry
i) Offer remote area concessions and incentives to private entrepreneurs
for the development of tourism destinations and infrastructure in
remote regions. These could include free land, partial subsidy for
development etc.
j) Give wide publicity to the schemes being offered for privatisation.
Keep the terms of offer lucrative like low/refundable deposits, quick
decisions on proposals etc.
19
k) Protect long-term government interest by legally safeguarding the
terms of offers and agreements. The terms should also ensure long-
term maintenance of infrastructure and quality service.
l) The Department should work out effective strategy to regularly
monitor the privatised properties and ensure the quality of service.
• Governmental Funding Avenues:
The Tourism Department must try various funding avenues in the process
towards making activities economically feasible and sustainable. The state /
central governments may provide limited assistance for the initial gestation
period. However, a definite strategy has to be worked out for the long-term
maintenance of such facilities. Other funding avenues should be tapped.
Various government departments and organisations provide specialised
funding for specific projects related to their activities and tourism sector being
a versatile sector could tap these resources.
• Institutional Funding Avenues:
There are many national and international organisations / universities which

are interested in long term ecological research and appropriate development in
the regions like Northeast. The tourist infrastructure could be also used for
such complementary activities and made sustainable. The Institutional
Funding Agencies may be classified under the following categories:
National Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs)

International NGOs
International Government Agencies
Inter Governmental Organisations (IGOs)
• Modalities of Funding:
The above-mentioned funding agencies have their own norms and modalities
for funding. Most of them have their own specific interests in the areas to
provide funding e.g. environment, forests, water, infrastructure, heritage,
education, tourism, rural development, women’s empowerment etc. Generally
all funding agencies have their own formats of application for the funding.
They also have time frames and schedules. Most of the funding agencies
prefer to collaborate with the Government Departments, however they also
like to involve NGOs and also look for people’s participation. International
Funding Applications need to be routed through the Ministry of External
Affairs and also the Central Government Ministries related to the Projects.
The international funding agencies have different approaches. Some provide

funding in a form of Grant and also technical know-how / human resources
etc. These are collaborative projects, bilateral or multilateral. The ODA and
European Union provide funding in this manner. These are generally long
term projects (5 to 10 years) and the funding agencies regularly monitor the
20
progress of the project through their own consultants / specialised institutions.
These agencies generally provide 100% funding on the cost estimates worked
out jointly, however they ensure the commitment of the grantee to look after,
maintain and continue the project in future. The agreements / MOUs ensure
these clauses for the commitment. These agencies also ensure the participation
of the grantee in the form of existing infrastructure including human resources,
land etc. at the beginning of the project.
The Nagaland Tourism could attempt to get such funding for following
specific projects:
1. Phokhungri / Shilloi Lake Region International Collaborative, Eco-

Tourism, Heritage and Cultural Integration Project
2. Handicraft Centre at Mon-Tuensang / Dimapur
3. Agriculture Centres as Rural Development & Women’s Empowerment
Project
4. Cultural Tourism Centres at International / National tri-junctions as
Cultural Integration Project
5. Mt. Saramati International Biosphere Reserve
6. Dzukou Valley and Bird Sanctuaries at Changtonya, Ghoshu as
Adventure and Eco-Tourism Project
There are other funding agencies, which are basically financial institutions like
Asian Development Bank (ADB), Overseas Economic Corporate Fund
(OECF), now JBIC, International Monetary fund (IMF) etc. These agencies
provide soft loans for mostly development projects. They have their own
parameters to decide about the eligibility components. Such funding is
generally provided to the Government Departments and there are standard
norms of sureties for repayments etc. They also insist for proportionate
investment / participation from the recipient. For example, the JBIC provides
financial assistance in a form of soft loan up to maximum 85% of the total
project costs. The eligible components for JBIC are Land Cost, Infrastructure
Development Cost, Compensation / Rehabilitation cost, Duties & Taxes,
Interest during the implementation of the project etc. These loans are provided
to the State Government Departments on the approval of the Ministry of
External Affairs. Most of the times, 30% of the approved amount as provided
as Grant and 70% as Loan. This type of funding is very useful for tourism
development projects, wherein the State Governments do not have financial
resources to develop the basic tourism infrastructure and at the same time,
once such an infrastructure is created they can start generating revenue on a
regular basis. However, the state government will need to provide the seed
money to the extent of 15% of the project cost
21
specific projects:
1. Urban Tourism i.e. development of Kohima and Dimapur

2. Regional Parks at Wokha and Kohima
3. Development of Tourism Infrastructure i.e. roads & services at the
tourist destinations, signage etc.
4. Computerisation of tourism services, Publicity infrastructure, Capacity
Building etc.
5. Cultural Centres in other parts of the country
• Tourism Economics:
In 2001, T & T in India will generate Rs. 1,564 billion in economic activity
(total demand), making India the 22nd largest tourism market in the world. The
contribution of the T & T Economy to GDP is impressive in dollar terms. The
potential contribution of tourism to India’s GDP as seen today is at 5.3% as
compared to the world average of 10.7%, and India ranks 140th in the world
when tourism’s contribution to GDP is measured.
In terms of employment, India’s T & T Economy accounts for 25 million jobs

(World Rank 2). This translates to a share of 6% of all employment, giving
India a rank of 140. The Department of Tourism’s estimates of T & T Industry
jobs are 4.2 million. Similarly, despite employment of 12.3 million and a
world rank of 2, the T & T Industry in India contributes 2.9% of total
employment as compared to a world average of 3.1% and ranks 111th in terms
of percentage contribution to total employment.
Tourism can play an important, pioneering and effective role in achieving the
growth targets set out for the nation. The primary objective of tourism
development in India is to accelerate economic growth significantly, so as to
meet a series of socio-economic imperative that are unique to India.
22
6. BLOCK ESTIMATE & FEASIBILITY
The Block Estimate is worked out to give overall idea of the financial involvement of
this Perspective Plan. The estimate does not include recurring costs.
S.No. Item Approx. Qty. Rate Amount (In

Lakhs)
I BASIC INFRASTRUCTURE
1 Up-gradation of Infrastructure: Average 24000 Sq.m. 2500 600
built up area per T. Lodge – 800 Sq. M.
X 30 Nos.
2 Up-gradation, Construction of roads (2 100.00 Kms 4000000 4000
lane) up to the tourists destinations /
infrastructure
3 Up-gradation / maintenance of Vehicles 10 years 1000000 100
– 5 Jeeps & 2 buses
4 New vehicles – Jeeps, Mini buses & 10 Nos 1000000 100
maintenance
5 Landscape & Environment Design 50 Sites 600000 300
5100
II PUBLICITY / MARKETING
6 Signage & Hoardings 300 Nos 50000 150
7 Publicity, Literature etc. 20 years 1000000 200
8 Computerisation & Information 20 years 2000000 400
Technology
9 Information Counters 30 Nos 500000 150
10 Programmes, Activities 20 years 500000 100
1000
III HUMAN RESOURCE / RESEARCH
11 Documentation & Research of Cultural 3 years Lump sum 100
Heritage
12 Capacity Building, Staff Training 20 years 2000000 400
500
IV TOURISM INFRASTRUCTURE
13 Cultural Centres in Metro cities 5 Nos 10000000 500
14 New Wayside Toilets / Amenities 30 Nos 1000000 300
15 New Tourist Lodges 15 Nos 10000000 1500
2300
V PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
16 Urban Tourism – Kohima, Dimapur 2 Cities 100000000 2000
17 International Coll. Projects 2 Nos 100000000 2000
18 Tourism Festivals – 2 Nos 20 years 1000000 200
19 New Large Projects 20 Nos 50000000 10000
20 Tourism Circuits 5 Nos 10000000 500
14700
21 Total 23600
22 Unforeseen 10 % 2360
23 Contingencies 5% 1180
24 Inflation 10 % 2360
25 Administrative Expenses 10 % 2360
26 Consultancy Fees 10 % 2360
27 GRAND TOTAL 34220
SAY APPROX. 35000
THE BLOCK ESTIMATE: RS. THREE HUNDRED FIFTY CRORES ONLY
23
FEASIBILITY OF THE PROJECT:
The Block Estimate shows the total Perspective Plan Outlay for 20 years is
approximately around Rs. 350 Crores only.
After looking at the item heads and also the strategic approach following points need
specific mention:
1. The items 1 to 5 covering the Basic Infrastructure amount to Rs.51.00 Crores,

which is approx. 14.57 % of the total cost
2. The items 6 to 10 covering the Publicity and Marketing amount to Rs. 10.00
Crores, which is approx. 2.86 % of the total cost
3. The items 11 & 12 covering Human Resource Development & Research amount
to Rs. 5 Crores, which is approx. 1.43 % of the total cost
4. The items 13 to 15 covering Tourism Infrastructure, some of which is in the

pipeline and awaiting approval amount to Rs. 23 Crores, which is approx. 6.57
% of the total cost
5. The items 16 to 20 covering new innovative Tourism Product Development

amounts to Rs. 147 Crores which is approx. 42 % of the total cost
6. The items 25 & 26 covering Administrative and Consultancy expenses amount

to Rs. 47.20 Crores, which is approx. 13.5 % of the total cost
The major item in this Plan is the new innovative Product Development projects,
which takes about 42 % of the total outlay. Considering the strategy already
mentioned in the earlier chapters for these projects, it is clear that these projects will
be collaborative projects, likely to be sponsored by various other departments and
funding agencies. The Mizoram Tourism will have to invest its time and preliminary
expenses for the preparation of the detailed proposals, which will be about 20 % of
the cost of these projects i.e. 8.40 % of the total cost. This could be manageable
within the resources provided by the state and also assistance provided by the central
government.
The Publicity & Marketing activities take about 2.86 % of the total cost which is also
manageable within the resources of the state government complemented with other
sponsorships.
The costs of Basic Infrastructure including up-gradation of existing infrastructure,

creating new service infrastructure and new projects (already in the pipeline and
awaiting approval), which is about 14.57 % of the total cost amounting to approx. Rs.
51.00 Crores over the period of 20 years could be within the budgetary provision of
the Ministry of Tourism, GOI. Under the present allocation, the special provision for
the 8 states of Northeast region is Rs. 14.80 Crores i.e approx. Rs. 1.85 Crores per
state.
24
Thus the proposal of the Perspective Plan as worked out looks economically feasible.
It is also envisaged that there will be average 10 % annual increase in the tourist
traffic due to these overall efforts. It may boost further more after 5 / 10 years. The
overall increase by 100 % in the next 10 years will itself make the Nagaland Tourism
a profit-making department. At present level also, they have almost managed to cover
the recurring costs.
We feel that the Perspective Plan will not only be economically feasible but also
will make the Tourism Development in Nagaland very sustainable.
7. COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION & EMPLOYMENT GENERATION:
In the absence of economic infrastructure and other manufacturing agencies,

agriculture continues to be the main occupation of about 90 % of people in
Nagaland.
The costs and benefits for Nagaland Tourism according to the modified
version could be like this:
Hotel Rooms: For 10 lakhs tourists (with average length of stay 8 nights, 40 %
average annual occupancy, 1.5 guests per room) annual bed nights available
per room will be approx. 400) The number of rooms required will be approx.
15000. The average cost (all inclusive) per room will be Rs. 10 lakhs.
Over the next 20 years (2002 to 2021) the expected number of tourists in
Nagaland ranges between 12, 000 and 45, 000 and the subsequent need of
rooms ranges between 350 and 1000 (see chapter 7). Thus the investments will
range from Rs. 35 Crores in 2002 and Rs. 100 Crores in 2021. Most of this
investment will be in private sector.
Employment generation: Direct – 2 persons per room, Indirect – 4 persons per

room. Thus 350 to 1000 rooms will generate direct employment for 700 to
2000 persons and indirect employment for 1400 to 4,000 persons making the
total employment for 2100 to 6,000 persons over the next 20 years
Air Transport: For 10 lakhs tourists (with average distance 2000 km., annual
200 round trips, 200 seats per aircraft, 50 % load factor, 100 passengers per
aircraft, 10 % foreign tourists) number of aircraft required will be 10. The
average cost per aircraft will be Rs. 500 Crores.
As per the requirements of Nagaland, the need for 12,000 tourists in 2001 to
45,000 in 2021 will be 1 to 2 aircrafts. These could also be shared with the
adjoining Northeast states. Thus the investment will range from Rs. 500
Crores in 2002 to Rs.1000 Crores in 2021.
Employment Generation: Average 450 persons per aircraft. Thus 450 to 900
persons may be employed between 2002 and 2021.
25
Other Transport (Railway & Road): The majority of the tourists will depend
on these transport system. Intra state transport will be also through these
means. The needs for the number of tourists from 12,000 to 45,000 over the
next 20 years will be approximately 1 % per day. Thus approximate
requirements will be 3 buses (2/3 passengers) and 10 jeeps/taxis (1/3
passengers) in 2002, increasing to 12 buses and 40 jeeps/taxis in 2021. The
investment will range from Rs. 150 lakhs (2002) to Rs. 600 lakhs (2021)
Employment Generation: Average 6 persons per bus and 3 persons per

jeep/taxi. Thus approximately 50 to 200 persons may get employment in this
sector between 2002 and 2021. This employment will be mostly for local
people.
The requirements of investment in the development of rail linkage and

subsequent employment generation cannot be predicted at this stage, however
it will be considerably economical venture.
Foreign Exchange: At present the number of foreign tourists to Nagaland is

very negligible (approx. 0.5 %). With more emphasis on the tourism
development and conscious efforts to attract foreign tourists this may improve
to 5 % after the first 10 years.
Thus foreign exchange earning will be to the tune of Rs. 0.5 Crore (visitor
spending) and Rs. 0.2 Crore (aviation) in 2012, which may increase to Rs.
1 Crore (visitor spending) and Rs. 0.4 Crore (aviation) in 2021.
• The total outlay of the Perspective Plan over the next 20 years (2002 –
2021), amounts to Rs. 350 Crores, i.e. approximately Rs. 17.50 Crores per
year.
• It has been estimated that in tourism sector, the investment of Rs. 10 lakhs
creates about 58 jobs. Thus Nagaland Tourism has potential to create
approx. 10000 jobs every year, on the implementation of the Perspective
Plan.
• In addition to the job/employment generation directly in the tourism sector,
the tourism development also creates opportunities for self-employment in
service sector e.g. booking counters, information counters, STD booths,
Cyber centres, tourist guides, tourism transport, taxi service, courier
service etc. The effect of Employment Multiplier will be enormous in the
underdeveloped state like Nagaland.
• There will be tremendous opportunity in the secondary employment sector,
which provides bulk, services to tourism industry e.g. construction
industry, farming and food production, furnishing and equipment
suppliers, professionals and consultants etc.
26
Cost Benefit Analysis of the Perspective Plan for Nagaland Tourism
Year Direct Indirect Total Cost Net

Benefits Benefits Investment Incremental
Benefits
1 2 3 4 5 6
2002-03 16.62 19.21 35.83 30.00 5.83
2003-04 19.20 22.20 41.40 30.00 11.40
2004-05 22.16 25.61 47.77 32.00 15.77
2005-06 25.60 29.60 55.20 32.00 23.20
2006-07 29.57 34.18 63.75 28.50 35.25
2007-08 34.16 39.50 73.66 28.50 45.16
2008-09 39.45 45.61 85.06 18.50 66.56
2009-10 45.57 52.69 98.26 18.50 79.76
2010-11 52.64 60.87 113.51 18.00 95.51
2011-12 60.80 70.17 130.97 18.00 112.97
2012-13 70.23 81.21 151.44 10.50 140.94
2013-14 81.12 93.80 174.92 10.50 164.42
2014-15 93.69 108.34 202.03 8.00 194.03
2015-16 108.21 125.14 233.35 8.00 225.35
2016-17 124.99 144.54 269.53 8.00 261.53
2017-18 144.35 166.93 311.28 8.00 303.28
2018-19 166.74 192.82 359.56 8.75 350.81
2019-20 192.58 222.71 415.29 8.75 406.54
2020-21 222.42 257.23 479.65 8.75 470.90
2021-22 256.92 297.11 554.03 8.75 545.28
The present status of economy of Nagaland is quite dismal. The basic

economy is based on agriculture, which is seasonal and unpredictable. The
other sector that provides employment opportunities is the Government
Service Sector, which also has stagnated. The state does not have potential for
industrial development to provide large employment opportunities. Even the
business opportunities are limited due to the geographical isolation of the state
from the country and also due to socio-economic problems of the region.
Nagaland has tremendous natural resources and they need to be conserved for
its overall enhancement in a long term. Considering all these factors, Tourism
Development based on strong emphasis of Eco-tourism will be the best
opportunity for the socio-economical upliftment of the state of Nagaland.
The success of Tourism Development in the state like Nagaland particularly,

will hinge on the local participation. Nagaland already has a strong tradition of
Village Councils and Community participatory initiatives. The women and
youth in Nagaland are also very active and full of enthusiasm. This potential
can be tapped for multiple purposes. It will achieve employment generation in
the otherwise deprived section of the society, will allow the government
activity of tourism development to grow like efficient business and at the same
time will bring in the feeling of ownership amongst the local people.
27
Women’s Participation:
The community participation through JTMP should be also complemented

with another concerted effort to ensure the participation of Women in Tourism
Development and Management. It is commendable that women in Nagaland
are industrious, outgoing, full of enthusiasm and already in the forefront in
many sectors. However, special opportunities must be created for their active
involvement in the tourism sector. This is not necessarily to help them but also
to help the tourism sector since it is in need of have human resources with
aptitudes for service and hospitality. The women should be encouraged, with
due incentives to take major responsibilities to run some of the activities of the
tourism department. Even here, they should be treated like equal business
partners. The scope and terms of reference have to be worked out jointly and
carefully.
The participatory projects, both JTMP and WTP, have the potential to create
enthusiasm amongst a large sector of Naga society. This would reduce the
burden of the tourism department substantially and in turn will create
tremendous enhancement in the tourism business.
8. PROPOSED STRATEGY & ACTION PLAN:
STRATEGY:
• Formation of Tourism Council at the State Government level to

oversee the implementation and progress of the Perspective Plan for
Tourism Development.
• Formation of Steering Committee at the Secretariat level to work out
the detailed project development plan and to delegate its
implementation.
• Formation of the Co-ordinating Committee at the Tourism Department
level to obtain all the approvals from the central and state government
and work out detailed implementation plan and supervise the project
work
• Appointment of Professional Consultants to prepare the Master Plans
and the Detailed Feasibility Reports (DFR) for specific projects
• Appointment of Professional Consultants to work out detailed Project
Plans and Estimates for various projects according to the DFR
• Appointment of Agencies to implement the Projects according to the
detailed project plans, guidelines and specifications
• Regular supervision, monitoring, reporting and documentation of the
progress of various project
• Quarterly assessment of the Projects
• Completion reports of the Projects
• Appointment of Agencies to manage the completed Tourism Projects
• Implementation of the Phased Development
• Regular supervision, monitoring, reporting and documentation
28
• Annual Fiscal Assessment of the Project Work
• Annual Fiscal and Technical Audit of the Project Work
• Annual Overall Assessment
ACTION PLAN:
• Technical approval of the Perspective Plan for Tourism Development

• Organisation of a Seminar (3 / 5 days, in Nagaland) for the detailed
presentation of the Perspective Plan followed by discussion,
brainstorming and strategic action to launch the Tourism Development
Project.
• Formation of all the advisory, controlling, supervising, co-ordinating
and implementing committees should take place within 3 months of the
approval.
• The committees will finalise the prioritisation of the projects for the
first five years and initiate further action for the implementation of
those projects. This decision should be taken within 6 months of the
approval.
• The appointments of Professional Consultants for the individual
projects, which have been prioritised by the committees. This process
should be completed within 6 months of the approval so that the
Consultants commence the work of preparation of the Master Plan and
the DFR in the 7th month
• The Consultants complete and submit the Master Plan and the DFR of
the respective Tourism Projects within 12 months of the approval.
• The Committees will approve the Master Plan and the DFR of various
projects and initiate further action to make financial provision for the
implementation and also to appoint the Consultants to prepare the
detailed Project Plans and Estimates. This action will be taken within
15 months of the approval.
• The Working Groups will be given the responsibility of certain projects
within the Perspective Plan, which could be implemented in-house by
the Tourism Department. The implementation action on such projects
will commence within 6 months of the approval.
• The Consultants will complete and submit the detailed Project Plans
and Estimates within 18 months of approval. The Committees will
assess and initiate these projects for implementation within 24 months
of approval.
• The Agencies will be appointed for the implementation of the projects.
The Project works will commence immediately and shall be completed
within 36 months of the approval.
• The Committees will continue regular monitoring and assessment in
consultation with the Professional Consultants.
• The routine work and activities of the Tourism Department will
continue through the Working Groups of the Tourism Department.
• The Committees will carry out annual Fiscal and Technical audit of the
Project Work in progress.
29
• The further progress of the Perspective Plan for the Tourism
Development will continue with the similar strategy according to the
phase wise development plan.
The Perspective Plan for the Tourism Development of the State of

Nagaland is envisioned for the next 20 years. Such a large and broad
visionary plan requires to be phased out in a systematic manner for its
realistic detailed planning and implementation.
9. CONCLUSION:
The proposed Perspective Plan for the Tourism Development in Nagaland

takes into consideration all facts and recommends new and innovative
complementary concepts without too much of financial liabilities. Nagaland
Tourism will stabilise and then will get a boost due to these innovative large
projects, which have varied character and could attract tourists from varied
avenues. It is also possible to attract tourists to Nagaland at multiple times
because of these diverse activities and attractions.
Nagaland state, like the others in the Northeast Region, has to deal with
various difficulties, infrastructure hurdles and socio-political problems. These
are beyond the control of one single state. It will take sometime to resolve
these issues, when tourism in the region will start growing. The Perspective
Plan envisages this and attempts to make the Tourism Department act like a
catalyst to augment the tourism potential of the state. Over the years, tourism
will be a community activity in Nagaland with Nagaland Tourism taking a role
of the initiator and facilitator.
30
FOR
CHAPTER – 1
INTRODUCTION
1. BACKGROUND OF TOURISM DEVELOPMENT
Man started travelling long distances after the invention of the wheel, about
ten thousand years ago. Later on he created carts and also used animals to pull
them. This provided speed and comfort to his travels. Some men travelled long
distances for different reasons. About 2500 years ago, Goutam Buddha
travelled to share the Truth that he had discovered, with the people of the
world. His disciples travelled all over the world to spread the message of
Buddhism. Alexander the Great, who was born in Greece, travelled eastwards
up to India with a mission to conquer the world. About a thousand years ago,
Adi Shankaracharya travelled from Kerala to all parts of India to spread the
message of Hinduism. In this process, he set up four dhams in four directions
of India, which have become sacred places for the people of India to visit
every year. A lot of people in India have been travelling every year on
pilgrimage tours to the Himalayas and to the sacred rivers of Ganga and
Yamuna. Columbus and Vasco da Gama travelled in search of new land. There
have been human migrations in history in the quest of fertile land and better
opportunities. The Aryans who lived in Central Asia moved to Europe and
India for environmental, social, political and economical reasons. However
some people travelled in search of knowledge due to tremendous curiosity.
They maintained travel accounts, which became historical records. Chinese
travellers, Fa-hien and Huen Tsang, who visited ancient India, provided a lot
of information on ancient India through their travelogues. This was travel, but
not Tourism as we see it today.
The concept of Modern Tourism is not more that 50 or 60 years old. The
world has become small due to the inventions brought out by science and
technology. Travel and communication has become very easy and convenient.
Industrialisation has also made our life easy. People do not have to work as
hard as they did about a hundred years ago. They have leisure time to rest.
They get holidays from work. Employers not only encourage their employees
to take holiday, but also subsidise their travel. This has resulted in a travel
boom all over the world. It has been estimated in 1997, that around 500 crore
people travel for holidays every year and about 65 crores out of them travel
internationally. This travelling to various destinations for pleasure and
business cum holidays, by spending your own money is Modern Tourism. This
tourism brings prosperity in the areas visited by people. It also brings people
of the world closer to each other.
31
2. GLOBAL TOURISM TRENDS
Tourism has become one of the most flourishing industries in the world.
Today, it is the second largest and fastest growing industry, next only to the
petroleum industry. Worldwide, tourism is emerging as one of the biggest
employers than any other economic sector. It offers opportunities for
economic, cultural and political exchanges, generates employment, foreign
exchange and raises living standards. It facilitates social integration and
international understanding.
Table No.1: REGION WISE DISTRIBUTION OF ARRIVALS/RECEIPTS

(1999 & 2000):
Region Tourist arrivals % Change Tourist receipts % Change

(Millions) (US $ Billion)
1999 2000 1999 2000 1999 2000 1999 2000
Africa 26.5 27.6 6.4 4.2 10.3 10.7 4.0 3.9
America 122.2 129.0 2.3 5.5 122.4 136.4 4.4 11.4
East 97.6 111.9 10.9 14.7 75.2 82.5 6.4 9.7
Asia/
Pacific
Europe 380.2 403.3 1.7 6.1 233.1 231.5 0.6 0.7
Middle 18.2 20.6 20.5 13.2 9.8 9.7 11.4 -1.1
East
South 5.8 6.4 11.5 10.3 4.6 5.1 7.0 10.9
Asia
World 650.4 698.8 3.8 7.4 455.4 475.8 2.9 4.5
International tourism has grown steadily since 1950, as also tourism

expenditure. The revenue from international tourism means a lot to the host
country as it is contributed by foreign visitors in foreign exchange. This
becomes very useful for the host country for its economic and infrastructure
development. The World Tourism Organisation (WTO) estimates that
international tourist arrivals will exceed 160 crores by the year 2020.
Tourism has become so important and competitive that about 150 countries
have set up National Tourist Organisations to attract foreign tourists to their
countries and also to encourage their own people to travel within their own
country. The following table will provide a global picture (2000) of the
country-wise earning in the world tourism (Source: WTO):
32
Table No. 2: WORLD TOP 20 TOURISM EARNERS (2000):
Rank Country International International Rank

tourism receipts tourism arrivals
(US $ Million) in (000)
1 United States 85153 50891 2
2 Spain 31000 48201 3
3 France 29900 75500 1
4 Italy 27439 41182 4
5 United 19544 25191 6
Kingdom
6 Germany 17812 18983 10
7 China 16231 31229 5
8 Austria 11440 17982 11
9 Canada 10768 20423 9
10 Greece 9221 12500 15
11 Australia 8442 4946 34
12 Mexico 8295 20643 8
13 Hongkong 7886 13059 14
14 Turkey 7636 9587 20
15 Russian Fed 7510 21169 7
16 Switzerland 7303 11400 17
17 Thailand 7119 9509 21
18 Belgium. 7039 6547 24
19 Netherlands 6951 10200 19
20 Korea Republic 6609 5322 29
WORLD 475800 6988000
TOTAL
3. TOURISM POLICY IN INDIA
Economic planning in India has followed the system of five-year plans.

Tourism found no mention in the first five-year plan. In the subsequent five-
year plans, tourism was included along with the transport sector and emphasis
was towards publicity, planning and assistance to states. It is only after 1958,
when the Tourism Development Council was established that greater synergy
was obtained between various tourism providers, the State Governments, the
national carrier, and the travel industry. The economic importance of tourism
was formally recognized in the fourth plan with emphasis towards
international tourism and creation of tourist infrastructure. In the subsequent
policies the focus was towards creation of infrastructure for tourist
accommodation. The first attempt to formulate a ‘National Tourism Policy’
was in the year 1982 when a paper on tourism policy was presented before the
parliament, which set long-term direction and purpose to tourism development
and promotion in India.
33
The vast potential and the need for rapid development was recognized only in
the seventh plan, subsequent to which tourism was accorded the status of an
Industry, thereby encouraging private investments in this sector. In subsequent
plans the primary responsibility of tourism development was with the private
sector with the State and Central Government only providing essential
infrastructure in specified tourism areas. The national action plan for tourism
(1992), defines the objectives of tourism development in India and the primary
strategy for development.
4. OBJECTIVES OF TOURISM DEVELOPMENT IN INDIA
The statement on tourism policy, presented to Parliament in 1982, provides the

philosophical underpinnings for the promotion of tourism in India as:
a. It is a unifying and a nation-building force, through fostering greater

national and international understanding, particularly amongst the youth of
the country.
b. It serves to preserve and enrich India’s cultural heritage.
c. It brings socio-economic benefits.
The policy document defines the specific objectives of tourism development in

India as:
a. To substantially improve facilities for domestic tourists.

b. To accord high priority to the development of international tourism, in
view of the importance of foreign exchange earning and economic
contribution.
c. In the recognition of historical and archaeological monuments being the
largest element in attracting international tourists to India, to promote
cultural tourism. This will be achieved by providing tourist facilities at
major centres of cultural interest, in coordination with other agencies
including State Governments.
d. Tourism development should be a common endeavour of all agencies, so
that the combined effort achieves comprehensive and integrated
development, enabling tourism to make a positive and effective
contribution to the economic growth of the country. In this effort, the
Central Government will have primary responsibility in promoting
international tourism, while playing a coordinating role supplementing the
state effort wherever necessary.
e. To promote tourism so as to bring sizable socio-economic benefits to those
regions of the country which are rich in tourism potential.
f. To promote regional tourism from the South Asian region.
g. To adopt a selective approach to determine investment priorities, by
adopting a travel circuit concept that will enable intensive development of
selected destinations, it will encourage diversification of attractions and
will open up backward areas, which hold many tourist attractions.
h. To make tourism the vehicle for involving the youth of the country in
national integration.
34
i. To create tourism facilities for the lower middle class and the poorer
sections of society.
j. To adopt a marketing strategy that will broaden the tourist base in existing
markets, explore new tourist markets, particularly regions where tourist
traffic to India has been growing and to promote inter-regional travel.
Amongst other regions, the policy document noted the vast Buddhist
population in the Far East and the potential in making India a Buddhist
destination.
k. To preserve India’s cultural and natural heritage, by educating people in
appreciating their heritage.
l. To give the Indian people a sense of unity and identity and a sense of
belonging and pride, a broadening of their intellectual, emotional and
cultural horizons, and to create a better understanding of the land, people
and culture of India amongst international tourists.
Since the presentation of this policy document to Parliament in 1982, the

objectives of the Ministry of Tourism have been further refined in the national
action plan for tourism 1992, within the overall framework of the policy
document. The objectives have been defined as:
a. Socio economic development of regions

b. Increasing employment opportunities to double by the end of the century
c. Developing and promoting domestic tourism
d. Preservation and enrichment of national heritage and environment,
including support to arts and crafts
e. Development of international tourism and optimisation of foreign
exchange earnings to reach Rs. 100 billion from the present Rs. 24 billion
f. Diversification of the tourism product to incorporate leisure, adventure,
convention tourism, while retaining the traditional image of cultural
tourism
g. Increase India’s share of world tourist to 1% from the present 0.4%
Over the years, the tourism policy has been evolving; the revenue growth from
tourism has been increasing. The foreign exchange earnings from tourism
went up from US $ 3009 Million in 1999 to US $ 3168 Million in 2000
(Source: RBI). Tourism today is among the largest earner of foreign exchange
in India.
The strategy for achieving these objectives has been outlined as:
e. Improvement of tourist infrastructure

f. Developing areas on a selective basis for integrated growth, along with the
marketing of destinations on the basis of a ‘Special tourism area’ concept.
g. Restructuring and strengthening of institutions for development of human
resources.
h. Evolving a suitable policy for increasing foreign tourist arrivals and
foreign exchange earnings.
35
5. ENVIRONMENTAL AND ECOLOGICAL PARAMETERS
Any development has to consider its possible adverse impacts on the

surrounding environment and the conservation of various ecological elements
must be considered as a priority obligation. The tourism development projects
generally tend to be within the ecologically sensitive regions like hills,
seashores, lakes, rivers, national parks / sanctuaries, heritage sites. Insensitive
and haphazard planning for tourism development can ruin these regions of
natural heritage. The tourism development plan for a region must carry out
environmental impact assessment and work out the sustainable management
strategy.
In the case of Nagaland, which lies in the ecologically sensitive region of

Northeast India, the priority consideration for tourism development should be
environmental, ecological and heritage conservation. The region also has very
rich ethnic tribal culture and the whole tourism development plan should be
sensitive to all the heritage parameters.
Considering the unique and environmentally fragile region of Northeast India

in general, and Nagaland in particular, it is almost imperative that the tourism
planning of the region should evolve around the concepts of Eco-tourism and
Heritage Tourism.
6. TOURISM DEVELOPMENT IN THE NORTHEAST
From ancient times, India’s Northeast region has been the meeting place of
many communities, faiths and cultures. It is a place of magical beauty and
bewildering diversity. There are more than 166 ethnic tribes speaking many
languages. Some groups have migrated over the centuries from places as far as
Southeast Asia. They retain their cultural traditions but are beginning to adapt
to contemporary lifestyles. Its jungles used to be dense. Today, the region is
considered as one of the unique and fragile Biodiversity Hotspots in the world.
The region’s flora and fauna is unique. The terrain is mountainous and rugged.
The rivers are mighty. Northeast is unique in the lushness of its landscape, the
range of communities and the geographical and ecological diversity. The
Northeast region includes the eight states of Sikkim, Arunachal Pradesh,
Assam, Meghalaya, Tripura, Mizoram, Manipur and Nagaland. The region has
international borders with Myanmar, China, Bhutan, Nepal and Bangladesh.
It is unfortunate that due to socio-political and geographical reasons, the entire

Northeast India has remained neglected and backward from the developmental
point of view. In spite of very high literacy rate in the region (around 80%),
the progress and benefits have not reached the Northeast even today. The
concept of Tourism development is very recent in this region and is in its
infancy. A few states like Sikkim and Assam have taken a few strides in
developing tourism, with emphasis on eco-tourism, wildlife tourism, cultural
tourism and adventure tourism. The other states have also commenced their
efforts during the last decade.
36
However, the tourism development of the Northeast region needs to be
targeted as a regional approach rather than via an individual state approach.
The basic needs for tourism development of the region are efficient
infrastructure, good connectivity between the states and peace in the region.
The entry permit formality required for a few states for both domestic and
international tourists is a major deterrent for the region’s tourist attractiveness.
The region has tremendous and diverse potential for tourism development,
which could attract international and national tourists. Concerted and sincere
efforts are required from the Central Government to unify these eight states for
infrastructure development and the achievement of peace in the region.
Fig. 1 – Map of the Northeast Region
7. TOURISM DEVELOPMENT IN NAGALAND
Nagaland is a land of transition; a satisfying compromise between the old

order and the new; a fusion of styles and cultures of the hill tribes. In 1866 the
Naga Hills district was formed under the Bengal Presidency under the British
Rule. Later on it continued to be a district in Assam. In 1957 a new
administrative unit was formed in Assam named as Naga Hill Tuensang Area.
On the 1st December 1963 Nagaland was inaugurated as the 16th state of India,
with its capital at Kohima. The state is bounded by Assam in the west,
Myanmar on the east, Arunachal Pradesh and parts of Assam on the north and
Manipur in the south. The state consists of eight administrative districts,
inhabited by 16 major tribes along with other sub-tribes. (See Appendix – d,
General Information)
37
Shrouded in mystery, greatly awe inspiring till recent times, the territory of
Nagaland finds mention in the ancient /Sanskrit scriptures, wherein it is hailed
as ‘Nag Bhumi’ – the land of serpents. Due to the extremity of its location, the
rugged terrain, coupled with dense forests and wildlife, Nagaland remained for
long, almost a virgin territory where few mortals from the outside world dared
to tread. But not so anymore. With growing awareness and interest in travel
and tourism, the travellers relentlessly search for newer destinations.
Consequently Nagaland is fast emerging as a tourist destination in its own
right. Interestingly the state has its own distinctive cultural heritage steeped in
tribal beliefs, traditions, superstitions, arts and crafts, dance and music,
legends and myths. Nagaland abounds in serene natural beauty and panoramic
views of the hills, which in fact are the eastern offshoots of the mighty
Himalayas.
Nagaland is the land of songs, music and dance where you can hear folk songs
praising the brave deeds on ancient warriors and folk heroes, love songs
immortalising tragic love stories, gospel songs and modern tunes. Each of the
sixteen odd tribes and sub-tribes that dwell in this exotic hill state can easily
be distinguished by the colourful and intricately designed costumes, jewellery
and beads that they wear. The present generation of Nagas have ventured into
fashion designing in a big way, reproducing fabrics that represent the ancestral
motifs blended with modern appeal. Nagaland has become a rich fashion
centre of the Northeast.
Nature could not have been kinder to Nagaland, sometimes referred to as the
‘Switzerland of the East’. The exquisitely picturesque landscapes, the
vibrantly colourful sunrise and sunset, lush and verdant flora etc. make this
land a perfect breathtaking experience. The inhabitants belong to the Indo-
Mongoloid stock, whose ancestors lived off nature’s abundant gifts, blessed
with friendly dispositions. Above all, the people here are warm-hearted and
extremely hospitable.
Nagaland is blessed with a salubrious climate throughout the year and one can
visit it anytime. If one is looking for a quiet get away from the hectic city life,
it provides the right ambience. For the adventurous and the intrepid, Nagaland
is an ideal place for trekking, jungle camping and offers limitless exploration
possibilities it its lush and verdant sub-tropical rein forests, which are also a
treasure trove of a plethora of medicinal plants. Nagas, by nature, are lovers of
fun and festivities and here life is one long festival.
Nagaland has excellent potential for tourism and the state government has
declared Tourism as a ‘Priority Sector’ under the State Industrial Policy 2000.
The entry permit system is a major deterrent for tourists. Within a small
geographical area of about 16,579 Sq. Kms. Nagaland offers plenty of
attractions for tourists in the form of Natural beauty, Hills and Valleys, Rivers
and Lakes, Forests and Wildlife, Sanctuaries, Heritage, Ethnic Culture, Music
and Dance, Handicrafts and Art Forms, Agriculture.
38
The young state of Nagaland is economically weak and entirely depends on its
agriculture. Inefficient infrastructure and poor connectivity are the major
deterrents for the tourists. However, the State Department of Tourism is trying
to develop tourist facilities at various places. The state has excellent potential
for tourism development with emphasis on Eco-tourism/Adventure tourism
and Heritage Tourism. However the success of its tourism highly depends on
the enthusiasm and inputs from the state government and also on infrastructure
development of the entire Northeast region.
8. OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY:
The Department of Tourism, Govt. of India proposed this study in order to

prepare a 20 year perspective plan for the sustainable development of tourism
in various Indian states with the following major objectives:
1. Prepare a 20 year perspective plan for developing sustainable tourism

in the state, giving phased programme considering the resources
available
2. Indicate short-term and long-term plans, targets and ground realities
3. Indicate all activities to be undertaken by different agencies with a
definite time frame to achieve these activities
4. Assess the existing tourism scenario in the state with respect to natural
resources, heritage and other socio-cultural assets, quantitative and
demographic factors like population, employment, occupation, income
levels, services and infrastructure etc.
5. Review and evaluate the status of existing tourism schemes in the state
6. Plan expansion/up-gradation to the existing facilities and also propose
new tourism projects
7. Arrive at an indicative cost configuration of likely investment on
infrastructure development and prioritise investment needs over the
next 20 years
8. Prepare an action plan for implementation of potential development
schemes in conformity with the guidelines provided by the concerned
state/central departments and the funding agencies
9. Indicate projected tourist arrivals and prioritise schemes for
employment generation
10. Prepare strategy for the participation of local people in tourism
development
11. Deal with environmental issues of the tourism sites and suggest
measures for the mitigation of adverse impacts
12. Suggest strategy for privatisation of the tourism infrastructure owned
by the state
13. Consider and suggest sources of funding for the tourism development
in the state and strategy to develop a coordinating agency in the state
14. Work out strategy to project and protect cultural identity of the state
and its ethnic people through appropriate tourism plans
39
9. METHODOLOGY:
The Technical proposal and the Inception Report provide the details of the
methodology and approach for this study. The study has been conducted
according to the broad guidelines provided by the Department of Tourism,
Government of India (appendix – a).
The study was carried out by a multidisciplinary team of experts under the
overall coordination of the Principal Investigator (PI) and the Co-investigator
(CI). The study commenced in March 2002 with literature survey and strategic
planning. Formats for questionnaire and interviews were prepared. Two field
visits (approx. one week each) were carried out in April and May 2002. The PI
and CI carried out their visits along with the tourism officials. The team
members traversed approximately 1500 Kms of distance in the state during the
field visits, using different modes of travel. The questionnaires (appendix – b)
were sent to people (sample size 100) from various categories connected
directly or indirectly with tourism in the Northeast. Extensive interviews were
carried out in a predesigned format (appendix – c) with selected individuals
(over 50 Nos.) connected with tourism development and government sector.
The difficult terrain and adverse climatic conditions created several hurdles for
the field studies. However, in spite of all odds and shortage of time, interesting
data was collected, analysed and the findings are used for the preparation of
this report. Additionally, extensive photo documentation has also been carried
out.
40
CHAPTER – 2
NAGALAND
1. INTRODUCTION
Nagaland, the sixteenth State of the Indian Union, was created on December 1,
1963. The Naga communities predominantly inhabit the State and hence it
forms a single cultural region generally definable by common cultural and
linguistic traditions. The State was carved out of the territories earlier known
as the Naga Hills-Tuensang Area (NHTA), through the State of Nagaland Act
of 1962. The major part of what is now Nagaland excluding its eastern side
consisting of Tuensand and Mon Districts was formerly a District of Assam
under the name Naga Hills. The District of Naga Hills was opened in 1866
with its headquarters at Samaguting in the west in the foothills about 15 km
away from Dimapur. Later the district headquarters was shifted to Wokha in
the heart of the hills in 1876 and two years later in 1878 it was shifted to
Kohima. The present Tuensang and Mon Districts came under administrative
rule in 1979. Present Arunachal Pradesh was also under the Tuensang Frontier
Division of North-East Frontier Agency. In 1957, the then Naga Hills was
renamed the Naga Hills Tuensang Area or NHTA. In 1961 the NHTA became
a de-facto Tribal State under the name Nagaland with de-facto legislative
ministry.
2. GEOGRAPHY
The State of Nagaland, covering an area of 16,579 km, is encircled by Assam

in the north and west, by Myanmar and Arunachal Pradesh in the east and
Manipur in the south. It lies between 25° 6’ and 27° 4’ N and between 93° 20’
and 95° 15’ E. It is a hilly State, with only a few hundred square km of plains
along the foothills in the Western part of the State. The hills are a
continuation of the Myanmar Hills and are joined to the sub-Himalayan ranges
in the North and into the hills of Manipur and Mizoram. The ranges stretch in
general from northeast to southwest and in between the ranges there are steep
narrow valleys. The hills are low on the west where they meet the plains of
Assam, from where they gradually rise to heights of 1500 m and to 3500 m
spreading to the east bordering Myanmar. Geographically, the Naga Hills can
be divided into the following categories:
i) Outer foothills of the West: This rises from the plains of Assam, plains of
Dimapur, Naginimora and Tijit on the western part of Nagaland. These outer
foothills are low ranging from 300 to 800 m alt. In the west there are several
valleys such as Ghaspani valley in Kohima District, Baghti, Bhandari, and
Merapani valleys in Wokha District, Tzurang, Changki, Lakhuni and Tuli
valleys in Mokochung District and Tiru valley in Mon District.
41
ii) Medium hill ranges in the intermediate zone: These hill ranges rise to
about 1600 m alt. towards the east. They run through the middle of the State
like its spinal cord. The main human settlements are located in these ranges.
iii) High hill ranges of the East: The high hills in the east are known as the
Patkai hill range and in the south are known as the Barail range. The two
highest peaks are Japfu (3014 m) in the Barail range and Saramati (3848 m) in
the Patkai range of Tuensang District on the extreme east near the Myanmar
border. Mount Saramati is the only snow-capped mountain other than the
Himalaya in the country.
The State is divided into eight districts: Kohima, Mokochung, Tuensang,

Mon, Wokha, Zunheboto, Phek and Dimapur. The maximum length of the
State is about 255 km while the maximum breadth does not exceed 145 km.
The capital is Kohima (1444 m alt).
The Barail and the Japfu ranges form the watershed of the State and as they
are close to the western boundary, none of the rivers attain any sizeable
proportion until they enter the plains of Assam. Therefore there are few rivers
in Nagaland, which are quite small in width and length. The five main
drainage systems in the State: Tizu, Doyang, Dhansiri, Dekhu, and Milak. No
river of the State is navigable in any season. In the dry season, the rivers are
completely dry but in the rainy season, the rivers are torrents. There are very
few waterfalls in Nagaland.
Nagaland has a monsoon climate. However, unlike the plains of Assam, the
winters are cold, as are even the summers at times. The temperatures drop to
3° C in winter in the hills and 6° C in the plains, while the average summer
temperature is 25° C in the hills and 34° C in the plains. The average annual
rainfall is between 1750 mm and 2500 mm. Most rain is received between
June to September though rain fall occurs for about nine months of the year.
The southern part gets heavier rainfall than the northern part of the State.
Frost occurs in Saramati range, Japfu range, Aghanato, Zenheboto, Longkhim
and Pfutsero.
Geologically the rocks of Nagaland are comparatively young, only about 140
million years. Nagaland was apparently once under the sea which existed
between India and Myanmar. Nagaland then rose above sea level later in
geological time. Therefore Nagaland has evidence of marine deposits
represented by Disang Shale, sandstone, phyllite, slate and limestone,
containing fossils of marine organisms. Slate of superior quality is found in
Tizu valley and is used for commercial purposes. Deposits of chrysotile
asbestos are found towards the south. Coal is sparsely distributed in the
highlands. The soils of the State are mainly of two types, ferrugineous red
soils and laterites. The former is abundant. It is poor in lime, potash, iron
oxide and phosphorous content.
Nagaland is within a seismically active belt. The area was severely affected
by the great Cachar earthquake of 1869, and by the Assam earthquake of 1897.
Nagaland is now within zone V of the seismic zoning map of India.
42
Fig. 2 – Map of Nagaland:
3. PEOPLE AND CULTURE
The earliest records throwing light on the politico-economic linkages of the

Nagas with others are the Buranjis, the chronicles of the Ahoms of Assam.
The early Buranjis describe that the Ahom Sukhapa encountered the Nagas of
the Patkoi area as early as the twelfth century. Although the Ahoms never
subjugated the Nagas, the strategic location of their habitat and particularly the
economic interest of the Ahoms periodically brought them under the orbit of
Ahom confederacy against external aggressions.
The Nagas belong to the Indo-Mongoloid family. The fourteen major Naga
tribes are: Angami, Ao, Chakhesang, Chang, Kabui, Khemungam, Konyak,
Lotha, Phom, Pochury, Rengma, Sangtam, Sema, Yimchunger and Zeliang.
Some of these tribes are of comparatively recent origin. The Chakhesangs
were earlier known as the Eastern Angamis and are a combination of the
Chakri, Khezha, and Sangtam subtribes, the word Chakhesang being an
acronym. The non-Naga inhabitants of Nagaland who are recognised as
Scheduled Tribes are Garo, Kachari, Kuki and Mikir. There are also Nepali,
Bengali, Bihari, Marwari, and Assamese as migrant communities in Nagaland.
The origin of the word “Naga” is not known though theories abound. These
theories variously claim the origin of Naga from “nanga” meaning naked,
from “nag” meaning mountain, or from “noga” which is derived from “nok”
which means folk in some hill dialects. Be that as it may, the hill tribes living
in present day Nagaland did not know that they were called “Naga” till recent
times. This indicates that the areas now known as Nagaland had no generic
term applicable to the whole race, indicating that the area was occupied by a
conglomeration of different tribes. Even as late as 1954, Verrier Elwin found
the people of Tuensang seldom speaking of themselves as nagas but as
43
Konyaks, Changs, Phoms etc. The name “Naga” appears to be actually given
to the hill people by the plains people. The exact date of the Naga entrance
into the Naga Hills cannot be established. On the basis of language, the Nagas
belong to the Tibeto-Burmese group, from North-western China, between the
upper waters of the Yangtse-Kiang and Hwang-Ho rivers.
One theory is that the Nagas came with groups of migrant tribes who moved
towards Southeast Asia from China through the Himalayan section. This route
extended downwards through the Patkai, Arakan Yoma and the Banda arc
towards Java and Sumatra. This theory proposes that the Nagas settled in the
Naga Hills en route. The other theory suggests that the Nagas originated from
a group of tribes who moved up from Southeast Asia. Oral sources and
tradition point to migration from the south. All the Naga tribes are fond of
cowrie and conch shells, which they use as ornaments. This may point to a
bygone settlement near the ocean. The log drums are also believed to have
links with the dug out canoes of the Pacific Islands.
Despite several clashes, the Nagas lived adjacent to the Ahoms of Assam in
the medieval period. The Ahoms sometimes enlisted Nagas in their army to
fight in wars. When the Mughals invaded the Ahoms, the Nagas joined the
Ahoms to fight against them. The Ahoms also constructed a road called Naga
Ali (Naga Road), whose purpose was to have easy access to trade as well as to
provide a route of escape into the Naga Hills when invaded by enemies, as
when happened when the Burmese ruled Assam from 1816-1824. The Nagas
provided protection and hospitality until the British in the Anglo-Burmese war
defeated the Burmese in 1825. By the treaty of Yandabo (1826), the Burmese
withdrew from Assam. The Ahom kingdom came under British rule, and the
Nagas continued to trade with the Ahoms under their new masters.
The British colonised Nagaland for the following reasons: concern for the
safety and security of the north-east frontiers, cessation of Naga raids, need for
a direct route from Assam to Manipur for developing trade relations with the
Manipuris, need to protect commercial interests in upper Cachar, and also to
guard against Burmese intervention in Manipur, prevention of annexation of
Naga territory by the King of Manipur. After several losses and after suffering
innumerable raids from the Nagas, the British decided to use their superior
forces to annex the Naga Hills to their empire. The Nagas were defeated and
the British formed a New District known as Naga Hills in 1866, which was a
district of Assam. However, the Eastern Naga Hills were never conquered by
the British. Battles between the British and the Nagas continued. In 1880,
peace was made between the Chiefs of Khonoma and the British
representative at Mezoma, and British rule became established in Nagaland.
The arrival of Christian missionaries in Nagaland was the next significant

chapter in the history of the Naga people. The progress of Christianity in
Nagaland in the 19th century was initially slow as the Nagas had a hostile
attitude towards the missionaries. Those that were converted to Christianity
were persecuted by their clan and sometimes by the whole village. However,
later many sections of the Nagas adopted the Christian faith.
44
In 1945, Sir Charles Pawsey, the last British administrator of Nagaland,
established an institution called the Naga Hills District Tribal Council. In
1946, its name was changed to the Naga National Council (NNC), and it
emerged as the only political organisation in Nagaland. The NNC wanted
independence for Nagaland after the British left. Nagaland declared its
independence on August 14, 1947. This led to serious conflict between the
NNC and the newly formed Government of India. In 1956, the Federal
Government of Nagaland was formed by the NNC, and it maintained an army
called the Naga Army. In the 1950s and 1960s, there were serious clashes
between the Indian Army and the Naga army, and as the conflict became more
severe, the Naga Army went underground, and contributes to the high level of
insurgency present in the area today.
The organisation of the village community differs from tribe to tribe. For
example, the Angami, Lotha, Rengma and Ao villages have a democratic
structure, wherein whenever an important decision is to be taken, all the
villagers assemble and take a collective decision. The Semas have a system of
hereditary village chiefs. The chief is the overlord of the village and all others
are his dependents or mighimi. These mighimi are given plots of land, which
they cultivate on behalf of the chief. The structural framework of Sema
society encouraged expansionist colonisation, and the central feature of the
village was the bachelor’s dormitory or the morung. The xylophones or the
log-drums are a striking feature of the Ao, Chang, Konyak, Yimchunger and
Sangtam tribes. The drum was generally kept close to the morung, and was
usually made out of the hollowed trunk of a tree with the carving of a mithun
head at one end. The Ao treated the log drum almost like the village deity and
the drum became an important part of rituals. It was primarily a war drum,
though it could also be beaten for other important occasions.
The Feasts of Merit are the hallmark of social distinction for a Naga. There
are a series of such feasts, each one costlier than the preceding one. Each feast
entitles the host to social distinction and progressively increases his standing
and position in the community. It also entitles him to wear special dress and
ornaments and to decorate his house in particular fashion. There is also a
Feast of Friendship, which is given to strengthen the bonds of friendship
between two individuals. The resemblance between these feasts and those of
the elaborate Vedic sacrifices is striking.
The staple food of the Nagas is rice. Meat is also consumed, and it could be of
common items such as beef, pork or chicken, or also of a variety of animals
such as mithun, dogs, cats, fish, spiders, birds, crabs, larvae, frogs, and
elephants. However, there is a taboo on some animals such as the tiger and
leopard as the Nagas believe that Man, Tiger and Spirit were all brothers at the
beginning of creation.
Rice-beer is the main beverage and is consumed by all ages. It is highly

nutritive and should be considered more as a food rather than a drink. Milk is
not popular; however the demand for milk is increasing especially in the cities.
45
Naga society has been earlier known for headhunting practices. However
headhunting ended among the Lotha and Rengma tribes in 1880, among the
Angamis and Aos in 1905, among the Semas in 1909, and among the
Khemungans in 1963. The last reported cases of headhunting occurred in
1963 and in 1969. These were in the Tuensang district where it is claimed that
the spirit of headhunting is still alive.
The most prominent item of Naga dress is the shawl, whose pattern and motif
serves to identify the tribe and sub-tribe. A warrior’s shawl or the shawl of a
man who has performed a Feast of Merit is different from that of an ordinary
villager. Apart from the shawl, the normal working dress is the kilt, which is
usually black in colour. It may be embroidered with cowries in which case it
signifies a male dress. Ornamentation in the form of beads, feathers, brass or
ivory armlets, leg rings of cane etc. is regularly used. Human hair is also used
to augment body decoration; nowadays goat’s hair is used. Ornaments, apart
from being decorative, also signify victory in war. Tattooing is also fairly
common, and whether tattoos are restricted to particular sexes or the locations
of the tattoos also vary from tribe to tribe.
The Nagas also have a range of weaponry such as spears and a hatchet called
the dao. The dao is a multi-purpose weapon. It is used to fell trees, cut fowls,
divide meat, carve posts and even to kill enemies if necessary. It is a lifelong
companion for each Naga.
All major Naga tribes have their own language. Furthermore, the language
varies from village to village within a single tribe. The tribal groups, when
they do not understand each other’s language converse in Naga-Assamese, or
Nagamese. This is a hybrid mixture of Assamese and Naga languages but it
serves as the lingua franca of the Naga people.
The population of Nagaland (provisional census 2001) is 19,88,636, and the

literacy rate is 67.11%. The density of the population is 120 persons per
square km.
4. NATURAL ENVIRONMENT AND ECOLOGY
Though Nagaland is a small State, it has been endowed with a wide variety of
forest types on account of its unique geographic location and a wide range of
physiographic terrains available in the State.
I. Northern Tropical Wet Evergreen Forests: These forests once covered

the Namsa-Tizit area but now only a small vestige is found in the
Zankam area. It is found only in Mon District. The dominant species
are hollong (Dipterocarpus macrocarpus), makai (Shorea assamica) and
nahor (Mesua ferrea).
II. Northern Tropical Semi-evergreen Forests: These type of forests are

found in the foothills of the Assam-Nagaland border in Mokokchung,
46
Wokha and Kohima Districts. In this type, there is also inclusion of
several deciduous species within the wet evergreen type.
III. Northern Sub-tropical Broad Leaved Wet Hill Forests: This type is
found in the hill areas below 1800 m and above 500 m in all districts of
Nagaland.
IV. Northern Sub-tropical Pine Forests: This type is found between 1000-
1500 m in parts of Phek and Tuensand Districts of Nagaland. Pine is the
dominant species and is found mixed with Quercus, Schima, Prunus,
Betula and Rhododendron.
V. Northern Montane Wet temperate Forests: These forests are found in the
higher reaches of the tallest mountains in Nagaland above 2000 m in the
Japfu, Saramati, Satoi, and Chengtang Ranges. The species are typically
evergreen with Quercus, Michelia, Magnolia, Prunus, Schima, Alnus and
Betula.
VI. Temperate Forests: These types of forests are found in the peaks of the
tallest mountains (above 2500 m) like Saramati and Dzulou area. The
dominant species are Rhododendron, patches of Juniperus coxie and
birch.
The forest in the state exhibit distinct gradients depending on the altitude,
physiography, rainfall and the intensity of biotic interference which singly or
in combination with other factors creates a striking variety of ecological
situations. Exposed to the heavy rainfall of monsoon climate, Nagaland is
endowed with rich floristic compositions. High humidity for a greater part of
the year coupled with low evaporation rates should have been sufficient to
maintain evergreen forests throughout. However, due to hilly terrain and high
porosity of the soil (except in Kohima and Pfutsero area), the water retention
is less. Furthermore, the natural vegetation formations are in danger of
extreme fragmentation and degradation due to the practice of shifting
cultivation or jhoom throughout the State.
Nagaland also has mineral deposits of various types. Coal is found in the
foothills of Wokha District, Jhanji-Desoi valley in Mokokchung District, and
in the Tiru Valley and Borjan in Mon District. Other resources such as
limestone, iron, chromium, nickel, cobalt, copper, molybdenum, marble, slate,
chromite and magnesite are also found.
Nagaland has protected areas as under:

a. Intangki National Park, Kohima district: 202.02 Sq. Kms.
b. Rangapahar Wildlife Sanctuary, Dimapur district: 4.70 Sq. Kms.
c. Fakim Wildlife Sanctuary, Tuensang district: 6.42 Sq. Kms.
d. Puliebadze Wildlife Sanctuary, Kohima district: 9.23 Sq. Kms.
The state government has identified interesting natural features for general
awareness about the state’s natural treasure.
47
5. SOCIO-ECONOMICS
Nagaland basically has an agricultural economy. Over 70% of the population

is dependent on agriculture. Jhoom cultivation and terrace cultivation are the
two modes of agriculture. Although jhoom cultivation may have been
sustainable in the past with sufficient fallow periods between jhoom cycles,
the present demands on the land owing to population increases have resulted
in short fallow periods causing much land degradation. The State Government
is attempting to persuade people to shift from jhoom to terrace cultivation, and
also to restore lands that have been degraded by jhooming, by the adoption of
tree farming particularly of economic trees such as fruit trees etc. A major
initiative has been initiated called the NEPED project: Nagaland
Empowerment of People through Economic Development. The vision
statement of this ICEF funded project is as follows: Communities should
become self-reliant and no longer subsidy oriented. Farmers should practice
sustainable agriculture, building on traditional practices and integrating
agricultural innovations. Through the development of agro-business,
establishment of marketing infrastructure and entrepreneurship, both men and
women should benefit from increased economic return and improved
agricultural production. Communities should be empowered and actively
manage their own affairs and resources judiciously, and women should play an
active role in community decisions. Government should consult with
communities on policies and practices that affect them.
The main crops are rice, millet, maize and pulses. Cash crops such as
sugarcane and potato are also becoming popular. A remarkable feature of the
economy is that there are no absentee landlords and there is no class of
landless peasants. The village society is so organised that the basic
requirements of food, clothing and shelter are guaranteed to all members.
Spinning and weaving were earlier the only significant cottage industries in
Nagaland. The Aos, Rengmas and Lothas used to grow cotton sufficient not
only for their own requirements but surplus even to be given to neighbouring
tribes. In recent years, however, mill-made yarn, by virtue of its easy
accessibility and cheap price, is substituting the yarn made locally.
Money as a medium of exchange was introduced only during World War II.
Prior to that, wealth was assessed in terms of land holding, number of mithuns
and cattle, which an individual possessed.
The major source of revenue for the Government until recently was the house-
tax. It was levied at the rate of Rs 3/- per house in the Angami area and Rs. 2/-
in other tribal areas. Now Government revenue is supplemented by the sale of
forest products and tax on urban commodities.
In a tribal area like Nagaland, the obstacles to economic development

generally arise out of the prevailing physical, social and economic conditions.
The physical conditions relate to the hilly terrain, dense forests and difficult
communications. The social obstacles are the people’s initial apathy to any
48
kind of innovation, lack of education, and primitive means of production. The
economic difficulties are the dearth of capital, absence of marketing centres
and other factors, to which may also be added the subversive, insurgent forces
with the State. On the basis of preliminary investigation of the National
Council of Applied Economic Research, three medium-level industries were
established: The Nagaland Sugar Mill at Dimapur, a Paper and Pulp Mill at
Tuli and a Plywood Factory at Tizit. Subsequently other small factories such
as TV assembly unit at Dimapur have been commissioned.
The State is also trying to encourage small-scale and cottage industries.

Weaving training-cum-production centres have been set up at Mokokchung
and Dimapur, a Cottage Industries training-cum-production centre at Mon, and
a Cottage Industries Training Centre at Aghunato have been established.
The economy of Nagaland has fortunately several distinctive features, which

should accelerate the pace of development.
The land-man ratio is quite favourable, the density of population being 120 per
square km as against 267 for the country as a whole.
• An average Naga family is generally self-sufficient in matters of

clothing, food, housing, fuel and other minor requirements.
• There is no landless peasantry and there are no exploiting landlords.
• The available labour force is usefully employed in productive

occupations.
• People believe in the dignity of labour, and even a well to do Naga

does not consider it beneath dignity to engage in manual labour.
• There are no glaring inequalities of income though a class of

prosperous contractors is gradually emerging.
• The level of consumption of material goods is less than in the plains.
These factors should contribute to reasoned development in Nagaland. The

State will have to stand on its own feet and raise its own revenue. An
organised propaganda will also have to be made to encourage savings and
investment. The NEPED venture appears to be a good beginning in this
regard.
6. EVOLUTION
The social evolution of the Naga society from the ethnic tribal community of
Headhunters to the modern society of today, just over the span of about 200
years is interesting. It shows the tenacity and adaptability of this unique
community generally identified as a hostile society.
49
The arrival of Christian missionaries in Nagaland in 1839 transformed Naga
history. The conversion of the Nagas to Christianity was the beginning of
many changes in Nagaland. Rev. Miles Bronson was the first missionary to the
Nagas who came to Namsang, a Naga village in 1839 and started the first
school for the Nagas. These were the first efforts to teach the Nagas how to
read and write.
The progress of Christianity in Nagaland in the 19th century was very slow as
the attitude of Nagas towards the missionaries was hostil in the beginning.
Those who were converted to Christianity were persecuted by their clan and
sometimes by the whole village. But the social activities of the missionaries
such as medical care and formal education ultimately succeeded in
transforming the people. The Nagas who believed in a number of spirits and
elaborate rituals responded to the concept of one god and the simplicity and
logic of the new religion. The so-called glory that the Nagas derived by
hunting the heads of their fellow men was replaced by a zeal for service to
humanity. Christianity has been the single most dynamic factor in modernising
Naga society. It opened the doors for the Nagas to think in a global context
and brought them into the fold of a world family.
The first half of the 20th century was an age of renaissance for the Nagas. They
experienced great social and political change. From centuries of isolation, the
Nagas suddenly woke up to face a world that was fast changing. This
traumatic experience of change resulted in a cultural shock. For the first time,
the tribes produced university graduates, doctors, engineers and political
thinkers. Western ideas and western religion, western music and philosophies
began to influence the Naga world outlook. There were cries for greater and
nobler things. Many of these factors were to lead the Nagas into a new era.
Fig. 3 – Evolving Nagas
50
The Nagas became more aware of their common ethnic identity. They realised
the importance of unity. Beginnings were made to delink themselves from the
tribalism of the past. This led to a new sense of nationalism. The first Pan-
Naga organisation, known as the Naga Club was formed in 1918. In 1945, the
last British Administrator of Nagaland, Sir Cahrles Pawsey established an
institution called Naga Hils District Tribal Council. The representative of the
tribes changed this to Naga National Council (NNC) in 1946. Eventually,
NNC emerged as the only political organisation in Nagaland. Although its
original aim was to foster the welfare and social aspirations of the Nagas, it
focussed for the solidarity of all the Nagas and to achieve their political
aspirations. The major conflict developed when the British left giving
independence to India on the 15th August 1947. The NNC declared its separate
independence, started a political struggle and in 1956 formed the Federal
Government of Nagaland having its own army known as Naga Army. This
created a period of turmoil and a reign of terror as an undeclared war was
waged between the Indian Army and the Naga Army. As a result of this war,
the innocent Naga people suffered the most. In 1957, a group of Nagas formed
an organisation called the Naga People’s Convention to bring an end to this
war and bloodshed and to search for a solution to the political problems of the
Nagas. The several negotiations led to the 16 Point Agreement, and on the 1st
December 1963 the state of Nagaland was formed. However, the underground
struggle for an independent Nagaland is still continued which has resulted in
the incidence of insurgency in Nagaland.
The economic growth of the Naga society may not be satisfactory in

comparison with the other states; however, the astonishing growth in the
literacy rate is commendable. More so when one considers that the majority of
this population lives in rural areas. A good number of Naga youth, including
girls is going out for higher education in the professional fields of medicine,
engineering, architecture etc. Also striking is the transformation from the
traditional militancy to the present tolerant culture. The adaptation of the
ancient democratic administrative practices into the present day democratic
political system through the network of Village Councils is also interesting
and educative. The dress code of Nagas has gone through a drastic change.
Today urban Nagas, both men and women wear western attire. English has
been declared as official language of Nagaland. The traditional dresses and
jewellery has been transformed into modern fashion designs. However, during
this fast social evolution of the urban Naga society, the ethnic ethos has still
remained intact in rural areas. The tribal languages are dialects and do not
have scripts. They are used in verbal communications everywhere and they
bring unity among Naga communities. That is the major asset of Nagaland.
51
CHAPTER – 3
TOURISM IN NAGALAND
1. TOURISM STATUS
Nagaland is one of the youngest states in the country. The location of the state
in the northeast region of the country, isolated from the mainland India has
brought in a few inherent problems. The entire region has remained neglected,
backward and undeveloped. The socio-economic and infrastructure status is
poor, causing unrest and frustration amongst the people, which resulted in a
long-term insurgency in the entire northeast region. Nagaland has been under
insurgency for over three decades and is going through a state of turmoil. As
such the socio-economic development in general and the tourism development
in particular has been lagging behind the other states for over 30 years. The
attempts in the direction of development truly started 1997 onwards, after the
Cease fire was enforced between the Govt. of India and NSCN (1st August
1997).
The status of tourism is reflected in the following statistical data of tourist

visits in the Northeast and Nagaland (Source: Tourist Statistics – 2000, page
58-59, Dept. of Tourism, GOI):
Table No. 3:ESTIMATED DOMESTIC & FOREIGN TOURIST VISITS

(1998 –2000)
1998 1999 2000 Prop. to the

total (%)
Location Dom. For. Dom. For. Dom. For. Dom. For.
Northeast 529784 2909 567284 3570 1489112 11788 0.7 0.2
Region
(7states
except
Sikkim)
Nagaland 28890 116 21041 119 13272 451 0.0 0.0
Apart from poor infrastructure and communication facilities, entry formality is a

major deterrent. There is also shortage of accommodation. Private entrepreneurs are
not coming up for hotel business due to heavy capital investments and very slow or no
returns. The state tourism department has created some tourist facilities with the state
and central assistance; however the maintenance of this infrastructure has become a
major problem. This has affected tourism adversely which has remained very local
and decreased substantially.
52
2. TOURISM POTENTIAL
Nagaland is a mountainous state with interesting topography. Natural beauty

in various forms is the major asset of Nagaland. Lush green vegetation having
interesting flora and fauna, deep valleys with clean rivers, natural lakes, hill
agriculture and pleasant climate throughout the year are unique natural
features of Nagaland. Additionally, the ethnic tribal culture reflected through
folk dances, music, festivals and handicrafts are major tourist attractions.
Nagaland also has its own unique identities reflected through mystic culture,
ethnic traditions, hospitable people, fast social evolution of the urban Naga
society, high literacy rate, interesting and indigenous architecture, class / caste
less and self-sufficient society and beggar free urban areas. The unique
geographical location and long international boundary with Myanmar could be
another tourist feature.
It is quite clear that Nagaland has tremendous and quite unique tourism
potential. This could be tapped mainly through the concept of Eco-tourism.
Nature/wildlife tourism, Adventure tourism, Cultural/heritage tourism,
Agriculture tourism, Leisure tourism, International Border tourism could be
some special tourist packages.
3. PEOPLE’S OUTLOOK TOWARDS TOURISM
Naga society is a sociable and hospitable community.. Service oriented and

democratic culture is reflected in their traditional systems, which have been
continued through the network of village councils and voluntary organisations.
The education has broadened the outlook of the people and new concepts are
not only accepted but also evolved in an innovative way. Many village
communities have come forward on their own and developed Tourist facilities
with a traditional and rustic character. Traditional festivals, dresses and dances
are being revived to attract outsiders and maintain Naga identity. Communities
have realised the environmental and ecological problems caused by traditional
jhoom cultivation and they are adapting to new and innovative agricultural
system. Many villages have declared their natural surroundings as sanctuaries
and banned hunting. This is a revolution and the Nagas are proud of it.
People’s outlook towards tourism is sympathetic and will be full of
enthusiasm. In fact, community participation in tourism development has
already started in Nagaland and will be a great success in future.
4. GOVERNMENT’S OUTLOOK TOWARDS TOURISM
53
The government has given the thrust on the creation of basic infrastructure and
amenities required for tourists. This has been done mainly through the
assistance provided by the central government.
The Department of Tourism, Govt. of India, under the ministry of Tourism and
Culture has been providing liberal financial and technical support for the
tourism development in the state based on the projects received from the
states.
Additionally, a special plan outlay has been provided under the ninth plan
since the year 2000-2001 for the tourism development in the northeast states to
the tune of lump sum 10% of the overall budget. This is a conscious and
sympathetic attempt for the socio-economical upliftment of the north-eastern
states through the upcoming tourism industry.
In general, the outlook of the state government towards the tourism

development is of hesitance for now. This must change into the attitude of
enthusiasm. However, the state will be dependent on the central assistance for
a few years.
5. PRESENT BUDGET AND ECONOMICS OF TOURISM DEVELOPMENT
The main sources of finances for the tourism development in the state are from
the normal annual budget of the state and the central financial assistance for
the definite projects.
Table No. 4: State budget for the tourism development for the years 1999-
2000 to 2002-2003 (Source: Dept. of Tourism, Nagaland):
YEAR AMOUNT IN RS. LAKHS

1999 – 2000 329.39
2000 – 2001 378.34
2001 - 2002 390.67
2002 – 2003 360.94
The bulk of this budgeted amount goes on staff salaries. A detailed statement
of the state budget allocation for the last ten years is at appendix – e.
54
The Department of Tourism collects revenue from the room rents and food
costs at the tourist infrastructure run by the department. The revenue earnings
of the Department of tourism during the last two years were Rs. 26.78 lakhs
only as reported in the State Tourism Policy - 2001. The statement showing
earnings for the last ten yeas is at appendix – f.
The rates fixed by the department for the amenities provided by them are very
reasonable and are based on the market situation. This rationale looks fine
since the local tourists are using the amenities regularly.
The state entirely depends on the central assistance for the creation of tourism
infrastructure.
The following statement will give an idea of the assistance provided to the
state from 1998-99 to 2000-01 (Source: Tourist Statistics, 2000, Page 117,
Dept. of Tourism, GOI):
Table No. 5: STATEMENT SHOWING THE PROJECTS / AMOUNT

SANCTIONED DURING 1998-99 TO 2000-2001 (Rs. In Lakhs)
1998-1999 1999-2000 2000-2001

State No. of Amt. Amt. No. of Amt. Amt. No. of Amt. Amt.
projects Sancd. Reled projects Sancd. Reled. projects Sancd. Reled.
Nagaland 11 230.54 97.60 16 302.90 179.89 8 156.53 53.04
Additionally, a special plan outlay was provided under the ninth plan from the
year 2000-2001 for the tourism development in the northeast states to the tune
of lump sum 10% of the overall budget (Source: Tourist Statistics, 2000, Page
113-115, Dept. of Tourism, GOI):
2000-2001 - B.E. Rs. 13.50 Crores R.E. Rs. 12.50 Crores

2001-2002 - B.E. Rs. 14.80 Crores
Table No. 6: The break up of this allocation is as under:
Sr.No. Item Rs in crores

1 Tourist Infrastructure (Revenue) Rs. 1.00
2 Tourist Information & Publicity (Revenue) Rs. 3.00
3 Computerisation & Information Technology (Revenue) Rs. 1.00
4 Training (Revenue) Rs. 1.00
5 Tourist Infrastructure (Capital) Rs. 8.80
TOTAL Rs. 14.80
At present, the Department of Tourism, Nagaland is carrying on its tourism

development activities on the dependent economy. It is not able to meet
the recurring expenditure through revenue generation. It will be difficult to
continue this way in the long run, when major costs for the renovation / repairs
of the existing infrastructure will crop up.
55
6. SUSTAINABILITY
In the present scenario, the state government’s outlook towards the tourism
development is of total dependence on central assistance. There are proposed
plans for privatisation but the possibility of their success looks bleak.
Considering the external adverse factors of complex nature, which are beyond
the control of the state government, it is unlikely that the tourism development
in the state can be self-sustaining in the near future.
However looking at the bright tourism potential, possible enthusiasm of the

state government and the expected rise in the tourist arrival, it looks quite
possible to make the tourism in the state sustainable in a decade. It will require
futuristic vision, conscious and planned efforts at all levels and a disciplined
action plan and implementation strategy. In the meanwhile, sympathetic
approach of the central government will be required to stabilise the socio-
political situation in the Northeast followed by overall infrastructure
development in the region.
56
CHAPTER – 4
BASIC TOURISM INFRASTRUCTURE IN NAGALAND

1. COMMUNICATION NETWORK
a. International
At present, there is no direct international communication network to

Nagaland. There is no road connecting to Myanmar.
For all international tourists, the nearest airport is Kolkata (West
Bengal).
b. National
By Air: Dimapur Airport (approx.74 Kms from Kohima, the capital of

Nagaland), connected via Kolkata (West Bengal) and Jorhat (Assam).
Other airports in the Northeast region are Guwahati and Dibrugarh
(Assam), Imphal (Manipur) which have road transport connections to
Nagaland.
By Train: Dimapur is the only railhead in Nagaland and is on the main

line of North-eastern Frontier Railway connecting Kolkata & New
Jalpaiguri (West Bengal), Guwahati & Dibrugarh (Assam). The other
nearest stations for passenger trains are Furkating, Jorhat, Mariani,
Simalguri, Sonari (Assam), which have road transport connection to
Nagaland. There is a meter gauge connection from Simalguri (Assam)
to Naganimora in Mon district of Nagaland. However there are no
passenger trains on this line.
By Road: NH – 39 connects Nagaland via Dimapur and Kohima to

Guwahati/Jorhat (Assam) and Imphal (Manipur). NH – 61 connects
Nagaland via Tuli, Mokokchung, Wokha, Kohima, to Janji (Assam).
There are further highway connections to West Bengal and other parts
of India. Private and state transport buses, private taxis (Tata Sumo
jeeps) regularly operate on these roads.
c. Regional
Northeast region is connected to Dimapur and Kohima in Nagaland by

road via Guwahati (Assam), Imphal (Manipur), Shillong (Meghalaya),
Itanagar (Arunachal Pradesh). Private and state transport buses operate
on these routes.
d. State
Private and state transport buses connect all the district places by road.
Buses and Taxis (unmetered) operate in most of the district HQs and
the surrounding region for local travel.
57
2. TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK
Telephone network with ISD, STD facilities is available only at a few district
HQs. Local network is remotely available in some regions. The connectivity is
very poor.
Telegraph, Telex, Trunk, Phonogram etc. services are available at the Post
Offices at the major district HQs. Postal services and Courier services are also
available from major district HQs, however the service is very slow.
3. INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Internet network is available only in the major cities of Kohima and Dimapur.
The connectivity is very poor.
There is an All India Radio station and also Doordarshan Kendra at Kohima,
which broadcasts regular programmes.
Satellite cable TV Network is available in the major district HQs.
The major news agencies like PTI and UNI have correspondents at Kohima.
There are about 8 daily newspapers and 5 news magazines (English) published
at Kohima and Dimapur.
4. ENTRY PERMIT OFFICES
Inner Line permits (ILP) for Indian tourists are issued through the Dy.
Resident Commissioners/Assistant Resident Commissioner/Dy.
Commissioner, Nagaland at their offices in New Delhi, Kolkata, Guwahati,
Shillong, Dimapur, Kohima and Mokokchung.
Restricted Area Permits (RAP) for foreign tourists are issued by the Ministry
of Home Affairs, Govt. of India, New Delhi, Foreigners’ Regional
Registration Offices at Delhi, Kolkata, Chennai and Mumbai, all Indian
Missions abroad and Home Commissioner/Resident Commissioner, Nagaland
at their offices in Kohima and New Delhi.
5. TOURISM DEPARTMENT
The office of the Director, Department of Tourism, Nagaland is located at

Kohima. Tourist information centres are also located at the Tourist Lodge,
Dimapur and Nagaland House, Kolkata.
The Liaison Officers at Nagaland House at New Delhi also provides tourist
information.
58
6. NETWORK OF INFORMATION CENTRES
The tourism information is available at the Office to the Director, Kohima and
also at the other centres at Dimapur, Kolkata and New Delhi.
However, there is no networking amongst these offices and all the bookings
etc. will have to be done through the main office at Kohima.
The contacts with the main office at Kohima could be made through phones,
fax, post, courier etc. This office is not connected through Internet.
7. ACCOMMODATION FACILITIES
The Department of Tourism, Nagaland has functional tourist facilities at 3

destinations (Kohima, Dimapur, Mokokchung) all over Nagaland. They have
reasonable good capacity of rooms / beds (Appendix – k).
Fig. 4 – Tourist Lodge, Kohima:
There are about 15 private hotels in Kohima with a total capacity of about 250
rooms having 460 beds. There are private hotels at Dimapur and also at other
towns/villages in Nagaland. (See appendix – h, Private Hotels)
Additionally, there are government guest / circuit houses at the district HQs
and the Forest Rest Houses of the Forest Departments near the forest divisions
/ protected areas.
There are modest facilities provided by the Village Councils and the Church
Authorities at a few places.
It is recommended that the Department of Tourism should maintain the record

of all private accommodation in the State.
59
8. RESTAURANTS
The Department of Tourism has provided restaurant facility at the tourist

facilities. They also have Cafeterias and Wayside Amenities at a few places.
There are many medium / small private restaurants in the major cities at the
district HQs. There are several small restaurants / eateries along the
National/State Highways, near the villages, particularly at the state entry/exit
points.
Most of the restaurants serve simple non-vegetarian food.
There is total prohibition in Nagaland and liquor is not allowed.
9. BASIC SERVICES
a. Water
Nagaland, in general has a shortage of drinking water supply due to the

hilly terrain. Ground water table is low at most of the places. The
major cities at district HQs have piped water supply from local
reservoirs or tube wells. The other areas depend on the local tube
wells, rivers and ponds.
Sanitation / Garbage disposal
In general, public / community toilets and sanitary network is very

poor even within the major cities.
Sanitary system in the cities is through local septic tanks and soak pits,
wherein subsoil water is drained down the hill slopes.
In the villages, a few houses have septic tanks system. Otherwise

sewage is generally drained down the hill slopes.
The situation is same for the garbage disposal. In major cities, the
garbage is dumped on the outskirts in valleys / lowlands.
b. Power
Nagaland is dependent on Assam for its power supply and the present
status of power supply is much below the normal standards.
There are three Hydro Electric Projects in Nagaland, namely Dzuza

Micro Hydel Project - Kohima, Doyang Hydro Project (75 MW) -
Wokha, Likhimro Hydro Project (24 MW) – Tuensang. However, the
power generation is much below the state requirement.
60
c. Market
The major market in Nagaland is at Dimapur and at the capital city of

Kohima. The districts HQs have medium size markets. All villages
have weekly markets and also petty shops.
However, major markets supplying/marketing all necessary goods are

in Assam i.e. Golaghat, Jorhat, Dibrugarh, Silchar, Guwahati etc..
The state government has identified three places for International

Trade Centres at Pangsha in Tuensang district, Longwai in Mon district
and Awankhu in Phek district. The International Trade Centres on
Myanmar border may open large avenue for trade.
d. Medical
There are no major public hospitals in Nagaland. However a 500

bedded Referral Hospital is under construction at Dimapur.
Kohima city has a few medium size medical centres. There are Primary
Health Centres at village levels.
There is a small network of voluntary organisations working in the

field of Community and Social Health.
Many Church establishments provide reasonable medical facilities
e. Banks
Two nationalised banks, State Bank of India and Vijaya Bank operate
in Nagaland.
Additionally, there is a network of co-operative banks, well spread out
at the district level.
However, there are no ATM centres. Credit card facilities are also not
available.
f. Entertainment
There are a very few places for general entertainment, that too
restricted to major cities. Kohima city has small video cinema halls, a
few cultural centres and clubs. There are a few small gardens and
playgrounds. The Forest Department has developed a small zoo at
Kohima.
In general, sports and music/dance are major entertainments for the

Nagas and any open ambience is used for this purpose. Ethnic festivals
at different intervals are the main occasions of jubilation, apart from
Christmas and New Year celebrations.
61
g. Security
The capital city of Kohima has police stations and police outposts.
There is also a special Narcotic Cell.
The other district HQs also have fair network of police stations and
outposts.
The presence of Army Cantonments, GREF establishments and BRF at

regular intervals also bring in the feeling of security.
Incidence of insurgency and drug trafficking are major problems in

Nagaland. Otherwise the general crime rate is low in Nagaland.
Fig. 5: Tuophema Resort, the villagers’ initiative:
62
CHAPTER – 5
POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE FACTORS
1. NORTHEAST REGION (8 states – Sikkim, Arunachal Pradesh, Assam,

Meghalaya, Tripura, Mizoram, Manipur & Nagaland):
General Negative Factors of NE Region:
1. Insurgency
2. Isolated, Neglected & Backward region
3. Difficult / rugged terrain
4. Intermittent adverse climatic conditions, particularly in monsoon
5. Earthquake prone region
6. Inappropriate Time Zone
7. Poor communication infrastructure / connectivity to mainland and also
within the NE states
8. Poor development infrastructure: power, roads, industry, transportation
9. Lack of higher / Professional education & research facilities
10. Jhoom cultivation causing degradation of natural resources
11. Lack of exposure to the outside world
12. Lack of professionalism in attitude and management
13. Lack of discipline
14. Lack of emergency medical facilities
15. Loss of ethnic culture especially in the hilly region
General Positive Factors of NE Region:
1. Wonderful Natural Beauty of Mountains and Rivers

2. Unique and endemic flora and fauna
3. Large percentage of land under forest cover
4. Low population density
5. Clean and unpolluted Environment
6. Closeness to five international boundaries – Nepal, Bhutan, China,
Myanmar, Bangladesh
7. Peaceful cultural relationship with international communities of
Myanmar and Bangladesh
8. Diversity of very charming ethnic cultures
9. Diversity of folk art forms particularly music and dances
10. Peaceful intermingling of diverse communities, faiths and cultures
11. Hospitality and warmth of people
12. Mysticism of the region creating awe and curiosity
13. Great potential for Eco-tourism and Adventure tourism
14. Unexplored region for tourism development
63
2. NAGALAND STATE:
General Negative Factors of Nagaland:
1. Degradation of forests / wildlife

2. Fear of insurgency
3. Entry formalities i.e. ILP / RAP
4. Poor Connectivity to the other northeast states and mainland
5. Poor infrastructure of road / rail / air
6. Loss of ethnic culture in urban areas
7. Poor Water and Power supply
8. Fuel problem
9. Poor public transport system
10. Health Hazard – mosquitoes, excessive smoking and chewing of
Pan/tobacco/gutkha etc. (Supreme Court order has banned this in
public places)
11. Fear of Drug-trafficking
12. Over population/concentration in Dimapur and Kohima cities
13. Limitation in availability of decent vegetarian food
14. Non availability of any facilities in the late evenings and on Sundays
General Positive Factors of Nagaland:
1. The land of wonderful scenic natural beauty

2. Exciting topography of hill ranges and deep valleys
3. Pleasant and moderate climate throughout the year
4. Unique geographical location within the transition zone of tropical and
temperate ecosystems
5. Unique flora and fauna
6. Ethnic tribal traditions, rituals, dances etc. creating curiosity for
outsiders
7. Closeness to the international boundary of Myanmar
8. Unique terrace agriculture
9. Innovative NEPED project
10. High literacy rate
11. Warm, hospitable, sociable, happy and self-reliant people
12. Strong philosophy of democratic and participatory approach
13. Unique hill architecture
14. Low crime rate
15. Beggar free ambience even in the urban areas
16. Clean and pollution free environment
17. Organic agriculture and horticulture
18. Fast changing society with a mix of modernity and tradition
64
CHAPTER – 6
PROPOSED TOURISM POLICY
1. GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE NORTHEAST REGION:
The broad approach for the tourism development in the Northeast should be
regional (incorporating Indian states and neighbouring countries) rather than
local. The unique geography of the region and its ecological character
demands this concept. Individual states in the Northeast do have their own
specific identity, which should reflect in their detailed local proposals.
The Tourism Development in the Northeast region will depend on integrated

approach, involving various government departments, private entrepreneurs,
voluntary organisations and local community. The broad and general
recommendations revolve around the unified strategy of tourism development
for the Northeast and specific development proposals essential and
complementing tourism development in the region. This approach will also
help in evolving local people’s perception towards tourism development as a
strong tool for socio-economic upliftment, with self-dependence and without
environmental destruction of the region.
Most of these recommendations will fall outside the state government’s

purview. It will be the responsibility of the Central Government to augment
these services for these neglected states. However, the state governments need
to understand the importance of these basic requirements for the overall
development of the states, and should keep no stone unturned in their efforts
of constant follow up, persuasion and also collaboration with the central
government / funding agencies etc. These should be aggressively and
diplomatically handled by the state government on all fronts, political,
bureaucratic, social and economical at regional, national and international
levels.
a. Communication Network – road, rail, air, phones, internet:
The status of the basic communication network in the region is much

below the minimum standards. The tourism development in the region
will heavily depend on the immediate improvement in this
infrastructure within the next five years. A few urgent measures are as
under:
ROADS: The roads are the most important sector in the

communication network since they are used by maximum number of
people. The GREF is doing excellent work of the road development in
the region. At present they are concentrating on the National
65
Highways. Special efforts should be made to take corrective actions at
known points of regular disruption during the monsoon. Generally
these are caused by landslides or floods in this difficult mountainous
terrain. (e.g. Sonpur near Silchar on Guwahati – Shillong – Silchar
National Highway)
The state highways interconnecting different states in the region should

be taken up for the development immediately. Additionally, the other
minor roads leading to various tourism destinations should also be
taken up for development and maintenance.
Diplomatic efforts should be strengthened for the approvals and

development of the international roads linking the neighbouring
countries. The implementation of the proposed Transport Corridor
linking the countries in the Southeast Asia should be expedited. This
will be a socio-economic boon for the Northeast India.
This should be complemented with efficient, quality passenger

transport service under the public and private sector. The basic
passenger facilities like clean, hygienic and decent rest rooms with
toilets, drinking water fountains and restaurants should be provided at
the terminal points and also at regular intervals along the National
Highways. The private taxi service should also be made available for
the tourists. The public transport service should be effectively
monitored and controlled by the government authorities.
RAILWAY: Present railway infrastructure in the region is just bear

minimum. It does not even connect to all the states in the region. All
lines are not broad gauged lines. The quality and frequency of trains is
very low. The basic infrastructure and facilities for passengers at the
railway stations are also very poor. This is a neglected sector of the
Indian Railways and need immediate attention since this is the most
popular travel mode for all categories of passengers. This mode also
works as a very good alternative in case of road blockages etc. due to
climatic adversities in this rugged region.
The railways are also very popular amongst the tourists; particularly
international tourists and a special tourist railway route could also be
considered.
Additionally, a possibility of international connectivity may also be

attempted, particularly to Myanmar and Bangladesh.
AIR: Northeast is the most neglected sector of the country for air
travel. The entry point is Kolkata airport from where all the flights to
the northeast embark. Presently, there is only one direct link (Delhi) to
the mainland other than Kolkata. Recently, one International flight has
been introduced to Bangkok from Guwahati. The flights are very
irregular, generally cancelled for various reasons. The airports are
66
primitive and landings cannot take place during the slightly inclement
weather or at nights. The flight schedules and frequencies are not
satisfactory.
This requires a total revolutionary thinking. Interstate connectivity

must be planned on a priority basis. Up gradation of all airports should
be done urgently. Guwahati airport should be made international as
soon as possible and more direct national connections should be
introduced.
PHONES: The entire country has been going through the

telecommunication revolution, except the Northeast. Even local
telephone service is not available in many areas. The connectivity is
very poor wherever the service is presently available.
This requires to be resolved on a priority basis. The ISD / STD / FAX

and local service must be made available at all towns and major
villages along the highways. The availability of public telephone
booths can also provide employment opportunity to many local youths
/ women and physically challenged people. This has become a basic
need for any development proposal and more particularly for tourism.
INTERNET: Internet service has become the basic amenity since the
world entered in the 3rd millennium. Every business needs this service
to compete in the world / national market. This service is almost non-
existent even in the major cities in the Northeast.
This service also needs to be provided on a high priority basis, if the

Northeast has to be developed. The tourism sector cannot develop and
compete with the other states unless this facility is available urgently.
b. Biosphere Reserve – Ecological Land-Use Policy for NE:
The Northeast India has been identified as one of the most important
Biodiversity Hot Spots in the world and has been included in the Red
Data Book of the IUCN. It is one of the richest phytogeographic
regions in the country. The entire Northeast Region must be considered
as the country’s major Biosphere Reserve and any development in this
region has to be planned with a very careful, environmentally sensitive
and responsible approach. All development will strictly follow the
norms enlisted by the Ministry of Environment and Forests under
various Acts and also those of the International Union for Conservation
of Nature (IUCN). There should be a Regional Master Plan for the
Northeast based on the Ecological Land-Use Policy. (See Appendix-p)
A special emphasis should be given to conserve the entire Brahmputra

River Valley along with the tributaries and catchment area as a special
Eco-sensitive Zone
67
The Tourism Policy for the entire region should also revolve around
this basic concept.
c. Entry formalities:
At present, except for Sikkim, Assam, Meghalaya and Tripura entry to

all the other states is restricted even for Indian tourists. This is a major
deterrent for tourism in the region.
The entry permit requirements for the Indian tourists should be

abolished immediately.
The entry permit formalities for the foreign tourists should be

simplified immediately and abolished in due course.
d. Documentation and research to create user-friendly database of

tribal culture of NE – art, music, dance, food, textiles etc.:
There is tremendous interest amongst the tourists in the ethnic tribal

culture of the Northeast. However, not much authentic literature is
available. Various government organisations and Universities have
been carrying on research in these fields over the years and the
documentation and papers have remained locked into the cabinets of
these offices. Thus holistic documentation of the cultural heritage of
the Northeast is non-existent today.
The Tourism Development in the Northeast Region is closely linked

with the rich and diverse cultural heritage of more than 200 ethno-
linguistic communities of the region. This offers great opportunity for
promoting Cultural & Heritage Tourism, which has remained
unexplored. The detailed and holistic will provide the base to plan an
integrated strategy to develop this parameter for the entire region and
also for the individual states of the region. There should be a
coordinated effort from the Department of Tourism to create the
database and make it available in a user-friendly and presentable form.
The Northeast Zone Cultural Centre (NEZCC) situated at Dimapur in
Nagaland and various Tribal Research Institutes in different states can
play a key role in this documentation exercise.
A time bound Action Plan needs to be drawn for this activity since the
development action for Cultural & Heritage Tourism will greatly
depend on this documentation. This exercise should commence
immediately and should be implemented in a scientific and
professional manner. The activity will involve:
1) Literature study & compilation of the existing information

2) Systematic fieldwork to update this information
3) Collection of additional data and filling in the gaps
4) Scientific analysis of the entire data
68
5) Synthesis and interpretation of the data in an appropriate
context
6) Presentation of the entire documentation in a user-friendly
manner
7) Interpretation of the unique features from this documentation
for the purpose of development of Cultural & Heritage Tourism
in the Northeast Region and also in individual states
8) Involvement of local people in the strategy planning and
ensuring their participation in the implementation
9) Preparation of the Master Plan for the development of Cultural
& Heritage Tourism for the Northeast region through a
professional consultant
10) Preparation of detailed Project Plans for individual states
through professional consultants
11) Implementation of the Projects through professional agencies
The first step towards this achievement is the process of

Documentation, which should commence as soon as possible. It is a
complex and time consuming exercise and will require a multi-
disciplinary team of professionals. This exercise could be a part of the
implementation of the Perspective Plan and we will make a state wise
budget provision for this activity.
e. Replacement of jhoom by appropriate forestry / horticulture or

other alternatives:
The natural forests and ecosystems of the Northeast have been

destroyed because of one main reason i.e. the practice of jhoom
cultivation by the locals. This needs to be replaced on a priority basis
by creating alternate opportunities for the local farmers.
This requires socio-economical and ecological approach and the Forest

department and the local voluntary organisations must take lead to
revert the present situation. The project ‘NEPED’ in Nagaland may be
used as a guideline for the other regions.
f. Computerisation/Internet networking of all basic services:
The entire world has become one small community because of

computer and Internet technology. All economic and development
endeavours have become very efficient and competitive. Any imitative
cannot succeed today without effective and appropriate use of
computer and Internet technology.
Particularly for the Northeast region, which is geographical isolated

from the mainland India, it will be of tremendous advantage to make
use of these modern facilities for effective and efficient communication
and service. All basic services e.g. Bus/Railway/Air bookings, Tourist
69
Destination bookings, regional information network etc. should be
made available as online service, with immediate effect.
g. International Research Projects (Tourism, Trade, Adventure,

Ecology, Nature) with the adjoining and other nations:
The Northeast region is lacking in international exposure. There are

hardly any international collaborative projects in development /
research fields. This one area must be projected with emphasis, since it
can bring in innovative technological and scientific approach to various
facets of development strategy and also could attract large funding.
Our students and local communities could also gain intellectually
through such an exposure.
These efforts need to be coordinated through a single agency dealing

with international research / development collaboration and emphasis
could be given to the fields of Ecology, Nature, Adventure and
Heritage Tourism, Trade etc. which has regional significance. The
extra efforts may be made to begin such collaboration with the
neighbouring countries.
h. Eco-tourism policy of entire NE region:
The Tourism Policy for the entire Northeast Region should be based on
the concept of Eco-tourism with very wide parameters. The eco-
tourism should not just mean nature tourism, but also should consider
environmental / Heritage conservation and education as a core feature.
i. Publicity campaign with main emphasis on Nature & Culture:
Entire Northeast region need to be showcased positively with a well-

designed and aggressive publicity campaign. It is a major need for the
tourism development of the region. The emphasis of the campaign
should be on Nature and Culture. These are two very positive aspects
of the Northeast and people from all over the world will be interested
to visit the region, if these aspects are highlighted.
Such positive publicity will also counter the negative image of the
Northeast created because of insurgency incidents.
This should be carried out through all possible media e.g. newspapers,
magazines, radio, TV, films, Internet etc. and through various forms of
journalism (feature articles, tourism articles) and sports / glamour /
cultural events, educational / religious / political gatherings etc.
70
j. Major Institutes for tourism, adventure, defence, forests & wildlife
etc.:
The Northeast region has specific potential for unique sectors like
Tourism, Adventure, Defence and Forests & Wildlife. These could be
exploited to create interest amongst the people while providing them
advanced training in these fields, which could create better
opportunities, particularly for the local youth.
Such Institutes can also create international interest. A few such

examples are Nehru Institute of Mountaineering (NIM) at Uttar Kashi
in Uttaranchal, Himalayan Mountaineering Institute (HMI) at
Darjeeling in West Bengal, Central Institute of Jungle Warfare (CIJW)
in Mizoram, Wildlife Institute of India (WII) at Dehradun in
Uttaranchal.
k. Cultural Centres at Indian metro cities and major international

cities:
Northeast Cultural Centres, as a joint effort of all eight states of the

region, could be an excellent avenue to project Northeast in a positive
way to the other Indian states and also to international community.
These centres could act as ambassadors of the Northeast region to
promote tourism, education, culture, arts and also to provide
opportunities to the youth from Northeast Region to focus themselves
in front of the world. They can also function as Socio-economic
Centres for the Northeast.
This could be initiated in the South Indian cities of Bangalore and

Chennai, since majority of youth from the Northeast prefer these cities
for higher education.These Cultural Centres could be designed to
function on the lines of British Council or Maxmueller Bhawan in
India.
l. Major Service Sector – Power, Water, Health, Education:
The Northeast Region has remained socio-economically backward

mainly because of very weak Service Sector. The standard of major
basic services like Power, Water, Health, Education is much below the
satisfactory level. These need to be enhanced with a concentrated effort
within a short span if we wish to achieve the overall development
growth in the Northeast in the next five years.
This need not depend on the central assistance. The centralised

development body like Northeast Council could achieve this with a
strong persuasion and enthusiastic collaboration from the state
governments / voluntary organisations. Good and well-designed
proposals with a positive approach could generate their own funds or
international funds.
71
2. GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR NAGALAND:
The general recommendations are based on a broad approach considering the

future time frame of 20 years for the tourism development in the State. Since
Nature is the main asset of the state, the tourism policy will have strong
emphasis on Eco-tourism and entire planning strategy will be based on the
eco-sensitive principles of Environmental Design. All development will
strictly follow the norms enlisted by the Ministry of Environment and Forests
under various Acts and also those of the International Union for Conservation
of Nature (IUCN). The state may not have control over the implementation of
the recommendations for the region, since that will be under the purview of
the Central government and NEC. However, the state must make concerted
efforts and follow up with these agencies for quick redressal of these
recommendations. This will require sustained efforts, persuasion, enthusiasm
and patience on the part of state officials. It must be noted that the success of
the tourism development in the state will largely depend on the timely
implementation of the regional infrastructure.
The strategy is four fold:
i. Regional (NE) infrastructure development necessary for the tourism

development of the state. This has been enumerated in the section-1
above.
ii. General infrastructure development in the state necessary for the
tourism development. This is enumerated in this section-2.
iii. Development of existing / proposed tourism projects which have been
already worked out by the Department of Tourism. This is enumerated
in the section-3 hereunder.
iv. Development of new unique and specific Tourism Projects and
Tourism Circuits (state, interstate and international). This has been
enumerated in the sections-4 & 5 hereunder.
General Infrastructure Development in the State:
a. Roads & Transport, Railway, Air:
The major roads in the state are being designed and maintained by the
GREF / BRO. These are generally in a satisfactory condition. However
the condition of the other roads is very poor. These need to be
upgraded by the PWD immediately. Priority must be given to the roads
leading to the tourist destinations. Many new roads also need to be
planned and developed specifically to provide access to the new tourist
destinations. These will be also useful to provide alternate access /
circuits for smooth connectivity of nearby destinations.
Along with the development of roads, it will be very useful to develop

the road landscaping, particularly on the roads leading to the tourist
spots. This includes roadside plantation of trees and shrubs with a
specific concept and aesthetic value, creation of shelters, viewpoints
72
and select appropriate locations for interesting signage and graphic
designs. This will have educational and publicity value in addition to
functionality. This can be carried out in close collaboration with the
GREF since they have specific budget provisions for some of these
features.
The improvement of interstate and local public transport system is of

utmost importance. This needs up-gradation in the quality of buses,
service, frequency and also the basic tourist facilities at the bus stands.
The special tourist buses could be provided in the public/private sector
at special rates, once the tourist traffic increases. This will avoid
conflict with local passengers. This can be worked out by the Tourism
Dept. in co-ordination with the state/private operators. The Tourism
Dept. may have its own minimum transport facilities like jeeps, mini
buses etc. mainly for the conducted tours for a group of tourists.
However, the financial sustainability of such arrangement needs to be
carefully worked out.
At present, there is private taxi service between Dimapur, Kohima and

Imphal (Manipur). There is also local taxi service in the major cities of
Nagaland. However, this service needs to be improved with regular
control and monitoring by the government. The rates should be
standardised and local taxi service must have meters. This removes any
confusion/doubts in the mind of a tourist and creates a comfortable
feeling.
Railway: Presently, the only railhead at Dimapur connects the regions

in south Nagaland. There is an additional track for goods service
between Simulguri (Assam) and Naganimora in Mon district of north
Nagaland. Passengers have to get down at Dimapur and then travel by
road. Since the railway is the most popular and economical mode of
transport for tourists, this needs to be upgraded soon. The passenger
service should be started upto Naganimora on an urgent basis. This line
should be extended up to Mon, Mokokchung, Tuensang possibly
within the next 10 years.
Air: The Dimapur airport is at the southwest corner of Nagaland state

and quite at a distance from the major district HQs including the
capital city of Kohima, which is at a distance of 74 Kms. Even this
airport is much below the normal standards. The airport needs
immediate up-gradation in terms all weather and night landing
facilities, communication services, transit accommodation facility etc.
The frequency of services and interstate (Northeast) connectivity needs
to be improved. The efficient transport system like prepaid bus or taxi
should be made available urgently since the distances to other cities are
considerable. A possibility of developing a new airport at a more
central location could be investigated.
73
There could be a joint effort by the Tourism Department and the
Railway/Air/Road transport authorities to develop Yatri Niwas like
transit accommodation facilities at the terminals. Nagaland Tourism
has a tourist lodge at Dimapur airport, which has poor occupancy. This
could be linked to the airport through Indian Airlines/Airport Authority
to be used as a transit facility.
b. Modern Tourist Information Centres:
The tourists feel most comfortable if the efficient information service

is available at the entry points. At present, such facility is not available
for Nagaland. The modern Tourist Information Centres should be
installed at all the entry points i.e. airports at Dimapur, Jorhat,
Dibrugarh, Imphal; railway stations at Dimapur, Guwahati, Golaghat,
Jorhat etc.; bus terminals. These Tourist Information Centres should be
well equipped with all modern communication facilities (phone, fax,
internet etc.) and should have computerised services. All tourist
publications / books / brochures and maps should be available at these
centres. The tourists should be able to book their accommodation and
travel from these centres and such information should be easily
available. These centres could be an employment opportunity mainly
for women and youth.
c. Computerisation of Tourism Services:
Computerisation and Internet networking have become essential

components of any business and service-oriented establishments. The
tourism sector is a very competitive sector and could be successful
only through efficiency and prompt service. The Nagaland Tourism is
lagging behind in this aspect and this up-gradation of the department is
of utmost urgency. The computerisation of the office services should
be linked to the information & booking/reservation networking of all
the facilities at various centres all over the country/world. Online
reservation/booking facility through credit cards etc. should be made
available to the tourists. The efficient website of the Tourism
Department will be a good tool to achieve this.
d. Booking Agents:
The efficient service in any business sector depends on wider network,

either through Internet or through well-distributed competent agents.
For a state like Nagaland, which has location obstacle, must organise
for both these networks for showcasing itself to the world. The
Nagaland Tourism should start immediately in this direction by
establishing Booking Agents in the major cities in the country e.g.
Kolkata, New Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai, Bangalore and Hyderabad.
The empanelment of such agents should be done on a selective basis
and good incentives should be offered for better response. This system
is more sustainable since this does not involve the department in any
74
investments or establishments. However, Internet connectivity with
such agents will improve the efficiency of tourist attraction to
Nagaland. The system of agents has been popular and effective in
many business sectors.
e. Professional Training of staff:
Tourism industry has become a specialised sector today. It is a fast

growing, labour incentive and competitive industry. The concepts in
tourism sectors are also changing fast and one requires to be updated
constantly. Unfortunately, this does not happen in the government
sector easily, more so in the isolated and young state like Nagaland.
The Department of Tourism, Nagaland is relatively young department.
The senior officials have learnt the subject with experience. However,
professional training in various aspects of tourism sector to the
different categories of staff is of utmost importance. The exposure to
the national and international scenario is also very important. This
could be achieved by their participation in different seminars /
workshops / short-term courses etc. Such training programmes could
be organised in-house also to minimise the costs. The staff should be
encouraged to improve their qualifications in this sector and incentives
like increments/promotions etc. could be offered. All new staff must
have tourism related professional qualifications. This will be very
useful investment on part of the government.
f. Target Tourist identification and appropriate strategy:
The tourism development strategy needs thorough research and

analysis of the past trends and existing scenario. Unfortunately, the
department is not equipped for such exercise, nor they have a database.
This basic research and data collection should start immediately. It is
also of utmost importance to understand the principles of Eco-tourism
since that will be the basic theme for Nagaland Tourism. Excessive
tourism may look economically attractive but it will destroy the
tourism potential due to degradation of the surrounding natural
environment. This could happen with uncontrolled tourism. The
carrying capacity of the infrastructure and also the tourism
environment must be carefully assessed before starting the marketing
strategy. The controlled approach will be the most sustainable strategy.
In the meanwhile, we suggest a few target groups for immediate
service e.g. Local (state), Regional (NE), Domestic (West Bengal,
Orissa, Delhi, Maharashtra, South India), International (Bangladesh,
Myanmar, Nepal, Bhutan, China). This choice is based on our analysis
of the small tourist data collected by us and this could be modified
based on the changing trends (See Appendix-----). Each of these target
groups will require appropriate strategy for publicity, service and
facilities. At present, the local and regional tourists are the most
important users of the facilities. This group should be targeted with
appropriate incentives in a big way for the first 2/3 years. This group
75
will not be affected by outside circumstances and there will not be big
downward fluctuations in their traffic. These groups will help the
stabilisation of the tourism business in the state and will allow the
opportunity for further development of facilities to attract the other
groups in the next 5/10 years. The publicity at local and regional level
will help to achieve this target. Involvement of local voluntary
organisations, educational institutions etc. could consolidate this effort.
Educational and Cultural tours for larger groups could be big
attractions for this sector. The investments pattern will also be low for
these efforts.
g. Tourism Clubs:
As a part of tourism promotion at local and regional level, an idea of

Tourism Clubs could be initiated in the schools and colleges from
Nagaland and the Northeast Region. This could be on the line of
Nature Club movement of the WWF-India. In a very short time, the
tourism concept would reach the younger generation. The Tourism
Department should become a nodal agency to promote, encourage and
monitor this activity. The Clubs will be registered with the Tourism
Department and they will be provided with tourism information,
magazines, films etc. The schools/colleges will be encouraged to carry
on these tourism related activities as extra-curricular activities of their
institutions. The tours organised by the Clubs will get concessions
from the Tourism Department. This activity can become very popular
within a short time and it does not need large investments from the
Tourism Department. This should be started in the state immediately.
h. Marketing & Publicity:
This requires professional approach and could depend on the basic

concept of Eco-tourism. However, basic publicity has to be carried out
through different media. Most important and attractive is the roadside
signage and hoardings. They are functional and permanent. The
strategy for the design of signage/hoardings has to be carefully
planned. It must provide independent and unique identity to Nagaland
Tourism. The punch lines, scripts and colour schemes are important
factors to achieve quick and long-lasting results. This is relatively less
expensive item. Additionally this should be complemented with usual
outside publicity through regular newspaper and magazine articles,
radio / TV programmes on the state and various interesting features
and occasional sponsored advertisements. We do not recommend
expensive advertisements in the initial period of ten years. Slow but
steady and quality publicity will create permanent market for the state
like Nagaland.
76
The marketing strategy will depend on the assessment of the carrying
capacity of the tourism potential and also on the regular monitoring of
the initial efforts for the tourism development. It will take a very long
time for the tourism to really pick up in the Northeast, particularly
because of infrastructure deficiencies and socio-political issues.
Therefore, it does not look advisable to start very ambitious marketing
strategies at this juncture. However simple marketing methods could
be used to augment the existing facilities. The existing Wayside
amenities and Restaurant are under utilised even though they are at
strategic and excellent locations. The tourism department can tie up
with the Department of Transport and private bus operators, so that
these locations become regular lunch/tea halts. Appropriate incentives
may be provided for this joint effort.
i. Health Care:
General Healthcare strategy specifically from the tourism point of view

is very important. This is non-existent today. Nagaland has two major
possible health problems for tourists i.e. Malaria and Gastro-enteritis.
The concerted efforts are required for prevention of these problems at
all tourist destinations. These could be tackled with following simple
strategy:
• All tourist lodges should have mosquito control systems e.g.

Mosquito nets in all bed rooms, mosquito nets on all
windows/double shutter system for windows, provision of eco-
friendly mosquito repellents, cleanliness of the surrounding
environment like lowlands, open tanks, septic tanks and soak pits
etc. which act as mosquito breeding places.
• Biological control of mosquitoes through the appropriate use of
repellent plants in the landscape design, use of appropriate fish in
the water bodies in the surrounding region etc.
• All tourist lodges must be equipped with efficient water
purification plants. The regular maintenance of such plants is of
utmost importance for their efficiency. This should be also made
mandatory at all restaurants, at least those operated by the tourism
department. Additionally, this should be complemented with the
availability of bottled water of certified brands.
• All kitchens must have high standards of hygiene. The kitchens and
restaurant must be kept absolutely clean. The equipment and raw
material must be maintained in clean condition. The staff should
follow strict disciplines of hygiene.
• All toilets must have high standard of hygiene and cleanliness.
• Intermittent and regular pest control with eco-friendly methods
must be carried for the tourist premises and the surroundings.
• In general, awareness of high standard of cleanliness, hygiene and
health care amongst the staff must be ensured with regular
monitoring and intermittent campaigns.
• All tourist lodges must be equipped with first-aid facilities
77
j. Joint Projects with the other Departments:
The Tourism Department should not work in isolation. In fact, the

tourism department should act as a co-ordinating agency to develop the
tourism potential in the state in different interesting areas. This will
help the Tourism Department to use its limited resources judiciously.
There are other government departments like Forest, Archaeology,
Tribal Development, Rural Development, Agriculture & Horticulture,
Education, Sports etc. The activities and programmes of these
departments could be designed to suit the tourism potential of the state
and tourism department should give these inputs to these departments.
Wildlife and Adventure tourism are the upcoming and very promising
sectors and they could be effectively and sustainably developed as the
joint projects and programmes. At present, there are no such attempts
and this must be developed immediately since this is the most sensible
and sustainable approach.
k. Special Tourist facilities at the State entry / exit points:
Entry and Exit points have a lot of importance to create identity for the
State. The tourists get their first and lasting impressions at these points.
These points are important for Nagaland, in the present circumstances
where permits are required to enter the state. The tourists spend a lot of
time at such points and it will be advisable to make their time at such
places comfortable and pleasant. This could be achieved by creating
Special Tourist Centres at these entry / exit points in co-ordination with
the security authorities. These centres could provide basic tourist
facilities, provide information and also play a major role in establishing
the first warm contact and impression with the tourists. The design of
such Centres should reflect the identity of the state.
l. Privatisation Strategy:
The role of the Tourism Department should be to develop the tourism

potential in the state by creating infrastructure and developing tourist
spots. It should get out of implementation process as early as possible.
The privatisation of various facilities with different strategies makes
the projects sustainable in a long run. However, in the present nascent
stage, it may not be possible for the department to attract private
entrepreneurs who could take risk and invest funds since the tourism
market is unpredictable. The Tourism Department will have to prepare
its own strategy of sustainability through
economic/participatory/collaborative projects for the next ten years. At
the same time efforts must be continued to involve the private
participation in the creation of infrastructure, through attractive
incentives and benefits. A few popular tourist spots could be offered on
a BOT basis as an experiment.
78
m. Barrier Free Design approach for physically challenged people:
This is the most important modern concept and should be included in

all the infrastructure designs for indoor and outdoor spaces. A
concerted effort must be made to make the tourist spaces universal.
Additionally, all tourist places must be made fully equipped with
amenities like wheel chairs, walking sticks, umbrellas and also the first
aid facilities. This concept is new and has to be insisted upon and
handled very sensitively.
n. Tourism Act & Heritage Act:
Tourism Industry has a great potential to develop into a very strong

socio-economic sector. This sector will have many facets and will
cover a very large and complex area. It is necessary to envisage this
factor at this preliminary stage in a state like Nagaland and cover many
complex issues under the Tourism Act to develop, control and monitor
various parameters of Tourism Industry in a systematic way.
Introduction of such an Act at this stage will also allow the state to
understand its finer issues and allow it to be evolved along with its
progress. Many countries already have such Acts and even many
Indian states are in a process of formulation of such a statutory
provision. The state government should initiate this process, which will
strengthen the tourism movement in the state.
The tourism development in Nagaland will follow the basic concept of

Eco-tourism and Heritage tourism because of its strengths in these two
sectors. It is imperative that any development under these two concepts
has to be handled in a very careful and sensitive manner to make it
sustainable. There are various acts already in existence both at the
central and state level to take care of Environmental Conservation and
the strategy could be to follow these acts strictly. However, there are
no such centralised acts for Heritage Conservation. Nagaland has many
heritage assets in different categories like culture, archaeology,
religious places, ethnic villages, historical places, natural features,
cantonments etc. Many of these are located in the fast developing
urban centres and could get lost if this development is not monitored in
this direction at this stage itself. Heritage Act is a necessity for tourism
development and it should be enacted soon. There are many models
available to follow (Mumbai, Delhi, Bangalore etc).
o. Funding Avenues:
The Tourism Department must try various funding avenues in a

process to make the activity economically feasible and sustainable. All
proposals / projects must be worked out like business proposals
considering all possible projections. The state/central governments
may provide limited assistance for the initial gestation period.
However, a definite strategy has to be worked out for the long-term
79
maintenance of such facilities. The other funding avenues should be
tapped. Various government departments and organisations provide
specialise funding for specific projects related to their activities and
tourism sector being a versatile sector could tap these resources. The
Ministry of Environment and Forests finances projects related to
Biodiversity, Wildlife, Plant Conservation etc., the Central Zoo
Authority provides funds for zoo related projects, the department of
Alternate Energy, Education etc. also provide similar financial
assistance. There are many international organisations / universities
which are interested in long term ecological research in the regions like
Northeast. The tourist infrastructure could be also used for such
complementary activities and made sustainable. Nagaland has potential
to attract private investments in tourism sectors. However it will
depend on the other factors adversely affecting the Northeast region.
The state government has already identified tourism as an industry.
Now it must begin to treat the tourism sector like a public sector
industry. Tourism industry is likely to provide tremendous socio-
economic benefits to the state with multiplier effects. It is a fast
growing and non-polluting industry, most suitable for a state like
Nagaland. The state government must invest/divert substantial funds in
this sector to reap quick overall benefits.
3. GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE EXISTING / PROPOSED

PROJECTS:
The Tourism Department, Nagaland has developed substantial infrastructure in

the state since its inception in 1981. The most of it is still lying in an
incomplete and non-functional stage. There are a few projects which are under
construction and a few which are in the pipeline awaiting approval from the
Department of Tourism, Government of India. All these projects have been
under the assistance from the central government. The state government
budget provides for routine maintenance of this infrastructure. At present, the
occupancy rate and effective revenue generation is quite low. It will be very
difficult for the department to maintain the infrastructure in good condition.
Even at the present stage, the infrastructure requires a lot of up gradation just
to bring it up to the satisfactory standards.
We therefore recommend the strategy of stabilisation for the next five years.
That will include:
i. Complete all incomplete/under construction works of the approved

projects
ii. Obtain the approval for the projects in the pipeline awaiting sanction
from the Department of Tourism, New Delhi; commence and complete
those works as soon as possible
iii. Do not apply for any more new, infrastructure projects
iv. Carry out total up-gradation of the entire infrastructure to bring it to the
excellent standard
80
v. All efforts should be concentrated to identify and develop new and
unique tourist spots and tourist circuits with very minimum basic
amenities
vi. Simultaneously, additional efforts should be focussed on effective
publicity and marketing through innovative and professional approach
The above strategy may be further detailed out as under:
a. Up-gradation of the existing infrastructure:
The present status of the infrastructure is not satisfactory and requires

immediate total overhauling. This will include work under structural,
architectural, interior, services and landscape categories. This should be
taken up as a single project and handled professionally. Piecemeal repair
works will not achieve a desired result. A total master plan for this project
needs to be worked out including the strategy for phased implementation
so that a part of the infrastructure remains available for the use. This work
should be taken up more seriously than even the new constructions. A
thorough brainstorming should be carried out while deciding about the
utilisation of the space for appropriate functions and also to decide
material specifications, which should be functional, economical,
maintenance free and aesthetic. Nagaland falls in the category of high
seismic zone and maximum efforts must be made to see that the structural
up-gradation takes care of earthquake resistance. The attention must be
given to include all Healthcare measures to be incorporated at the
construction/renovation stage itself. This should be made an integral part
of the infrastructure. All the concepts of environmental design should be
integrated in this master plan since Eco-tourism will be the basic theme of
Nagaland Tourism. This investment will be a good saving in the long run,
if carried out professionally and with integrated approach (See
Appendices –q & r).
b. Architectural face lifting with ethnic character:
The above exercise of up-gradation should be complemented with another

innovative attempt to change the façade of the present set up. Most of the
present structures are designed as standardised building designs of PWD.
They are functional but lack any character. The tourism sector needs
innovative thinking in design of all products, and infrastructure should get
priority in this direction. The architecture must reflect the ethnic character
and identity of Nagaland/Northeast. This approach must be considered for
all new designs, at the same time the existing structures could also be
superficially modified to achieve such results.
c. Landscape design:
Nature is the most important feature of the Nagaland Tourism and as such
it becomes imperative that the infrastructure provided for the purpose of
tourism does not become eyesore but merges with the surrounding
81
landscape. Therefore, the landscape design of these tourist places
becomes a very important factor. It must also be emphasised that the
landscape design should follow ecological concept rather than
beautification process.
d. Up-gradation of existing transport facilities:
The tourism department already possess some minimum transport

facilities like jeeps and a mini bus. The utilisation of these facilities for
the tourism purposes is very minimal. These vehicles require regular
maintenance and they become a liability over the years if not put to
proper use. The in-depth analysis of the utilisation and possible
requirements must be carried out immediately to decide the strategy for
such in-house facilities. The bear minimum vehicles should be kept for
routine use. A joint collaborative strategy should be worked out with the
State Transport Department and private entrepreneurs for utilisation of
their vehicles for conducted tours etc. on a regular basis or whenever
required. The department vehicles should be given a new look to provide
special identity and tourism publicity.
e. Publicity:
The tourism publicity should be carried out with specific concept of Eco-
tourism and through various methods. It must be carried out innovatively
and economically. The care also must be taken to consider the
infrastructure and its carrying capacity, before taking up the publicity in a
big way. Subtle approach will be the best strategy at this juncture for
Nagaland. Localised publicity could be best carried out through roadside
signage and hoardings. This has to be designed with a definite theme and
should be very attractive. It must provide the identity to Nagaland
Tourism. Outside publicity can be carried out most economically through
newspapers/magazine articles on the state and its interesting features.
This should be a regular and sustained effort. Talented local journalists
could be given some incentive to provide these inputs. Innovative
programmes on Radio and TV is another effective strategy for far
reaching publicity. This needs to be coordinated with some regular
features on these media. Well-designed products and souvenirs make a
subtle positive impact on tourism publicity. These are functional
elements, which could become show windows of Nagaland Tourism.
Some examples are backpacks, caps, T-shirts, stickers etc. The
innovations in design will provide economical success to these products
with minimum investment and will also achieve subtle but long lasting
publicity. Information literature like brochures, posters and books is
another excellent avenue for publicity. However, the theme based and
innovative products will only stand out. Care must be taken to follow
environmental norms, like use of recycled paper etc. to emphasise the
basic theme of Eco-tourism. The active participation in various national
and international travel/tourism/trade fairs is another effective method of
self-projection at minimum cost.
82
f. Information Database:
A lot of important information about the state has been documented by

various agencies over the years. However, it is lying scattered all over,
without any reference cataloguing. The genuinity of the information is
also not guaranteed. Easy access to this information is very important
from tourism point. The tourism department should take lead to
coordinate with various government departments and other agencies to
compile and systematically document this information as a reference
database. Even the tourism data needs to be collected/analysed
systematically. This will be very useful for the tourism department and
others for the development of future strategy, dissemination of
information and also for educational purposes. This could be carried out
through professional assignment.
g. Signage and Graphic Design:
These are important tools to create identity while achieving functionality

through aesthetics. At present, this is non-existent in Nagaland Tourism.
This also requires professional and strong concept based approach. This
could be achieved in many ways like directional signage towards tourist
places, logo for the department, stationery of the department, staff
uniforms, name plates, vehicles etc. This is inexpensive item considering
the outputs it could achieve. The roadside signage and tourism hoardings
could be implemented in close collaboration with the GREF / PWD since
they have budget provisions for such features in their road development
activities.
h. Budget:
The entire exercise of tourism development has to be carefully planned

considering all financial implications. The realistic estimate is the key for
successful and timely completion of the assignments. The financial
planning and management is utmost important for short term and long
term objectives. The functional and financial phasing of the development
activities can be worked out through this exercise. It provides the clear
vision for the management.
4. SPECIFIC UNIQUE TOURISM PROJECTS FOR NAGALAND:
The mountainous and rugged terrain of Nagaland is unique and picturesque.

However, it creates tremendous communication problems. Two neighbouring
places on the map in fact become distant places on site due to the mountains,
valleys and winding roads, which one has to cross. The poor infrastructure is
another major hurdle for travellers. We therefore have adopted a strategy to
propose region wise specific and unique tourist destinations with diverse
activities where tourists may spend longer time rather than spend time in
83
travel. This will also encourage tourists to come again to Nagaland and visit
the other beautiful destinations. The selection and distribution of these places
is based on the topography and administrative/management conveniences.
a. Phokhungri / Zungki & Chindwin Rivers / Shilloi Lake (Myanmar

border) Region, International Collaborative Project:
This could be the first International Collaborative Project in Nagaland.

The Tourism Department has already developed a Rest House at Shilloi
Lake, which is incomplete/non-functional due to some administrative
problem. This should be made functional as soon as possible.
However, we recommend a larger regional project with International

collaboration with Myanmar considering the tremendous tourism
potential of this region. Some unique features of this region:
• An ethnic village Phokhungri located within the hills, which are

extension of the famous Saramati mountain range.
• Beautiful and serene ecosystem of the Zungki River, which originates

in Manipur, meanders through the Phek district of Nagaland and enters
Myanmar to join the famous Chindwin River.
• Picturesque Shilloi Lake located on the hill slopes of the Indo-

Myanmar watershed in Nagaland, about 5 Kms. from the Myanmar
border. The lake is located at a scenic site surrounded by lush green
hills. The lake spread over an area of about 0.30 Sq. Kms. is a mystic
place for the people of Nagaland and Myanmar and has various folk
tales ascribed to it.
• Possible accessibility to the confluence of the Zungki River with the

Chindwin River in Myanmar.
• In general, very beautiful topography and landscape.
International boundaries are always of great interest to the tourists. This

place has been already popular amongst the locals. There is a very cordial
and transparent relationship between India and Myanmar at this border
and people from both sides intermingle. This spirit of international
comradeship could be further enhanced and used through appropriate
tourism development of the region.
An International Border Trade Centre could be planned and developed at

a suitable location in the region. This could help in the socio-economic
development of the regions from both the countries. It could improve the
infrastructure in the region.
84
The tourists could be offered a package, which can include the other
interesting features of the Phek district:
• Pfutsero, the highest town in Nagaland (Alt. 2,133.60 Meters) famous
for its cool climate and also fresh vegetables and fruits.
• Glory Peak (2133.60 Meters), a hill picnic spot near Pfutsero town is
developed and maintained by a local organisation – ‘Pfutsero Town
Christian Youth Endeavour’. In winter months when the sky is clear
one could see Mt. Everest from this peak. Christmas is a big
celebration here.
• Khezakenoma village on Manipur border which is the ancestral home
of many of the southern Naga tribes. There are many interesting
legends attached to this place.
• Zanibu Lake near Phek
• Cultural Centres to be developed at the villages of Chetheba and
Chozuba
• Dzulha Village to be developed for Rural Tourism located on the
border of Phek and Zunheboto districts at an altitude of about 2000
Meters. This village has unique identity because of community
participation and ethnic cultural traditions, arts and sports. The village
is also proud of its own community Wildlife Sanctuary covering a
natural forest of about 4.00 Sq. Kms.
The development of these features in a planned manner and with

community participation should be the part of this comprehensive and
integrated project.
However, this requires a broad and futuristic vision in planning,

extremely careful handling of the serene ecosystem and an integrated
approach. Utmost care is required to check that the development of the
proposed Border Trade Centre and also any developments in the region
will follow all environmental and ecological parameters. The ecosystems
of the Zungki River and Shilloi Lake need to be conserved and enhanced
under this project. The co-ordination of various departments and agencies
will be required to handle this sensitive project. The basic concept and
Master Plan, including the development of all the features and overall
budget should be worked out immediately and developed in phases over
the next five years. This requires professional inputs of very high
standard.
This project has great potential to become an international attraction of

very high value. A large funding for international projects like this could
be possible from many international organisations with proper
presentation of the project proposal. We strongly recommend this project
as a high priority project for Nagaland.
85
b. Mt. Saramati International Biosphere Reserve (including Fakim
Wildlife Sanctuary) and a Centre for Ecology, Adventure & Culture,
at Thanamir / Fakim in SouthTuensang district on Myanmar border,
an Eco-tourism Project:
This could be another interesting Eco-tourism project on the International

Border. Mt. Saramati is the highest mountain (3841.00 Meters) in
Nagaland and has an importance being on the Indo-Myanmar border.
Tourism Department has developed a Rest House at Thanamir for
trekkers visiting Mt. Saramati, which is non-functional at present. The
Forest Department has some infrastructure at Fakim Wildlife Sanctuary.
Fig. 6 – Mt. Saramati:
The Mt. Saramati Hill Range is the highest in the mountainous terrain of
Nagaland. This is situated in the extreme southeast of Nagaland and in the
extreme south of the Tuensang district bordering Myanmar on its east.
The average height of this mountain range is approx. 2000 Meters and the
highest peak of Nagaland, Mt. Saramati is at an altitude of 3841 Meters.
The peak remains snow covered during winter. The hill range runs in
north – south direction and is flanked with deep river valleys, Zungki
River on its south, Likimro River on its west and Chindwin River on its
east (in Myanmar).
Tuensang and Phek are the nearest towns to approach Mt. Saramati via a
winding road connecting various villages e.g. Shamatop, Kiphere,
Pungro, Thanamir, Akhegwo, Meluri etc on the way. This road further
joins the State Highway (via Zunheboto) and NH-61 connecting
Mokokchung and Kohima. The capital city of Nagaland is about 300
Kms. from the Mt. Saramati.
The Saramati mountain range was covered with rich natural and diverse
forests. Jhoom agriculture and deforestaion has degraded the area to some
extent. However, the region still supports good biodiversity with natural
86
flora and fauna. The diversity in forest types is visible at varied altitudes,
ranging from Sub-Tropical Evergreen and Semi-Evergreen to Temperate
Broad-leaved, Pine, Rhododendron and Alpine vegetation. Several
species of orchids are found in this region. The wildlife is declined due to
hunting and habitat destruction, however interesting birds, insects and
reptiles are found in the region. Almost similar landscape and biodiversity
extends on the eastern side of in Myanmar. Very recently a new species
of deer is discovered in this region by ecologists.
The region has very low population density. The hills are habituated by
small villages scattered at different heights. The population mainly
belongs to Sangtam, Yimchungers and Sema tribes. They still follow the
ethnic traditions and are proud of their dance, music, festivals and
handicrafts. The cultural intermingling is very evident here. The border of
Nagaland and Myanmar is very fluid and transparent. The literacy rate is
high here and people are simple, hospitable and self-reliant. The village
councils could play a major role in the participatory development of this
large project.
The Nagaland Tourism has not yet realised the tourism potential of
Saramati Mountain Range region. Even the Forest Department has
ignored this eco-sensitive zone, except for the Fakim Wildlife Sanctuary
whose natural potential is not used for conservation and nature education.
Here is an opportunity to achieve Ecological Conservation of this rich
Biosphere (including the region in Myanmar) and at the same time use it
sensitively for Eco-tourism, Adventure Tourism and Cultural Tourism.
The trekking season of winter could be used to arrange various festivals,
thus involving local community in the whole process. The project can
enhance the Ecology of the region and also the socio-economics of the
local people. The well-designed Centre could be useful for international
students, scientists, ecologists, naturalists and general tourists. The local
people should be initiated and involved in offering accommodation to the
tourists in their houses.
We recommend following action plan for Mt. Saramati International

Biosphere Reserve:
• The Mt. Saramati Biosphere Reserve and the Centre for

Ecology, Adventure & Culture will be an Eco-tourism Project,
a joint venture of Nagaland and Myanmar.
• The area to be covered within this project will include entire

Saramati Mountain Range, River Valleys of Zungki and
Likimro rivers and the adjoining mountain range in Myanmar
including the Chindwin River valley. The approximate extent
of area will be 600 Sq. Kms. in Nagaland and 500 Sq. Kms. in
Myanmar. Generally, the Biosphere Reserve will be under the
control of the Forest Department.
87
• The Biosphere Reserve will have extensive and
multidisciplinary activities of Ecological Conservation and
Eco-tourism. This will be entirely managed by the local people
under the active guidance and supervision of various
government departments from both the states. It will be an
integrated approach through Joint Tourism Committees. The
major departments that will be actively involved are Tourism,
Forest, Agriculture and Horticulture, Rural Development,
Tribal Development.
• A few activities that could be taken up under the project are

River Valley Ecological Development, Alternate Agriculture /
Horticulture, Adventure Trails, Nature Trails, Wildlife Studies,
Afforestation, Nurseries of endangered and medicinal plants,
Orchid conservation and cultivation, Nature Education, Water /
Soil Conservation, Rural Heritage and Culture, Art and
Handicrafts.
• An ancillary offshoot of this project will be the development of

an effective communication link between Nagaland and
Myanmar. This could be socio-economically beneficial for the
East Nagaland region. It also provides collaborative tourism
opportunities and international circuits for Nagaland and
Myanmar.
• International Border is always a tourist attraction. There could

be navigational service to takes tourists up to the Myanmar
border or to the confluence of Zungki and Chindwin rivers.
Local trade across the border may take place and relationship
amongst the people could be transformed into friendship.
The Nagaland Tourism should initiate this project and start interaction
with Myanmar Tourism. The basic concept and Master Plan, including
overall budget should be worked out immediately and developed in
phases over the next five years. This requires professional inputs of
very high standard. This project has great tourism potential. However it
requires a broad and futuristic vision in planning, extremely careful
handling of the serene ecosystem and an integrated approach. Utmost
care is required to check that any developments in the region will
follow all environmental and ecological parameters. The co-ordination
of various departments and agencies will be required to handle this
sensitive project.
It will not be difficult to generate large international funding for a

project of ecological importance. Preliminary funding could be
available from various schemes of the state and central agencies. The
proposal needs to be presented in a scientific and systematic form.
This project has great tourism potential. We strongly recommend this
project as a high priority project for Nagaland.
88
c. Eco-tourism, Wildlife & Adventure Tourism Projects:
This is a very popular and upcoming tourism sector all over the world.
It is very important aspect for Nagaland since Nature, Forests and
Wildlife are major assets of Nagaland. Additionally, the Eco-tourism is
the basic theme of Nagaland Tourism and development of these
projects will be like presenting the best model of eco-tourism to the
country. These projects need to be coordinated with the Forest
Department who has basic infrastructure and authorised control over
the region. Some unique protected areas of Nagaland have been
identified for this development:
• Intangki National Park:
The Intangki National Park is situated in the extreme south-western

part of Nagaland, in Kohima district on the border of Assam. This
is the largest sanctuary in Nagaland admeasuring about 202 Sq.
Km. The forest type here is Northern Tropical Semi Evergreen with
the dominance of deciduous species. This region has a large area
under natural forest which shelters interesting flora and fauna. The
national park is facing a problem of encroachments. The major
animals found here are Elephant, Tiger, Leopard, Deer, Hoolock
Gibbon, Gour, Wild Boar and variety birds, insects and reptiles.
The number of wild animals is low due to various threats. This
perhaps is the only tiger area in Nagaland now. The national park
could be approached from Dimapur.
• Rangapahar Wildlife Sanctuary:
The Rangapahar Wildlife Sanctuary is situated in the South

Dimapur district of Nagaland. The region is on the border of
Assam and is adjacent to the Intangki National Park. The forest
types here are Tropical and sub-tropical Moist Deciduous &
Evergreen vegetation intermixed with degraded and bamboo
vegetation. The Sanctuary admeasures 4.70 Sq. Km. presently and
there is a possibility of merging this into the Intangki National Park
and converting this into a large protected area. The Forest
Department of Nagaland has proposed to shift the present zoo at
Kohima to this Sanctuary, which is not a wise decision. The low
elevations of this region provides ample opportunity for Eco-
tourism including Nature Trails, Wildlife Studies, Adventure
Tourism etc.
89
• Puliebadze Wildlife Sanctuary
This Sanctuary admeasuring about 9.23 Sq. Km. is situated in the

Kohima district of Nagaland and is at a very close distance to
Kohima city. This sanctuary has good natural forest and shelters
interesting flora and fauna. It is the natural habitat of endangered
Blyth’s Tragopan. This Sanctuary has unique location advantage
being close to the capital city. It has tourist advantage however the
population pressure needs to be handled sensitively and firmly.
• Bird Sanctuaries at Changtonya in Mokokchung district and at

Ghoshu in Zunheboto district
These places attract a lot of birds including many species of

migratory birds in the migration season. The tourism department has
already developed a Wayside Amenity on the Tamlu road, just
above the Dikhu River. This could become an attractive spot.
• Dzukou Valley
The Dzukou Valley is situated in Kohima district about 30 Kms.

from Kohima city. It is tucked away at an altitude of 2438 Meters
behind the Japfu mountain range. Its emerald green rolling hills are
trekkers’ delight. The vegetation diversity is enormous and in the
summer it gets converted into the Valley of Flowers. It is one of the
most popular trekking spots in the Northeast.
These forests have been identified as some representative natural

forest areas of Nagaland, since these are the only protected areas in
the state. These sites are close to the major towns of Dimapur and
Kohima and infrastructure facilities required for Eco-tourism &
Adventure Tourism are easily available. Another protected area of
Fakim Wilidlife Sanctuary in Tuensang district has been already
considered in the larger project. There are many smaller areas now
under the Village Community Protected Areas. These are
community efforts and are interesting places for Eco-tourism with
the active participation of local people. The network of such areas
needs to be documented and converted into a good tourist package.
90
Fig. 7 – Dzukou Valley:
Since these small areas are distributed all over the state it will
provide opportunity for tourists to enjoy the natural and
geographical diversity, without putting these areas under tourism
pressure. This will also provide interesting opportunities for
ecologists and wildlife researchers to study diverse regions with a
possibility of international collaboration. Being on the international
boundary of Myanmar, there could be possibilities of international
joint wildlife conservation and research programme. There could
be excellent possibility to attract international funding for
conservation and research and develop this into a Northeast
Ecological Research Centre. The areas need to be carefully
managed according to the strict norms of the Ministry of
Environment and Forests. Definite Tourism Zones should be
demarcated and tourist activities should be restricted within that
zone. Even the tourism development should be within the strict
norms of Eco-tourism. The Tourism Department should work
closely with the Forest Department to popularise these sites for
innovative experience and also for ecological research. This is an
excellent avenue for the Tourism Department to earn publicity and
revenue without much investment.
91
d. Cultural Tourism through integration at the International /
Interstate Tri-junctions:
Nagaland has interesting advantage of its geographical location having large

and peaceful international border with Myanmar.
At four unique locations this provides opportunity for triangular cultural

integration. These locations have potential to be developed into Large Cultural
Centres, spread over these three diverse regions. The locations identified are as
under:
• Junction of Manipur, Myanmar and Nagaland:
This is the Southeast corner of Nagaland. The exact location has to

be identified which will be within a Rural Development Block of
the Phek District. Nagaland Tourism should take initiative to
develop this Cultural Centre jointly with Manipur State and
Myanmar.
• Junction of Arunachal Pradesh, Myanmar and Nagaland:
This is the Northeast corner of Nagaland. The exact location has to

the Mon District, somewhere near the Longwa/Nyasia villages.
Nagaland Tourism should take initiative to develop this Cultural
Centre in collaboration with Myanmar and Arunachal Pradesh
State.
• Junction of Manipur, Assam and Nagaland:
This is the Southwest corner of Nagaland. The exact location has to

the Kohima District, somewhere near the Tuipuibari village.
Nagaland Tourism should take initiative to develop this Cultural
Centre in collaboration with Manipur and Assam States.
• Junction of Arunachal Pradesh, Assam and Nagaland:
This is the northernmost corner of Nagaland. The exact location

has to be identified which will be within a Rural Development
Block of the Mon District, somewhere near the Namtola / Lapa
villages. Nagaland Tourism should take initiative to develop this
Cultural Centre in collaboration with Arunachal Pradesh and
Assam States.
These Cultural Centres will be a unique contribution of Nagaland not

only to India but also to the Southeast Asia to showcase the cultural
diversity and its integration. This project can evoke sponsorships from
various national and international quarters.
92
e. Agriculture Centres at Zunheboto , Khonoma & Handicraft Centres at
Mon – Tuensang, Dimapur:
Nagaland’s main economy is agriculture. Unfortunately, the forests

have been degraded due to traditional practice of jhoom cultivation.
However, the new thought has entered and new experiments are being
introduced to the people. These have become interesting demonstration
and educational areas for local people. These demonstration areas can
also become attractions for the farmers from the Northeast Region. It
will be of interest of general tourist also if presented in an innovative
package.
Many villages in the Zunheboto district have taken lead in the active
participation of the first International
Agricultural/Horticultural/Forestry project called NEPED. This is a
project for sustainable future of the Naga farmers. The project
commenced in February 1995 and the first phase was completed in
March 2001, which included the bridging period of nine months. Since
the first phase was found to be extremely successful and going in the
right direction, the second phase was approved and started its
operations from April 2001. NEPED means Nagaland Empowerment
of People through Economic Development, and the project has really
demonstrated the peoples’ power. About 1800 farmers from 854
villages in all eight districts of Nagaland are actively involved in this
agricultural experimentation covering about 5500 hectares of land as
an alternative to jhoom. This includes very active participation of
women and their independent empowerment towards self-reliance. In
fact the village councils voluntarily allotted 93 test plots to women.
This is an agricultural revolution in Nagaland. The farmers from
Zunheboto district are leading in this endeavour. During the bridge
period (June 2000 to March 2001) a ‘Test Cluster’ of 4 villages from
Zunheboto district was created as Cardamom Belt. Special training,
experimentation, market research and export oriented strategy was
evolved by the villagers under the expert guidance from NEPED
officials. This success story must become a show window of Nagaland.
Similarly, Khonoma region is very famous for its terraced agriculture

as a tradition. The community has also evolved a fallow land
management strategy using the regeneration of Alder trees to reinstate
the habitat degraded by the jhoom cultivation. The village community
has also developed the Tragopan Sanctuary in the region. This
combination of traditions and experimentation could be a good model
for the villagers, not only of Nagaland but also for the farmers of the
entire country.
The handicrafts of Nagaland are quite unique and famous. Entire

village community is involved in the art of handicraft as an integral
part of their life style. However, certain tribal communities, from
93
various specific regions have evolved their own unique styles and
specialisation. The people from Mon – Tuensang region are known for
this calibre. Similarly, a Craft Village is already in existence near
Dimapur, where all the villagers are engaged in craft activities.
We propose that Agriculture / Handicraft Centres should be created at

appropriate locations in these regions. These centres should be
developed on a participatory basis and local people should be directly
involved in the activities and programmes. The villages here have
already become quite famous for their achievements and the farmers,
more particularly women should be encouraged to take lead in the
development of handloom and handicraft industry under these centres.
The people can produce beautiful traditional and modern design
textiles and handicrafts as a cottage industry. Thus these villages have
great potential to develop and popularise the Agriculture / Handicraft
Centres.
Nagaland Tourism should take initiative to develop this Centre in

collaboration with NEPED and the other Departments like Agriculture,
Horticulture, Animal Husbandry, Tribal Development, Education,
Khadi & Handloom Board, and Rural Development etc. The hilly
landscapes of the villages and surrounding picturesque region could be
the added attractions to the other features. The Satoi Range with its
natural forests and Blyth’s Tragopan and the Ghosu Bird Sanctuary
maintained by the village community to protect migratory birds which
visit the place in winter, are in the nearby vicinity and could be the
other attractions. These places are centrally located in Nagaland and
tourists could be easily attracted with an attractive and innovative
package. The investment component could be low considering the
existing features and possible collaboration with the other
Departments. The North East Council and NEPED could be major
sponsors in this endeavour since they are promoting the agricultural
development in Nagaland.
f. Defence Tourism:
The state of Nagaland has a very long International border with

Myanmar. Due to this, there is significant presence of Army in this
region. Some of the establishments are quite old like the one at
Kohima. These Cantonment areas have their own character and they
evolve with unique identity. The major Cantonment Areas in the
country have been declared as Heritage Sites due to their uniqueness of
the character and also the historical background that they carry.
These Cantonment areas in Nagaland need to be identified by the

Nagaland Tourism in collaboration with the Army. Some special
programmes could be organised jointly in the Cantonment areas for the
tourists. It could be a big attraction and would provide small
94
opportunity to the armed forces to interact with the civilians interested
in their activities and contribution in the country’s defence.
The War Cemetery at Kohima is world famous and its setting brings in
the emotions of respect and sacrifice in the minds of visitors. These
emotions could be further diverted to the specially identified
Cantonment areas.
During the World War II, the soldiers followed various routes passing
through Nagaland. The Naga community in these regions was actively
involved in the War and fought the Japanese soldiers who were
attempting to invade India. There are nostalgic associations of the
villagers along these routes. The Nagaland Tourism wishes to develop
a World War II, Defence Tourism Circuit along these routes between
Myanmar, Manipur, Kohima and some parts of Assam.
Defence is the subject of great passion of everyone and if Nagaland

Tourism could tap this existing potential quickly, it would advance
considerably on the tourism map of the country.
g. Water Tourism:
The unique hilly topography of Nagaland has created some interesting

natural features all over the countryside. Nagaland gets considerable
monsoon rain and this hilly terrain gets flooded with streams, rivers,
waterfalls and lakes. Very few rivers are perennial, however they make
interesting attractions in the overall mountainous landscape.
Some rivers, lakes and waterfalls are already popular and have become
major tourist spots e.g. Doyang River and the Reservoir in Wokha
district, Shilloi Lake in Phek district, The Triple Waterfall at
Seithekima etc. Nagaland Tourism has already developed some
infrastructure at these places, however it is not functional presently.
The efforts are also on to develop River Rafting and Water Sports
facilities in a few rivers and lakes. However, the most important
concept of ecological development of these regions should be taken
into consideration. It is necessary to prepare a Master Plan to develop
Water Tourism concept for Nagaland. This should follow all the norms
of the Ministry of Environment & Forests, particularly related to the
conservation of our water bodies. This plan should also take into
consideration the possibilities of Watershed Development of the
region. Ecological Landscape Design of the Tourist Spots, creation of
interesting and educational Nature Trails and Adventure Trails and
providing serene, picturesque ambience should be the objectives for
such a plan.
95
The Water Tourism should be developed with this innovative approach
rather than typical entertainment approach. The Monsoon Clouds and
the Rain are the most wonderful features of the mountains. Nagaland
Rains can attract tourists from all over the world. The tourists should
be able to enjoy all the moods of Monsoon, Rain and Water in different
forms in Nagaland and carry those memories along with them. That
will be a success story for Nagaland Tourism.
h. Rural Tourism:
The State of Nagaland has its main economy dependent on hill

agriculture and except a few district HQs which are like small towns,
the entire state has a rural character. However, the Naga population is
being largely influenced by the western culture and the ethnic tribal
traditions are remotely visible even in the villages. Under these
circumstances, the concept of Rural Tourism plays a very major role.
There are a few villages, which still maintain their ethnic traditions,
including the rural architecture. This rural lifestyle expresses the way
people have been living sustainably using natural resources around
them judiciously. Their traditional wisdom is reflected in many of their
old practices like use of herbal medicines, understanding of natural
elements to predict the climatic conditions, agricultural rituals and
festivals etc. It is a social evolutionary process in which slowly these
traditions will be transformed into modern lifestyle. Exactly for this
very reason, it is important to conserve a few traditional villages. This
lifestyle is a subject of interest for many visitors and also sociologists.
Their folk arts and handicrafts have a great artistic value and they need
to be encouraged. The development of Tourism around these
traditional villages is one way to give them respect that they deserve.
In Nagaland, there are a few villages under the Village Councils, which
present this character. Nagaland Tourism has already identified various
villages and has proposed a Tourist Village concept at Chumukedima
in Dimapur district as a basic infrastructure for tourists. However we
recommend that Nagaland Tourism should identify the villages and
village councils who are willing to develop entire village as a
traditional village for the purpose of Rural Tourism. These villages
should be inhabited by tribal communities who maintain their ethnic
identity through language, art forms, textiles, festivals, architecture etc.
Tuophema village in Kohima district and Chuchuyimlang village in
Mokokchung district are good initiatives of the local community.
96
Another tribal community that has taken such initiative is at Dzulha
Village in Phek district located on Kohima - Zunheboto border road.
This village with a scenic location, natural forest, abundance of water
and ethnic and warm-hearted Chakhesang tribal community could be
an excellent destination for Rural Tourism. The village observes all
their festivals, sports, music and dance and follows these festivities
along with the agricultural activities. They produce excellent
handicrafts. We strongly recommend this site for Rural Tourism.
The other region that could be considered for Rural Tourism is the
Mon district. Mon brings pictures of chiefs, tattooed faces of Konyak
tribes and the muzzle loading guns that they manufacture. The
Shangnyu village and the Chui village are ideal destinations for Rural
Tourism. Even as they are, they reflect the perfect ethnic picture of
typical Naga village.
The Master Plan for such development has to be prepared carefully.

The Ministry of Tourism, GOI has decided to give priority funding to
the projects of Rural Tourism (one in each state) and we recommend
that a Dzulha Village of Tonimei and Chui Village of Konyaks may be
identified on a priority basis to be developed under Rural Tourism
concept. The basic funding could be available from the Department of
Tourism, GOI that could be complemented with other resources from
various allied departments like Rural Development, Tribal
Development etc.
This project will provide true identity and character to Nagaland

Tourism.
i. Urban Tourism:
In spite of all the charms of nature and wilderness, the main attraction
for the majority of tourists is major cities. Urban Tourism is at great
advantage due to this universal fact. Interestingly, Nagaland has one
very charming city, wonderfully located and ideally developed. This is
Kohima, the capital of Nagaland.
Kohima being the capital city of Nagaland most of the infrastructure

facilities are already available. However, the Master Plan for the city
needs to be carefully prepared to develop the city for Urban Tourism.
Various innovative tourist attractions should be designed and
developed. The existing amenities should be upgraded or transformed.
The nightscapes of Kohima are amazing and the Master Plan of the
city could be evolved for the appreciation of such features.
97
Fig. 8 – Kohima City:
There are many existing tourist attractions at Kohima City e.g. War
Cemetery, State Museum, Catholic Cathedral, Botanical Park, the
Market, Kohima Village etc. Additionally, there are many historical
features and unique strategic locations providing panoramic views of
the surrounding region. All these need to be developed carefully with
environmental and aesthetic approach. Kohima has potential to become
the most charming city of the Northeast.
It is obvious that this project will require large investments. However

being the urban areas, it is possible to generate this funding locally. A
few of the projects could be given to private entrepreneurs on BOT
basis. The Tourism Department already has substantial infrastructure
and economical stake in this city. Nagaland Tourism can comfortably
take off from these existing assets to develop Urban Tourism
immediately. The revenue generation from these efforts will also be
simpler and there will be many other benefits and multiplier
advantages. The socio-economic potential of this project will be very
high. This project must be taken on a priority basis.
j. Regional Nature Parks:
Tourism requires large open spaces and parks for people for passive
recreation. At present Nagaland does not have this amenity. Nature is
in abundance everywhere but tourists require basic facilities and some
innovative features and activities linked with these open spaces. There
are Wildlife Sanctuaries, but they have restricted areas and control on
98
free movement. It is therefore necessary to develop a few large parks
on the basic concept of Ecological Conservation. They should not
become amusement / entertainment parks. These parks should have
recreation and education value. They should be well spread out over
the state. The funding could be available from the Ministry of
Environment & Forests under their various schemes. International
funding is also a good possibility. We have following suggestions:
• Ecological Park at Mount Tiyi in Wokha District:
Mount Tiyi is a hill with mysterious legends. One of the Naga

legends mentions about the existence of an orchard on this hill. The
hill shelters colourful Rhododendrons and the peak offers
panoramic view of the surrounding villages, hills and valleys. This
region is in a better state as far as natural biodiversity is concerned.
The population and urbanisation pressures are also less. A large
(Over 100 Hectares) Ecological / Nature Park should be designed
and developed at the Mount Tiyi.
The basic theme will be to represent Nagaland’s indigenous flora

and fauna along with innovative features for tourists. The park will
also have educational component built into it in a form of
Conservation Centre. This can develop into an attractive tourist
spot for local and domestic tourists.
• Botanical Park / Orchid Sanctuary at Kohima:
Kohima is the capital city of Nagaland. A large (Over 100

Hectares) Botanical Park and Orchid Sanctuary could be developed
on the site of the existing zoo. The existing zoo is in a pathetic
condition and there is a proposal to shift it and convert the site into
Tragopan breeding centre. This is not advisable and we recommend
the site to be converted into a Botanical Park. Already quite diverse
vegetation exists on the interesting contoured site. If possible, the
area should be increased by including some adjoining open land.
The Park should represent the indigenous flora of Nagaland and
separate innovative sections including an Orchid Sanctuary.
Nagaland and the Northeast Region are famous for variety of
wonderful orchids. The forest department has produced a beautiful
book on the Orchids of Nagaland. These could be conserved and
promoted here. Greenhouse for endangered plants; section for
insectivorous plants, Herbal Garden etc. could be other interesting
features. The park will have good tourist and educational value. It
will be very useful for schools and colleges for their outdoor
activities and excursions.
Nagaland Tourism could initiate all these Regional Parks in

collaboration with the other departments like Forest, Education,
and Horticulture etc. The funding is possible from the Ministry of
99
Environment & Forests and also from International Agencies. They
require to be carefully and sensitively designed including the
activities, research component and the management plan. These
Parks could be an excellent tourist attraction, particularly to the
domestic and local sector.
k. Heritage Tourism:
Nagaland does not have many and important Heritage Sites like many
other states in the country. Therefore it is important to highlight and
develop a few sites of historical and heritage importance. We have
identified a few such sites as under:
The War Cemetery, Kohima:
The Kohima War Cemetery which was developed in memory of the

soldiers who made supreme sacrifice during the World War II, is
already world famous and gets international visitors. It has been
maintained very well and Nagaland Tourism should create good
publications on this historical and beautiful heritage site.
Kohima Village, Kohima:
This is the largest village in Asia. Here one sees admixture of the past
and present. The village consists of several ‘khels’ or hamlets of
different tribal communities. There are traditional wooden gates
adorned with Hornbill beaks and Mithun horns. The motifs indicate the
bravery and valour of the Angamis. Also seen are the relics of stone
erections in front of the houses, which are memorial symbols of the
ancestors who had offered grand feasts of merits. The village is under
pressure of urbanisation and needs to be conserved for its heritage
value. A systematic Heritage Plan should be worked out for the
conservation of this historic and unique site.
The Ruins of Medieval Kachari Kingdom, Dimapur:
The ancient Kachari capiral at Dimapur is one of the important sites of

megalithic culture. Most of the ruins appear to be contemporaries with
the Kachari civilization, established before the Ahom invasion in the
13th Century A. D. Additional to these monoliths, there are other ruins
of temples, Entrance Gateway, embankment and tanks. This site will
require a lot of technical and development inputs. Nagaland Tourism
should take initiative in collaboration with the Tribal Research
Institute, Archaeological Survey of India, Education Department etc. to
develop this as a unique tourist spot.
100
Fig. 9 – The Ruins of Kachari Kingdom, Dimapur:
Khonoma Village, Kohima district:
Khonoma village has history for its fighting prowess. In 1879, this
village confronted the British infiltration to the Naga Hills and a fierce
battle was fought. The memorials of this fight are in existence. The
village has other traditional features such as terraced fields along the
deep valleys where 20 different varieties of paddy are cultivated at
different elevations. The village is also proud to have its own
Community Tragopan Sanctuary.
Historical site at Naganimora, Mon district:
Naganimora village is a historical site. This is the place, which was

earlier known as Lakhan. The Konyak Queen who had married Ahom
King died here and the King renamed the village Lakhan as
Naganimora meaning the Death of the Naga Queen. Apart from this
legend, the place could be of interest from historical point of view
particularly since it involves some cultural association with the
neighbouring state of Assam. Nagaland is also known to have some
references in Mahabharata about the Naga (Kirata) Queen Ulupi
marrying Arjun. Nagaland Tourism should take initiative, carry out
some basic historical investigations and development and popularise
this spot.
101
Molung & Impur, Mokokchung district: 1st Baptist Mission in
Nagaland:
This is the first village where the American Baptist was established in
1876. Today almost entire Nagaland follows Christianity. The old
Mission Building and the Leechi Tree planted by the first missionary,
Dr. E. W. Clark are still in existence and act as inspiration to the
visitors. This place has an important historical and heritage value and
should be popularised as a tourist spot. Impur became the Mission
Centre later on and there are heritage buildings of the 19th century, in
use even today. Nagaland Tourism should work out collaborative
programmes and tourism strategy along with the Church authorities.
Heritage Complex at Kisama near Kohima:
Nagaland Tourism wishes to develop a permanent Heritage Tourism

Complex for organising various festivals like Hornbill Festivals, Dance
Festivals etc. This could be developed as a permanent site for
exhibitions and cultural activities. The traditional architecture and
features of Nagaland could be depicted as permanent features here.
This development of Heritage Tourism should not be of much financial

burden for Nagaland Tourism since the publicity will be the major
input. Basic tourist facilities and landscape improvement of the
surrounding area need to be provided by the department. A
collaborative effort would reduce the burden and achieve an interesting
feature of Heritage, which is lacking today.
l. Tourism Festivals:
Tourism Festivals is a very popular concept in the tourism industry.

However, its major objective is publicity. Nagaland Tourism organises
Hornbill Festival in December every year at Kohima. General
observation is that these festivals are not sustainable on their own. We
recommend that Nagaland Tourism, at this juncture, should take up
only those festivals which are economically feasible and which could
attract large participation. Tourism Department could initiate three
activities as under:
Christmas & New Year:
Nagaland being a predominantly Christian state, Christmas and New

Year are celebrated with a lot of jubilation. The atmosphere is very
festive during this period. The season is also excellent for tourism.
Nagaland Tourism should use this Christmas / New Year Festival
opportunity to attract tourism in the state. A grand festival should be
planned in Kohima with various activities, cultural programmes,
handicraft exhibitions, ethnic food feasts etc. Church authorities could
be also involved in these programmes. Kohima city with its urban and
102
geographical charm could become a popular tourist destination due to
this Festival Tourism. Nagaland Tourism should start this from this
year with wide publicity through newspapers / magazines articles.
Fig. 10 – Naga Tribes in a Festive Mood:
Traditional Tribal Festivals:
Nagas are dependent on agriculture and their culture revolves around

the agricultural activities. These activities are associated with
traditional festivity. Each tribal community has its own festival and
associated rituals and dances. These are still observed with the old
traditions in a few villages. This should be made popular to tourists so
that tourists could visit these villages at the time of festivals and enjoy
true festive colours. The only investment for Nagaland Tourism is the
cost of publicity.
Festivals in collaboration with Star Hotels:
As a part of publicity effort outside the state, Nagaland Tourism should try to
collaborate with various Star Hotels in the major cities and organise Naga
Festivals in these hotels at different times. The festivals could include ethnic
cultural programmes, handicraft exhibitions and special food. Such festivals
could attract wide attention of tourists without much cost to the tourism
department. The tourism department gets advantage of hotel infrastructure
whereas hotel gets advantage of unique programme and special clientele. This
could achieve excellent publicity for Nagaland Tourism all over the country at
a very minimum cost.
103
5. SPECIFIC UNIQUE TOURISM CIRCUITS FOR NAGALAND:
Tourism Circuits is a very popular concept in the tourism sector today. The
development of such circuits and organising tours on these circuits becomes
economical for both tourists and tourism departments. Various tour organisers
also find it convenient from the management point of view.
However, in Nagaland where infrastructure is a major obstacle for tourism, the

Circuit Tourism does not look appropriate at this juncture. There are a few
unique possibilities, which could be worked out with careful planning and
support system, even at the present situation. This Circuit Tourism will
involve multi-mode transport and even trekking. However, this obstacle can
become an opportunity to achieve success and popularity. It could be partly
considered as Adventure Tourism. A few possible Circuits are as under:
a. Heritage circuit: (Khonoma, Molung, Naginmora, Ethnic Villages

under Rural Tourism, Handicraft Centre)
b. Wildlife circuit: (All sanctuaries, National Park & Biosphere Reserve)
c. International Border Circuit: (Myanmar border circuit)
d. Interstate Circuit: (Nagaland – Manipur via Dzukou Valley,

Nagaland – Assam via Doyang, Merapani, Longnak, Nagaland –
Arunachal Pradesh via Longwa, Namtola circuits)
e. River Tourism Circuit: (Perennial Rivers – Doyang, Dikhu, Zungki)
f. Defence Tourism & World War II Circuit: (Myanmar – Kohima –

Manipur – Assam)
This Circuit Tourism will need careful planning up to the smallest detail. It
will also require the development of proper support system at various locations
along the Circuit route. However, this could be an excellent opportunity to
involve local people in the tourism development. This participatory effort
could be an excellent economical opportunity for local people.
6. SPECIFIC TOURISM FEATURES FOR NAGALAND:
Nagaland has many more interesting features, which have tremendous tourism
potential. Nagaland Tourism has been already trying to make these
destinations popular and there are efforts to create infrastructure at these
places. This scattered development generally goes waste, as it does not attract
tourists in large numbers. This is particularly true for a difficult terrain like
Nagaland. The Department should act like a catalyst to get these places
developed through other agencies and make them popular as tourist
destinations.
104
Some such destinations are:
• Dzukou Valley, Kohima District
• Japfu Peak
• Largest Rhododendron Tree in Japfu Range
• Dzulekie Village
• Longkhum Village, Mokokchung district
• Longwa Village, Mon district
• Veda Peak, Mon district
• Liphanyan Governor’s Camp, Wokha district
• Doyang Hydro-electric Project
• Merema, NEPED demonstration plot
• Weaving Centres
Fig. 11 – Village Gate:
105
CHAPTER – 7
TOURISM TRENDS AND IMPLICATIONS IN NAGALAND
1. Tourism Research and Documentation:
The status of Tourism Research and Documentation is quite low in India.

Apart from the work of the Department of Tourism, Government of India,
there is no significant research and documentation at the state level. The
World Tourism Organisation provides Tourism Data on international tourism.
The general scenario of Indian Tourism is also reflected from the Tourism
Data made available by the Department of Tourism, Government of India.
However, the genuineness of this data is somewhat doubtful since it is based
on the information provided by the different states. At present, the states are
not equipped to carry out Tourism Research and Documentation in a scientific
way. The Northeast States are in a nascent stage in the field of Tourism
Development. The state like Nagaland is quite young in this field and is in a
process of getting organised. The Tourism Development has to be looked at
like an Industry or Business. The Tourism Research and Documentation are
the keys for appropriate strategy of Tourism Development in the State.
Nagaland Tourism has maintained some general data on the Tourism Scenario
in the State. It is not sufficient and a lot more attention has to be provided to
this parameter. However, we have arrived at some possible trends and
implications based on this limited data and also our own assumptions based on
our fieldwork in the state. It should be noted that due to these limitations, these
assessments and projections may not be accurate and they should be
considered as indicative only.
2. Past and Existing Tourism Trends:
Nagaland Tourism has maintained records of the tourist arrivals at their tourist
lodges. The data provided by the Department of Tourism, Govt. of India
(Table –3) gives overall general idea of tourists inflow to the state. It shows a
random break up of foreign and domestic tourists. However, destination wise
and category wise details of tourist arrivals are not available. We have to make
certain assumptions based on this limited data available to us for
interpretation.
General information of the Tourist Lodges and a few private hotels in Kohima
is available (appendices – g, h). Additionally, there are ongoing and
proposed/prioritised projects for tourist infrastructure (appendices – i, j),
which are likely to be completed in a couple of years. There is some
information available on the revenue collected by the Nagaland Tourism
between 1985 and 2002 (appendix – f). There is some moderate private
accommodation (assumed 5% of govt. accommodation) available in smaller
towns. The occupancy rate at all these places varies between 30% and 50%.
Considering low and off seasons, it is assumed that tourism is active in
106
Nagaland for about 200 days in a year. It is also noted that the most of the
facilities created by the Nagaland Tourism are non-functional presently. The
assumption of tourist arrivals at various destinations is made under this
background and on the basis of the abovementioned criteria of occupancy.
The general indication of past trends and future projections for 20 years is as
under:
Table No. 7: Trends & Projections of Tourist Arrivals at the major

Tourist Destinations:
Destination Past Trends Future Projections (Annual-average)

1999 2000 2001 2002- 2007- 2012- 2017-
2006 2011 2016 2021
Phokhungri/Shilloi Lake 100 150 200 300
Mt. Saramati Int. 100 100 200 300 500
Biosphere Reserve
Intangki National Park 100 100 150 200 300
Dzukou Valley 2000 2000 2500 3500 5000
International Tri- 100 150 200 300
junctions
Interstate Tri-junctions 100 100 150 200
Agriculture/Handicraft 500 500 800 1000 2000
Centre at Zunheboto
Defence Tourism 100 200 300
Rural Tourism 500 500 800 1000 2000
Water Tourism 100 200 300
Urban Tourism-Kohima, 8000 8000 9000 12000 20000
Dimapur
Regional Parks at 500 500 800 1000 1500
Wokha/Kohima
Heritage Tourism/Circuit 500 500 800 1000 1500
Wildlife Circuit 500 800 1000 2000
International Border 100 150 200
Circuit
River Tourism Circuit 100 150 200 300
TOTAL FOR 21160 13723 10868 12000- 16000- 22000- 33000-
NAGALAND 15000 21000 30000 45000
Note: The details of the past trends at various destinations are not available
from the Nagaland Tourism. The numbers here are the total of domestic &
foreign tourists, foreigners being approx. less than 0.5 % of the total tourists.
The percentage of foreign tourists could increase only with very special efforts.
The past trends show general decline of 28 %. This rate may gradually stabilise
during the first five years, after which it may increase slowly to 5 % during the
next 10 years and subsequently to 10 % over the next 5 years. Since the
destination wise details of past trends are not available, assumptions are made
for the availability of rooms/beds and 40% occupancy.
107
3. Future Tourism Implications:
We have proposed that Nagaland Tourism should be actively involved in the

development of Tourism Destinations. They should not get involved in the
development and management of Tourist Infrastructure like tourist lodges etc.
However, at this preliminary juncture some basic infrastructure will have to be
created by the government. The general progressive need of accommodation
facilities (rooms/beds) at various destinations has been worked out based on
the tourist projections for the next 20 years. The indicative projection is as
under:
Table No. 8: Existing status and projected needs of accommodation

(rooms / beds) at various destinations:
Destination Existing Status Future Projections (No. of Rooms /

(2001) Beds)
No. of No. of 2002- 2007- 2012- 2017-
Rooms Beds 2006 2011 2016 2021
Phokhungri/Shilloi Lake 10 20 10 / 20 10 / 20 15 / 30 20 / 40
Mt. Saramati Int. Biosphere 10 20 10 / 20 10 / 20 15 / 30 20 / 40
Reserve
Intangki National Park 10 20 10 / 20 10 / 20 15 / 30 20 / 40
Dzukou Valley 20 40 20 / 40 25 / 50 30 / 60 35 / 70
International Tri-junctions 10 / 20 10 / 20 15 / 30 20 / 40
Interstate Tri-junctions 5 / 10 5 / 10 10 / 20 15 / 30
Agriculture/Handicraft Centre 10 20 10 / 20 10 / 20 15 / 30 20 / 40
at Zunheboto
Defence Tourism 5 / 10 5 / 10 10 / 20 15 / 30
Rural Tourism 10 20 10 / 20 10 / 20 15 / 30 20 / 40
Water Tourism 5 / 10 5 / 10 10 / 20 15 / 30
Urban Tourism-Kohima, 700 1400 240 / 360 / 480 / 840 /
Dimapur 400 600 800 1400
Regional Parks at 10 20 10 / 20 10 / 20 15 / 30 20 / 40
Wokha/Kohima
Heritage Tourism/Circuit
Wildlife Circuit 10 20 10 / 20 10 / 20 15 / 30 20 / 40
International Border Circuit 5 / 10 10 / 20 15 / 30 20 / 40
River Tourism Circuit 5 / 10 10 / 20 15 / 30 20 / 40
TOTAL FOR NAGALAND 800 1600 390 / 510 / 730 / 1140 /
700 900 1300 2000
(Note: This includes government (28 tourist lodges – 4 functional) and private
(35 Hotels) accommodation. The combined data of destination wise existing
infrastructure is not available. The most of the infrastructure of Nagaland
Tourism is non-functional presently, however their future availability is
presumed.)
108
Our proposal is based on the development of Tourism Destinations. At present
the tourist accommodation is scattered all over and not necessarily linked to
these destinations. However, this limitation can be used as an opportunity to
combine accommodation facilities for various tourist destinations and tourist
circuits. All infrastructure is not functional presently and once made
functional, it should be sufficient to meet the needs of tourists.
It is our assessment that the present and ongoing projects should provide these
minimum facilities to give preliminary impetus for tourism attraction in
Nagaland. A large tourist infrastructure is lying idle today and emphasis must
be given to up-grade these facilities and make them functional. The
development of innovative tourism destinations combined with appropriate
marketing and publicity strategy should attract steady tourist inflow to
Nagaland. This inflow, in turn, would attract private investments in the
hospitality and tourism business. The Nagaland Tourism should act as a
catalyst and monitor/control this development.
4. Evaluation and Future of Tourism:
It is always useful and advisable to evaluate the Tourist Destinations based on

various key parameters. The evaluation of the present status and the
consideration of appropriate strategy for the tourism development in the state
could indicate about the future of tourism.
There are several parameters required to be considered when one thinks about
the development of tourist destinations.
The existing destinations need to be assessed based on their present status and
further potential. The carrying capacity of each destination also needs to be
considered. This is more important when the destinations are being developed
with a strong concept of Eco-tourism. The status of existing general
infrastructure like road, market etc. and specific infrastructure like tourist
accommodation at or near the vicinity of the tourist destination needs thorough
consideration. The data of the visitors provides information on the peak/off
period, seasonal variations etc.
The new destinations could be assessed hypothetically, based on the

evaluation of the similar trends, experience from the similar destinations and
basic survey. We have already considered these factors while proposing the
new destinations.
We have considered four parameters as key and indicative at this preliminary

stage of tourism development. The assessment of the first two parameters –
attraction and popularity, is subjective and based on our own understanding,
interactions and experience. The assessment of the other parameters –
infrastructure and volume of tourist traffic flow, is based on the existing status
of these parameters.
109
Table No. 9: General Evaluation of Tourist Destinations in Nagaland:
(Note: The evaluation is graded on 1 to 10 scale from poor – fair – best, based on the
existing status)
Destination Attractions Popularity Infrastructure Volume of Overall

Traffic Flow Average
Phokhungri/Shilloi Lake 8 6 4 3 5.25
Mt. Saramati Int. Biosphere 8 6 4 3 5.25
Reserve
Intangki National Park 6 6 3 3 6.00
Dzukou Valley 8 8 5 5 6.50
International Tri-junctions 8 6 4 4 5.50
Interstate Tri-junctions 6 6 4 3 4.75
Agriculture/Handicraft Centres 8 6 5 5 6.00
at Khonoma / Zunheboto
Defence Tourism 8 8 4 4 6.00
Rural Tourism 8 6 4 4 5.50
Water Tourism 6 5 3 2 4.00
Urban Tourism-Kohima, 8 8 7 6 7.25
Dimapur
Regional Parks at 8 8 6 5 6.75
Wokha/Kohima
Heritage Tourism/Circuit 5 5 3 3 4.00
Wildlife Circuit 8 6 4 3 5.25
International Border Circuit 8 6 4 4 5.50
River Tourism Circuit 6 5 4 3 4.50
Overall Average for 7.31 6.31 4.25 3.75 5.41
Nagaland
We feel that future picture is quite optimistic. Even considering the limitations
of the last two parameters (due to the existing status), the average rating
worked out for all major destinations varies between 4.00 and 7.25, whereas
overall average for Nagaland works out approx. 5.41 (i.e. Fair).
This provides us confidence to state that once the recommendations of the

perspective plan are implemented, the future of Nagaland Tourism will be
bright.
110
CHAPTER – 8
FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS, PRIVATISATION STRATEGY

& INSTITUTIONAL FUNDING AVENUES
1. Financial Implications:
The State Government of Nagaland considers the Tourism Department as one

of the fastest growing department. The details of the Outlay for the 10th Five
Year Plan (2002-2007) are not available at present.
Table No. 10: State Government’s Proposed Outlay (General) for the 10th
Five-Year Plan for Tourism (Rs. In Lakhs):
S.No. Years Plan Non-Plan Allotment Expenditure

1 2001-2002 308.00 82.67 390.67 306.95
2 2002-2003 226.00 134.94 360.94 303.94
3 2003-2004
4 2004-2005
5 2005-2006
6 2006-2007
Total for 10th 2002-2007
Plan
The above table showing the general outlay for the 10th Five Year Plan
indicates the State’s approach towards Tourism Development in the state. It
also indicates the State’s financial capacity and potential and also limitations
not only for new Tourism Development, but also for the maintenance of the
existing infrastructure.
The seriousness and detailed conceptual thought process for the

comprehensive tourism development could be revealed through the category
wise allocations. We have tried to tabulate the key categories required for the
comprehensive and holistic approach. However, the following table will
indicate that the major proportion of the budget allocation is towards the staff
salaries. There is also some allocation towards the State’s share for Centrally
Sponsored Schemes (CSS) for infrastructure development. This indicates that
at present, Nagaland Tourism is largely dependent on the Central Government
assistance and the department cannot afford to think beyond the basic
maintenance of their infrastructure.
2. Privatisation Strategy:
The role of the Tourism Department should be to develop the tourism potential
in the state by creating infrastructure and developing tourist spots. It should
get out of implementation process as early as possible. The privatisation of
various facilities with different strategies makes the projects sustainable in a
111
long run. However, in the present nascent stage, it may not be possible for the
department to attract private entrepreneurs who could take risk and invest
funds since the tourism market is unpredictable. The Tourism Department will
have to prepare its own strategy of sustainability through economic /
participatory / collaborative projects for the next ten years. At the same time
efforts must be continued to involve the private participation in the creation of
infrastructure, through attractive incentives and benefits. A few popular tourist
spots could be offered on a BOT basis as an experiment.
Package of incentives offered by the State Government to attract Private

Sector Investments:
The government has given the thrust on the creation of basic infrastructure and
amenities required for tourists. This has been done mainly through the
assistance provided by the central government. However, the adhoc manner of
the destination selection and the lack of appropriative initiative in the
successful completion of the projects has resulted in adverse conditions for the
infrastructure. Today, most of the infrastructure is either incomplete or non-
functional.
In general, the outlook of the state government towards the tourism

development is of hesitance for now. This gives wrong signals for private
participation and dissuades any possible entrepreneurs to come forward for
joint ventures. This must change into the attitude of enthusiasm.
Package of incentives offered by the Central Government to attract

Private Sector Investments:
The Central Government has adopted a conscious strategy for the

Development and Regulation of Tourism Industry with private participation.
112
A few salient features are as under:
a) The tourism industry was declared as a Priority Sector for foreign

investments, as a consequence of economic restructuring and
liberalisation of policies. The horizons for foreign investment in the
tourism sector were widened and it is eligible for automatic approval of
direct foreign investment up to 100 per cent of the equity. Automatic
approvals are given for Foreign Technology Agreements and
Management Contracts within specified parameters.
b) An ‘Investment Facilitation Cell’ in the Department of Tourism was

set up to undertake key activities related to private investments in the
tourism industry. Some important activities are:
• Formulation of national investment policies of tourism industry

• Co-ordination and integration of State policies on tourism
• Prepare investment profiles for each State in collaboration with the
respective State Governments. These profiles will include
information on identified priority centres for tourism development,
details of existing infrastructure, expected demand, availability of
land and other support services, agencies to be contacted etc.
• Regular interactions with prospective entrepreneurs both within the
country and abroad to promote investment in tourism
• Establishing linkages with Ministry of External Affairs to highlight
investment opportunities in tourism abroad through their
investment cell
• Process investment proposals received from both local and foreign
investors and obtain approvals and clearances from various
agencies like FIPB, SIA and Environment Ministry etc.
• Assist the entrepreneurs in getting import licences, finance, land
etc. by coordinating with the respective agencies and the State
Governments
• Provide technical assistance wherever required
• In consultation with State Governments, devise a ‘Single Window
System’ to facilitate investors to obtain various clearances speedily
• To formulate a statutory framework for identification, creation and
establishment of Special Tourism Areas and Mega Tourism
Projects for development of tourism infrastructure
• To coordinate with the ‘Investment Promotion and
Infrastructure Development Cell’ in the Department of Tourism
with regard to infrastructure requirements, facilitation and
monitoring of investment in the tourism sector
c) Considering a large potential of tourism industry as foreign exchange

earner, employment generation etc., the Government has accorded
Export House Status to tourism industry. Hotels, Travel Agents, Tour
Operators and Tourist Transport Operators are now entitled for
recognition as Export House/Trading House/Star Trading House/ Super
113
Star Trading House on earning free foreign exchange in accordance
with prefixed slabs and shall be entitled to certain benefits.
d) The endeavour of the Government is to achieve sustained growth of

tourist facilities in the private sector and to ensure high standards of
quality in their services. Incentives have been made available by the
Central Government as under:
• Interest subsidy of 3% on loans taken from financial institutions for

1 to 3 star categories of hotel projects outside the metropolitan
cities. A subsidy of 5% is made available to hotel projects located
in the Travel Circuits and Destinations identified as per National
Action Plan for Tourism. Heritage Hotels are eligible for the higher
rate of interest subsidy of 5%. Financial institutions such as ICICI,
IDBI and SIDBI have been included in the scheme in addition to
TFCI, IFCI and State Finance and Industrial Corporations.
• As a fiscal incentive, under Section 80 HHD, 50% of profits
derived by hotels, travel agents and tour operators in foreign
exchange are exempt from income tax. The balance amount of
profit in foreign exchange is also exempt provided it is reinvested
in tourism projects.
• The Ministry of Finance has reintroduced Section 80-IA now
known as 80-IB for the hotel units located in rural areas, hilly areas
and place of pilgrimage. They are allowed 50% exemption in their
profits, whereas for the hotels located in other areas (except
metropolitan cities) under the same section, the exemption is 30%.
• Benefits have been made available under Liberalised Exchange
Rate Management System (LERMS). Hotels, travel agents, tour
operators and other tourism units have been given facility to open
and operate Exchange Earners Foreign Currency (EEFC) Account.
The procedure for release of foreign exchange for specified
purposes has been streamlined and liberalised.
• Import of special items for hotel industry is permitted subject to
import entitlement. Concessional Customs Duty is charged for
import of specified goods required for initial setting up of
substantial expansion of hotels.
• A new Export Promotion Capital Goods (EPCG) Scheme has been
introduced for the Service Sector, which includes hotels and
restaurants, travel agents and tour operators. Under this scheme,
capital goods can be imported at a concessional duty of 5% subject
to fulfilment of an Export Obligation over a period of time.
e) The Department of Tourism presents National Tourism Awards and

Awards for Excellence for various segments of travel and tourism
industry every year. National Tourism Awards are presented to
classified hotels including heritage hotels, approved travel agents, tour
operators and tourist transport operators in recognition of their
performance in their respective fields and also to encourage healthy
114
competition in order to promote tourism. Awards of Excellence are
presented to various other segments of travel and tourism industry.
f) The State Governments have also been informed about these incentives
and are being encouraged and advised to introduce similar incentives at
state level to encourage tourism industry and private participation.
Attempts of Privatisation by the state:
A few existing Tourist establishments are under the process of privatisation.

The proposal will be submitted to the government for approval. The details are
not yet available from the Nagaland Tourism.
Action Plan for Privatisation:
a) Fiscal evaluation of the existing infrastructure on a realistic / business-like

manner, according to various categories.
b) Auction / offer Tourist Lodges to private entrepreneurs / authentic NGOs/
reputed charitable institutions on an appropriate terms and conditions.
c) Offer restaurants to reputed charitable institutions, particularly Women’s
organisations for management on lucrative terms and conditions
d) Offer service oriented infrastructure like booking counters, information
booths, STD booths etc. to the deprived sector (educated unemployed,
handicapped, women, students etc) in an individual / organisational
capacity. This offer could be charitable.
e) Offer incentives to the existing staff to form co-operatives to run / manage
existing Tourist Lodges, Restaurants etc. on reasonable terms and
conditions.
f) Offer new infrastructure development to Village Councils, NGOs, private
entrepreneurs etc. on a turnkey basis (BOT i.e. built, operate, transfer), if
necessary, even for a long term.
g) Offer development of smaller infrastructure like wayside amenities, public
toilets, tourist transport etc. to existing local entrepreneurs on a lucrative
terms and conditions.
h) Offer financial incentives like interest free loans, soft loans, tax
concessions, low lease rent etc. to encourage private participation in the
tourism industry
i) Offer remote area concessions and incentives to private entrepreneurs for
the development of tourism destination and infrastructure in the remote
regions. These could include free land, partial subsidy for development etc.
j) Give wide publicity to the schemes being offered for privatisation. Keep
the terms of offer lucrative like low/refundable deposits, quick decisions
etc.
k) Protect the long-term government interest by legally safeguarding the
terms of offers and agreements. The terms should also ensure long-term
maintenance of infrastructure and quality service.
l) The Department should work out effective strategy to regularly monitor
the privatised properties and ensure the quality of service.
115
3. Governmental Funding Avenues:
The Tourism Department must try various funding avenues in a process to

make the activity economically feasible and sustainable. All proposals /
projects must be worked out like business proposals considering all possible
projections. The state / central governments may provide limited assistance for
the initial gestation period. However, a definite strategy has to be worked out
for the long-term maintenance of such facilities.
The other funding avenues should be tapped. Various government departments

and organisations provide specialise funding for specific projects related to
their activities and tourism sector being a versatile sector could tap these
resources.
The Department of Tourism under the aegis of the Ministry of Tourism &
Culture supports the most of the tourism development of Nagaland Tourism.
However, the collaboration with the sister departments under the same
Ministry, namely Archaeology Survey of India and National Culture Fund has
not been tried yet by Nagaland Tourism. There is a good potential of joint
ventures leading to tourism development.
The Ministry of Environment and Forests finances projects related to

Biodiversity, Wildlife, Plant Conservation etc. and the Central Zoo Authority
provides funds for zoo related projects. Since the emphasis of Nagaland
Tourism is going to be on Eco-tourism, this ministry could be a major
sponsor/partner. The Ministry of non-conventional Energy Sources and the
Ministry of Science & Technology could also support many activities and
parameters under Eco-tourism development.
The tourism projects, particularly the large/unique projects, proposed under

the Perspective Plan are of wide range. They come under varied parameters
like rural development, agriculture, tribal development, education, science &
technology, heritage conservation, adventure sports, information technology
etc. There are Ministries specifically working for the development under these
parameters and specific funds are allotted to these ministries under the Five
Year Plan. These allocations are at the Central and the State level. The
Nagaland Tourism should make special efforts to coordinate with these
ministries for the specific projects, which combine the interests of both. The
Project Proposals need to be designed and worked out in detail and appropriate
to the needs of the Ministry requirements. These could be developed as joint
projects.
Some of the Ministries at the Central Government, which could be

approached for various tourism projects, are as under:
Ministry of Agriculture- Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR),

Indian Institute of Horticultural Research (IIHR), Krishi Vigyan Kendra
(KVK), Water Technology Centre for Eastern Region
116
Ministry of Commerce & Industries- Agricultural & Processed Food Products
Exports Development Authority (APEDA), Industrial Institute of Foreign
Trade (IIFT), India Trade Promotion Organisation (ITPO)
Ministry of Communication & Information Technology- National Information

Centre (NIC), Department of Tele Communication (DOT)
Ministry of Defence- Defence Research & Development Organisation

(DRDO), GREF
Ministry of Environment & Forests- Central Zoo Authority (CZI), Botanical

Survey of India (BSI), Zoological Survey of India (ZSI), Medicinal Plant
Board, Forest Development Agencies (Joint Forest Management Committees
& Eco-development Committees)
Ministry of Health & Family Welfare- Department of Indian Systems of

Medicine & Homeopathy
Ministry of Home Affairs- Northeast Council (NEC)
Ministry of Human Resource Development- Department of Education,

Department of Women & Child Development
Ministry of Information & Broadcasting

Ministry of Non-conventional Energy Sources- Indian Renewable Energy
Development Agency Ltd. (IREDA)
Ministry of Road Transport & Highway
Ministry of Rural Development- Council of Advancement of People’s Action

& Rural Technology (CAPART), National Institute of Rural Development
(NIRD)
Ministry of Science & Technology- Department of Science and Industrial

Research, Institute of Himalayan Bio-resources Technology (IHBT)
Ministry of Small Scale Industries & Agro & Rural Industries
Ministry of Textiles- Handloom Export Promotion Council (HEPC),

Handicraft & Handloom Export Corporation (HHEC)
Ministry of Tourism & Culture- Archaeological Survey of India, National
Culture Fund, Department of Tourism
Ministry of Tribal Affairs
Ministry of Water Resources
Ministry of Youth Affairs & Sports
117
4. Institutional Funding Avenues:
There are many national and international organisations / universities which

are interested in long term ecological research and appropriate development in
the regions like Northeast. The tourist infrastructure could be also used for
such complementary activities and made sustainable. Nagaland has
tremendous potential to attract private investments in tourism sectors.
However it will depend on the other factors adversely affecting the Northeast
region.
The state government has already identified tourism as an industry. Now it

must begin to treat the tourism sector like a public sector industry. The
national and international organisations and funding agencies have a
professional and business like approach. They ensure soundness of the
proposals, integrity of the project leader and the team, technical and financial
viability of the project etc. They also monitor the progress of the project
during the implementation. The success rate is generally good in these types of
arrangements due to mutual interest and control. However, the approach to
generate such funding has to be high quality and professional. The State
Government needs to invest reasonable seed capital for the preparation of
sound and comprehensive Project Proposal understanding the minute details of
the project and also the fundamental approach and philosophy of the donor
agency. This preparation of Project Proposal needs to be handled
professionally and the consultants should be able to explain and convince the
funding agencies about the viability of the project.
In case of International funding agencies, the process will be more complex.

Many times the Project Proposals need to be developed as joint and
collaborative projects. The approval of the Ministry of External Affairs and
the Ministry of Home Affairs becomes mandatory. There are many
collaborative projects going on in the country in different sectors and the
success rate seems to be reasonably good. The Tourism Sector should also try
for these funding possibilities, particularly for large, innovative and unique
projects where such collaborative approach would be viable and sustainable.
Here again, the technical and financial viability of the project and the project’s
uniqueness from the point of the interest of the funding agency becomes the
key issue. This needs professional approach at basic planning stage and the
state government must invest reasonable seed capital for this purpose.
The Department of Tourism, Government of India has already established

strategy for International Co-operation for Tourism Development. The
efforts of interactions with International Organisations have been initiated and
there have been several meetings of officials to discuss and sort out various
issues in the year 2001 e.g. Human Resources & Development (Geneva,
Switzerland), Pacific Asia Travel Association (PATA) Annual Conference
(Kaula Lumpur, Malaysia), World Tourism Organisation Commission of
South Asia Region (Male, Maldives), Satellite Accounting (Vancouver,
Canada), EIBTM meeting (Geneva, Switzerland), Strategic Group of WTO
(Geneva, Switzerland), PATA Board meeting (Taipei, Taiwan), WTO General
118
Assembly ( Seoul, Korea), Tourism India 2001 conference (Singapore),
International Travel Mart (Kunming, China), World Travel Mart (London).
There have been also efforts to arrive at Bilateral and Multilateral
Cooperation Agreements with various countries and a few important
achievements have been made e.g. South Asia Joint Marketing and Promotion
Action Plan for tourism, India-Singapore Joint Task Force, Indo-Italian Joint
Working Group on Tourism etc. A large collaborative project, ‘Ajanta -
Ellora Conservation and Tourism Development Project’, with external
assistance of the Japanese Bank of International Cooperation (JBIC) is
currently under progress. The Department of Tourism should encourage and
advise the State Governments for Bilateral and Multilateral Collaborative
assistance for specific and large Tourism Development Projects in the State.
The Institutional Funding Agencies may be classified under the following

categories:
National Non Governmental Organisations (NGOs)

International NGOs
Many agencies in these categories have been implementing various

Collaborative Projects in different states of India. These bilateral / multilateral
collaborations are with government / semi-government agencies and also with
the NGOs. These projects are in different fields like environment,
development, health, social welfare, education, rural development, agriculture,
science and technology etc. The Mizoram Tourism should work out the
Tourism Projects with such diverse and comprehensive manner, so that these
types of collaborations become possible. It may be noted that these projects
are large and the success rate is quite high. A few ongoing examples of such
projects, which could be tied up with Tourism Development:
• Basic Health Programme – Indo-German Development Co-operation -

Maharashtra
• Conservation Education Project – Overseas Development
Administration – Mumbai
• Lake Restoration and Development – Indo-Norwegian Project –
Bangalore
• Mangrove Park – Godrej Foundation – Mumbai
• NEPED – Indo-Canadian Project – Nagaland
• Project Tiger – World Wide Fund for Nature – 16 National Parks in
different states of India
• Bangalore Agenda Task Force for Urban Development &
Beautification – Infosys Foundation – Bangalore
• Wildlife Research Projects – US Fish & Wildlife Department –
Various parts of India
119
The modalities of such collaborative projects depend on the philosophy of the
funding agency and also the nature of the specific project. However, the
professionalism and integrity are the key essential factors. Mizoram Tourism
should try to avail these possibilities and being a government department such
collaborations and successful implementation looks distinctly possible.
A list of few Institutional Agencies is given hereunder:
National Non Governmental Organisations (NGOs)
Infosys Foundation
Pirojsha Godrej foundation
Reliance Foundation
J.R.D. Tata Trust
Tata Sons Ltd. & various Trusts
Wildlife Trust of India
K. Mahindra Foundation
International NGOs
Aga Khan Foundation

Asia Pacific Foundation of Canada
Asian Cultural Council
AT & T Foundation
Aurora Foundation
Environmental Trust
Ford Foundation
Foundation for Deep Ecology
Gates Foundation
Global Conservation Fund (Gordon & Betty Moore Foundation)
Goldman Environment Foundation
International Fund for Animal Welfare
Kellog Foundation
MacArther Foundation
National Geographic Foundation
Paul Getty Allen Forest Protection Foundation
Paul Getty Trust
Smithsonian Institute
The Asia Foundation
The Carnegie Foundation
The Rockfeller Foundation
World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF), International
120
ASEAN
Department of Environmental Research & Social Sciences, Germany
European Union
German Ministry of Development Co-operation
National Environment Research Council (NERC), UK
Netherlands Development Organisation
Netherlands Organisation for Scientific Research (Earth & Life Science)
Swiss National Foundation, Switzerland
The Research Council of Norway (Environment & Development)
The Swedish Research Council for Environment, Agriculture & Spatial
Planning, Sweden
The United States Agency for International Development (USAID)
United Kingdom Department of International Development
United States Department of Fish & Wildlife
US Global Change Research Programme, USA
Conservation International
Danish International Development Assistance (DANIDA)
Department for International Development (DFID), UK
Environment Programme of European Commission
Environment Protection Agency, USA
Global Environment Facility (GEF)
India Canada Environment Facility (ICEF)
Indo-Dutch Programme on Alternatives in Development (IDPAD)
Indo-Norwegian Environment Programme (INEP)
International Bank for Reconstruction & Development (IBRD)
International Relations Council (Social Science & Humanities Research),
Canada
International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN)
Japanese Bank for International Co-operation (JBIC)
National Natural Science Foundation of China
Overseas Development Administration (ODA)
The Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)
The United Nations Children’s Fund (UNCF)
The United Nations Development Programme (UNDP)
The United Nations Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC)
The United Nations Education, Scientific and Cultural Organisation
(UNESCO)
The United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP)
The United Nations Population Fund (UNFPA)
121
5. Modalities of Funding:
The above-mentioned funding agencies have their own norms and modalities
for funding. Most of them have their own specific interests in the areas to
provide funding e.g. environment, forests, water, infrastructure, heritage,
education, tourism, rural development, women’s empowerment etc. Generally
all funding agencies have their own formats of application for the funding.
They also have time frames and schedules. Most of the funding agencies
prefer to collaborate with the Government Departments, however they also
like to involve NGOs and also look for people’s participation. International
Funding Applications need to be routed through the Ministry of External
Affairs and also the Central Government Ministries related to the Projects.
The international funding agencies have different approaches. Some provide

funding in a form of Grant and also technical know-how / human resources
etc. These are collaborative projects, bilateral or multilateral. The ODA and
European Union provide funding in this manner. These are generally long
term projects (5 to 10 years) and the funding agencies regularly monitor the
progress of the project through their own consultants / specialised institutions.
These agencies generally provide 100% funding on the cost estimates worked
out jointly, however they ensure the commitment of the grantee to look after,
maintain and continue the project in future. The agreements / MOUs ensure
these clauses for the commitment. These agencies also ensure the participation
of the grantee in the form of existing infrastructure including human resources,
land etc. at the beginning of the project.
specific projects:
1. Phokhungri / Shilloi Lake Region International Collaborative, Eco-

Tourism, Heritage and Cultural Integration Project
2. Handicraft Centre at Mon-Tuensang / Dimapur
3. Agriculture Centre at Khonoma as a Rural Development & Women’s
Empowerment Project
4. Cultural Tourism Centres at International / National tri-junctions as
Cultural Integration Project
5. Mt. Saramati International Biosphere Reserve
6. Dzukou Valley and Bird Sanctuaries at Changtonya, Ghoshu as
Adventure and Eco-Tourism Project
There are other funding agencies, which are basically financial institutions like
Asian Development Bank (ADB), Overseas Economic Corporate Fund
(OECF), now JBIC, International Monetary fund (IMF) etc. These agencies
provide soft loans for mostly development projects. They have their own
parameters to decide about the eligibility components. Such funding is
generally provided to the Government Departments and there are standard
norms of sureties for repayments etc. They also insist for proportionate
investment / participation from the recipient. For example, the JBIC provides
financial assistance in a form of soft loan up to maximum 85% of the total
122
project costs. The eligible components for JBIC are Land Cost, Infrastructure
Development Cost, Compensation / Rehabilitation cost, Duties & Taxes,
Interest during the implementation of the project etc. These loans are provided
to the State Government Departments on the approval of the Ministry of
External Affairs. Most of the times, 30% of the approved amount as provided
as Grant and 70% as Loan. This type of funding is very useful for tourism
development projects, wherein the State Governments do not have financial
resources to develop the basic tourism infrastructure and at the same time,
once such an infrastructure is created they can start generating revenue on a
regular basis. However, the state government will need to provide the seed
money to the extent of 15% of the project cost
specific projects:
1. Urban Tourism i.e. development of Kohima and Dimapur

2. Regional Parks at Wokha and Kohima
3. Development of Tourism Infrastructure i.e. roads & services at the tourist
destinations, signage etc.
4. Computerisation of tourism services, Publicity infrastructure, Capacity
Building etc.
5. Cultural Centres in other parts of the country
123
CHAPTER – 9
TOURISM ECONOMICS, COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS AND

EMPLOYMENT GENERATION
1. Tourism Economics:
Tourism is today the world’s largest industry, with the Travel and Tourism (T
& T) Industry and T & T Economy respectively contributing 4.2% and 10.7%
of global GDP. Tourism is also the highest generator of jobs, with the T & T
Economy accounting for 8.2% of total employment or 1 in every 12.2 jobs. By
2011, over 50 million additional jobs will be created by the T & T Economy.
No wonder then that Tourism has been described as ‘one of the most
remarkable economic and social phenomena of the last century’.
International Tourist Arrivals in 2000 reached 698 million with International

Tourism Receipts of US $ 476 billion, with International Fare Receipts
accounting for a further 20% of receipts. Tourism is the single largest and
fastest growing category of international trade, accounting for 12.8% of total
exports. It is one of the Top 5 export categories for 83% of countries and the
main source of foreign exchange for 38%. The potential for international
tourism is vast as today only 3.5% of the world’s population travels
internationally.
The World Tourism Organisation (WTO) estimates that the scale of world
domestic tourism far exceeds world international tourism, by a ratio of 10:1.
The forecasting study undertaken by the World Tourism and Travel Council
(WTTC) indicates that between 2001 and 2011:
• Global Gross Domestic Product (GDP) will increase from 10.7 % to 11 %

• Global employment contribution will increase from 207.1 million to 260.4
million jobs or 9 % of total global employment
• The global value of tourism related exports will increase from US $
1,063.8 billion to US $ 2,538.3 billion or 12.8 % of global export value
• Global capital investment in tourism will increase from US $ 657.7 billion
to US $ 1,434 billion or 9.3 % of global investment
Forecast data from the WTO shows that the share of tourism volumes and
related receipts, GDP, employment and export earnings is expected to move
away from the developed countries towards the less developed countries as a
result of favourable economic, motivational, technological and policy factors.
124
WTTC’s status paper ‘The India Imperative’ has analysed India tourism
in the light of the latest Tourism Satellite Accounting Research (TSA),
2001 and projections for the year 2011. WTCC has identified India as one
of the foremost growth centres in the world in the coming decade.
2. Role of Tourism in National Socio-economical Development:
In 2000, India received 2.64 million international arrivals and had an estimated
210 million domestic tourists, a ratio of 1:80. Of this demand, however, Rs.
250 billion results from international tourism to India, while Rs, 912 billion is
generated domestically, a ratio of 1:3.65.
While India’s receipts from international tourism at $ 3, 168 million in 200

rank it 29th in the world, India accounts for just 0.67% of world tourism
receipts from international arrivals.
In 2001, total tourism exports (visitor and non-visitor) in India are expected to
generate Rs. 308 billion or 9.5% of total Indian exports as compared to a
world average of 12.9% and India ranks 31st in the world.
In 2001, T & T in India will generate Rs. 1,564 billion of economic activity
(total demand), making India the 22nd larges tourism market in the world,
ahead of competitors such as Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia and Egypt. Yet,
India accounts for only 0.74% of world demand.
The contribution of the T & T Economy to GDP is impressive in dollar terms.

This is due to the sheer size and scale of travel in the country (India ranks 17th
in world). The potential contribution of tourism to India’s GDP as seen today
is at 5.3% as compared to the world average of 10.7%, and India ranks 140 in
the world when tourism’s contribution to GDP is measured. Similarly, despite
a world rank of 15, the T & T Industry in India contributes 2.5% of GDP as
compared to a world average of 4.2%, ranks 124 in terms of percentage
contribution to GDP.
In terms of employment, India’s T & T Economy accounts for 25 million jobs

(World Rank 2). This translates to a share of 6% of all employment, giving
India a rank of 140. The Department of Tourism’s estimates of T & T Industry
jobs are 4.2 million. This has been derived based on a study conducted in
1985-86, which derived the multiplier effect of the tourism industry. Similarly,
despite employment of 12.3 million and a world rank of 2, the T & T Industry
in India contributes 2.9% of total employment as compared to a world average
of 3.1% and ranks 111 in terms of percentage contribution to total
employment.
Tourism can play an important, pioneering and effective role in achieving the
growth targets set out for the nation. The primary objective of tourism
development in India is to accelerate economic growth significantly, so as to
meet a series of socio-economic imperative that are unique to India.
125
Tourism is one economic sector in India that has the capacity to maximise the
productivity of the country’s enormous natural, human and technological
assets and resources. It has the capacity to capitalise on the country’s success
in the services sector and provide sustainable economic growth over the longer
term, offsetting in optimum performance in other economic sectors due either
to domestic or global economic or political circumstances.
Tourism is recognised as having the potential to stimulate most economic

sectors through its tremendous backward and forward linkages and cross-
sectoral synergies. Its most apparent benefits are across the entire retail trade,
and in particular in a variety of cottage industries, handicrafts, arts and
agriculture. Its benefits for widespread national economic integration are
immeasurable.
Tourism can provide the greatly increased revenues and incomes required to
achieve the country’s central social objective of significant improvement to
human well-being and the quality of life of all our people. The economic
benefits that flow into the economy through tourism as increased national and
state revenues, business receipts, employment, wages and salary income, and
central, state and local tax receipts, which contribute to the social upliftment of
the country.
Tourism development, through accelerated and sustainable economic growth,

can contribute to the equitable development of the country and the removal of
disparities. The income benefits of tourism can spread geographically,
particularly to rural areas. Tourism offers employment to women, youth, the
disadvantaged and weaker sections of society, the disabled and tribal
communities. Tourism can support social equity and stability.
Tourism can enhance the country’s international image and prestige,

strengthen its standing in the international community and foster greater
international understanding. It forms part of the country’s economic agenda
and improves the overall climate for foreign investment.
95% of tourism businesses are small and medium scale enterprises (SMEs)
and tourism could be a great supporter of entrepreneurship, cottage industries
and economic diversity in rural areas.
Tourism is an export industry and can achieve the acceleration of economic

growth by tapping the opportunities afforded by the international economy,
thus providing valuable hard currency for imports and reducing the imbalance
in trade and payments, Its limited leakage (7 %) makes it the most valuable
contributor to India’s international trade and vital ingredient to India’s
integration with the global economy.
Tourism being labour intensive promotes new employment, which is not only
large in scale but also of a high quality that can support a higher quality of life.
126
Tourism has the capacity to stimulate widespread direct private sector
investment, both domestic and foreign. In particular for India, SMEs are
recognised to play a vital role in industrialisation.
3. Present Economics of Nagaland Tourism
The main sources of finances for the tourism development in the state are from
the normal annual budget of the state and the central financial assistance for
the definite projects (appendices – m, q).
Table No. 11: State budget for the tourism development for the years 1993-
1994 to 2002-2003 (Source: Dept. of Tourism, Nagaland):
S. No. Years Category Allotment Expenditure

1 1993-94 Plan 108.00 104.21
Non-plan 42.00 32.73
Total 150.00 136.94
2 1994-95 Plan 132.00 31.98
Non-plan 72.96 70.51
Total 204.96 102.49
3 1995-96 Plan 132.00 121.45
Non-plan 50.30 48.10
Total 182.30 169.55
4 1996-97 Plan 245.00 249.44
Non-plan 49.28 44.64
Total 303.28 294.08
5 1997-98 Plan 263.00 79.18
Non-plan 65.23 56.22
Total 328.23 118.30
6 1998-99 Plan 263.00 215.34
Non-plan 62.65 56.22
Total 325.65 271.56
7 1999-2000 Plan 263.00 203.23
Non-plan 66.39 57.49
Total 329.39 260.39
8 2000-2001 Plan 305.00 176.80
Non-plan 73.34 61.13
Total 378.34 237.93
9 2001-2002 Plan 308.00 246.07
Non-plan 82.67 60.88
Total 390.67 306.95
10 2002-2003 Plan 226.00 169.00
Non-plan 134.94 134.94
Total 360.94 303.94
The details of the expenditure (2000-2001) on the maintenance of the existing

infrastructure are not available at present.
127
The Department of Tourism collects revenue from the room rents and food
costs at the tourist infrastructure run by the department. This amounts to
approx. Rs. 150 to Rs. 250 Lakhs, which is credited to the government revenue
every year (appendix – f).
The rates fixed by the department for the amenities provided by them are very
reasonable and are based on the rates prevailing in the region. This rationale
looks fine since tourists are using the amenities regularly.
The Nagaland Tourism has some staff as permanent Additionally there is

temporary staff employed from time to time on contract / daily wage basis.
The recurring expenditure of staff salaries is met from the State Budget. The
details of present annual budget allocation towards the staff salaries are not
available at present.
The state entirely depends on the central assistance for the creation of tourism
infrastructure.
4. Future Economics of Nagaland Tourism
The Perspective Plan for the tourism development has been worked out with
an objective to make the tourism industry in the state very sustainable. Over
the years, it must become a self-supporting industry.
The proposal of the Perspective Plan as worked out is economically feasible.

It is generally envisaged that there will be average 10 % annual increase in the
tourist traffic due to these overall efforts. However, the present condition of
Nagaland Tourism is very low and tourist traffic has declined over the last few
years at the rate of about 25 % per year. The Nagaland Tourism Department
will have to put in tremendous efforts for the implementation of this
perspective plan effectively. The state government will need to spruce up the
Tourism Department immediately. All these efforts may stabilise the tourist in
the initial 5 years and then it may increase at the rate of 5 % per year. It may
boost further more to about 10 % per year after 15 years. The overall increase
by 100 % in the next 15 years will itself stabilise the Nagaland Tourism. At
present level also, they have almost managed to cover the recurring costs on
maintenance. The strategies recommended in the perspective plan will ensure
that Nagaland Tourism will eventually work as a catalyst for tourism
development and its administrative and management costs will be within the
profits generated from the tourism in the state.
The other additional benefits of the tourism development for the state of
Nagaland will act as incentives to further the tourism activities with private
participation.
128
We feel that the Perspective Plan will be economically feasible and will
stabilise the Tourism Department. It will also make the Tourism
Development in Nagaland sustainable. It will provide great impetus for
overall socio-economic development of the state of Nagaland in a short
time.
5. Cost Benefit Analysis – Tourism in Nagaland
A few norms (Source: Trade in Tourism Services) to work out Cost – Benefits
from the tourism development are as under:
a) Hotel Rooms: For 10 lakhs tourists (with average length of stay 10 nights,
65 % average annual occupancy, 1.4 guests per room) annual bed nights
available per room will be 332. The number of rooms required will be
30,107. The average cost (all inclusive) per room will be Rs. 15 lakhs.
Employment generation: Direct – 2 persons per room, Indirect – 3 persons

per room. Thus 30,127 rooms will generate direct employment for 60,214
persons and indirect employment for 90,321 persons making total
employment for 1,50,534 persons.
b) Air Transport: For 10 lakh tourists (with average distance 8000 km.,
annual 265 round trips, 400 seats per aircraft, 65 % load factor, 260
passengers per aircraft, 50 % foreign tourists) number of aircraft required
will be 29. The average cost per aircraft will be Rs. 752.5 Crores
Employment generation: Average 450 persons per aircraft
c) Foreign Exchange: For 10 lakh tourists (with average foreign tourist spend
US $ 1100, 10 % import leakage, 50 % tourists for aviation, average travel
per tourist 16,000 km, average rate US $ 0.10 per km., import leakage 45
%) average foreign exchange earning from visitor spending will be US $
9900 lakhs i.e. Rs. 4,356 Crores and from aviation US $ 4400 lakhs i.e. Rs.
1936 Crores
These norms need to be appropriately amended for the Northeast State like
Nagaland considering the ground realities. The costs and benefits for Nagaland
Tourism according to the modified version could be like this:
• Hotel Rooms: For 10 lakhs tourists (with average length of stay 8

nights, 40 % average annual occupancy, 1.5 guests per room) annual
bed nights available per room will be approx. 400) The number of
rooms required will be approx. 15000. The average cost (all inclusive)
per room will be Rs. 10 lakhs.
129
Over the next 20 years (2002 to 2021) the expected number of tourists
in Nagaland ranges between 12, 000 and 45, 000 and the subsequent
need of rooms ranges between 350 and 1000 (see chapter 7). Thus the
investments will range from Rs. 35 Crores in 2002 and Rs. 100 Crores
in 2021. Most of this investment will be in private sector.
Employment generation: Direct – 2 persons per room, Indirect – 4 persons

per room. Thus 350 to 1000 rooms will generate direct employment for
700 to 2000 persons and indirect employment for 1400 to 4,000 persons
making the total employment for 2100 to 6,000 persons over the next 20
years
• Air Transport: For 10 lakhs tourists (with average distance 2000 km.,
annual 200 round trips, 200 seats per aircraft, 50 % load factor, 100
passengers per aircraft, 10 % foreign tourists) number of aircraft
required will be 10. The average cost per aircraft will be Rs. 500
Crores.
As per the requirements of Nagaland, the need for 12,000 tourists in 2001
to 45,000 in 2021 will be 1 to 2 aircrafts. These could also be shared with
the adjoining Northeast states. Thus the investment will range from Rs.
500 Crores in 2002 to Rs.1000 Crores in 2021.
Employment Generation: Average 450 persons per aircraft. Thus 450

to 900 persons may be employed between 2002 and 2021.
• Other Transport (Railway & Road): The majority of the tourists will
depend on these transport system. Intra state transport will be also
through these means. The needs for the number of tourists from 12,000
to 45,000 over the next 20 years will be approximately 1 % per day.
Thus approximate requirements will be 3 buses (2/3 passengers) and
10 jeeps/taxis (1/3 passengers) in 2002, increasing to 12 buses and 40
jeeps/taxis in 2021. The investment will range from Rs. 150 lakhs
(2002) to Rs. 600 lakhs (2021)
Employment Generation: Average 6 persons per bus and 3 persons per

jeep/taxi. Thus approximately 50 to 200 persons may get employment
in this sector between 2002 and 2021. This employment will be mostly
for local people.
The requirements of investment in the development of rail linkage and

subsequent employment generation cannot be predicted at this stage,
however it will be considerably economical venture.
• Foreign Exchange: For 10 lakhs tourists, average foreign exchange earning

from visitor spending will be US $ 9900 lakhs i.e. Rs. 4,356 Crores and
from aviation US $ 4400 lakhs i.e. Rs. 1936 Crores. At present the number
of foreign tourists to Nagaland is very negligible (approx. 0.5 %). With
more emphasis on the tourism development and conscious efforts to attract
130
foreign tourists this may improve to 5 % after the first 10 years. Thus
foreign exchange earning will be to the tune of Rs. 0.5 Crore (visitor
spending) and Rs. 0.2 Crore (aviation) in 2012, which may increase to
Rs. 1 Crore (visitor spending) and Rs. 0.4 Crore (aviation) in 2021.
This may look negligible but the importance of foreign exchange earnings
goes much beyond the figures and special efforts must be made to improve
this position.
The overall costing of the Tourism Development in Nagaland under this 20

years perspective plan has been worked out as Block Estimate in the chapter
13. The total outlay of the Perspective Plan over the next 20 years (2002 –
2021), amounts to Rs. 350 Crores, i.e. approximately Rs. 17.5 Crores per year.
The Perspective Plan proposal envisages about 30 % investment from the
Government (Central and State) Sector and 70 % investment from the private
sector. The Projects will be self-supporting, thus taking care of the recurring
costs and future maintenance and up-gradation costs. The growth rate will be
low in the preliminary years (up to 10 years), however depending on the
initiative and other socio-economic conditions in the Northeast region, the
growth rate could increase substantially and the state will accrue all the
benefits.
Some benefits are direct and could be quantified. However, in the tourism
sector major benefits are indirect and cannot be quantified at a preliminary
stage. A few salient benefits are as under:
Plan.

service etc.
• Tourism as a source of income is not easy to measure because of the

multiplier effect. The flow of money generated by tourist spending
multiplies as it passes through various sections of the economy through the
operation of the multiplier effect.
• Tourism Development opens avenues for tourist destination development

and also the surrounding region enhancement. This gives opportunity for
small entrepreneurs to initiate business like fast food stalls, handicraft
centres, village resorts, landscape contractors, civil contractors etc.
131
• Tourism Development becomes ongoing process and provides
opportunities to professional consultants to provide their skills/expertise in
an innovative way e.g. graphic designers, commercial artists, landscape
designers, architects, script writers, film/documentary producers, web
designers etc.
• Tourism development opens avenues of socio-economic development in

rural and backward areas.
• Tourists contribute to tax revenues both directly through sales tax and
indirectly through property, profits and income tax.
• In general, tourism development brings in the feeling of cultural pride and

at the same time brings in social and cultural integration with the national
and international communities.
• Due to diverse positive effects of tourism development the overall
infrastructure, socio-economics, commerce and environment of the state
and the region also gets impetus.
• The emphasis in tourism development like Eco-tourism, Heritage

conservation, Wildlife tourism, adventure tourism etc. brings in the sense
of environmental conservation in the society.
6. Employment Generation from Tourism Development in Nagaland
There is great potential for creating enormous number of new jobs through
travel and tourism. The employment potential is the highest in the tourism
sector as compared to any other sector and India has the potential to more than
triple its travel and tourism jobs. WTTC had estimated that in the year 1999
travel and tourism was expected to generate almost 200 million jobs across the
world economy. It further expected that over 8 % of all jobs worldwide would
depend on travel and tourism in 1999 and that the industry would support the
creation of over 5.5 million jobs per year over the next decade. In this decade
up to 2010, employment in travel and tourism is expected to grow at 2.6 % per
annum.
The majority of jobs associated with travel and tourism tend to come in the
form of direct service jobs in tourist related facilities and attractions at the
destinations and in tourist generating areas. However, the bulk of the jobs are
in tourist destinations e.g. accommodation sector, travel intermediaries,
restaurants, shops, travel enterprises etc. In addition, employment
opportunities are also available in other sectors, such as manufacturing and
transport services, banking, agriculture and fisheries. Many of these jobs are
created in backward areas where few employment opportunities are available.
Tourism Industry is a highly labour intensive service industry and is a valuable

source of employment. It employs large number of people and provides a wide
range of jobs which extend from the unskilled to the highly specialises. In
addition to those involved in management, there are a large number of
132
specialist personnel required to work as accountants, housekeepers, waiters,
cooks and entertainers who in turn need large number of semi skilled workers
such as porters, chambermaids, kitchen staff, gardeners etc. Tourism is also
responsible for creating employment outside the industry such as furnishing
and equipment industry, souvenir industry, textile and handicraft industry,
farming and food supply and also construction industry.
Thus to quantify employment potential of tourism development in a region is

not easy and here also Employment Multiplier effect has to be considered.
The tourism industry has a very strong linkage to socio-economic progress of

the country. It has a very high revenue capital ratio. It is estimated that an
investment of Rs. 10 lakhs creates 47 direct jobs and 11 indirect jobs, which
far surpasses the employment potential from Agricultural and Industrial sector.
• The total outlay of the Perspective Plan over the next 20 years (2002 –
2021), amounts to Rs. 350 Crores, i.e. approximately Rs. 17.5 Crores per
year.
Plan.

service etc. The effect of Employment Multiplier will be enormous in the
underdeveloped state like Nagaland.
• There will be tremendous opportunity in the secondary employment sector,

which provides bulk, services to tourism industry e.g. construction
industry, farming and food production, furnishing and equipment
suppliers, professionals and consultants etc.
The present status of economy of Nagaland is quite dismal. The basic

economy is based on agriculture, which is seasonal and unpredictable. The
other sector that provides employment opportunities is the Government
Service Sector, which also has stagnated. The state does not have potential for
industrial development to provide large employment opportunities. Even the
business opportunities are limited due to the geographical isolation of the state
from the country and also due to socio-economic problems of the region.
Nagaland has tremendous natural resources and they need to be conserved for
its overall enhancement in a long term. Considering all these factors, Tourism
Development based on strong emphasis of Eco-tourism will be the best
opportunity for the socio-economical upliftment of the state of Nagaland.
133
7. Year wise projections of the Direct / Indirect benefits & Employment
Generation
a) Direct Benefits:
This is the net value addition due to the increased tourist spending as a result
of increased number of tourist arrivals in the state. Due to the creation of
additional facilities and infrastructure, the average expenditure of a tourist
would increase. The spending pattern of the tourist is assumed to remain
unchanged during the plan period. The amounts spent by the tourists are the
receipts, which form the direct output of the plan.
The factors to compute the direct benefits are as under:

• The number of foreign tourists is very negligible (1%) and may not
change without special efforts. Therefore the combined average
expenditure is worked out
• The projected tourist arrivals in the state as a result of interventions is
as shown at the table no. 8 – Trends & Projections of Tourist Arrivals
in Chapter 7
• Average per day per capita expenditure of tourists (domestic/foreign
combined) in Nagaland is estimated as Rs. 2000/-
• Average duration of stay of tourist is assumed to be 5 days
• The percentage change in the Whole Sale Price (WSP) Index is
assumed as 5% per year
Table 12: Average Per Capita Per Day Tourist Expenditure:
Year % Change of WSP Average Per Capita

Expenditure (Rs.)
2002-03 5% 2000
2003-04 5% 2100
2004-05 5% 2205
2005-06 5% 2315
2006-07 5% 2431
2007-08 5% 2553
2008-09 5% 2680
2009-10 5% 2814
2010-11 5% 2955
2011-12 5% 3103
2012-13 5% 3258
2013-14 5% 3421
2014-15 5% 3592
2015-16 5% 3771
2016-17 5% 3960
2017-18 5% 4158
2018-19 5% 4366
2019-20 5% 4584
2020-21 5% 4813
2021-22 5% 5054
134
Table 13: Direct Economic Benefit from Projected Tourist Arrivals:
(For Direct Value Added, factor 0.3854 is considered. Source: Dr. Raveendran, 1993)
Year Tourist Expenditure Direct Direct Direct

Inflow per Tourist Receipts Value Benefit
for 5 days (Rs. Crores) Added (Rs.
(Factor Crores)
0.3854) Rs,
Crores
1 2 3 4 5 6 (4+5)
2002-03 12000 5 x 2000 12.00 4.62 16.62
2003-04 13200 5 x 2100 13.86 5.34 19.20
2004-05 14520 5 x 2205 16.00 6.16 22.16
2005-06 15972 5 x 2315 18.48 7.12 25.60
2006-07 17569 5 x 2431 21.35 8.22 29.57
2007-08 19326 5 x 2553 24.66 9.50 34.16
2008-09 21258 5 x 2680 28.48 10.97 39.45
2009-10 23384 5 x 2814 32.90 12.67 45.57
2010-11 25723 5 x 2955 38.00 14.64 52.64
2011-12 28295 5 x 3103 43.89 16.91 60.80
2012-13 31124 5 x 3258 50.70 19.53 70.23
2013-14 34237 5 x 3421 58.56 22.56 81.12
2014-15 37661 5 x 3592 67.63 26.06 93.69
2015-16 41427 5 x 3771 78.11 30.10 108.21
2016-17 45569 5 x 3960 90.22 34.77 124.99
2017-18 50125 5 x 4158 104.20 40.15 144.35
2018-19 55138 5 x 4366 120.36 46.38 166.74
2019-20 60652 5 x 4584 139.01 53.57 192.58
2020-21 66717 5 x 4813 160.55 61.87 222.42
2021-22 73389 5 x 5054 185.45 71.47 256.92
135
b) Indirect Benefits:
The Indirect Benefits arise out of the multiplier effect of tourist spending
as different segments of the tourist industry purchase commodities and
services from other sectors of economy. The additional output produced in
other sectors of the economy by the chain of inter-industry spending is the
indirect output of tourism. The indirect benefits can be computed by using
the output multiplier as 1.058 and income multiplier as 1.412 (Source: Dr.
Raveendran, 1993).
Table 14: Indirect Economic Benefits from Projected Tourist Arrivals (In Rs. Crores):
Year Direct Direct Output Value Total

Receipts Value Col.2 X Added Col.3 Col. 4 +
Added 1.058 X 1.412 Col. 5
1 2 3 4 5 6
2002-03 12.00 4.62 12.69 6.52 19.21
2003-04 13.86 5.34 14.66 7.54 22.20
2004-05 16.00 6.16 16.92 8.69 25.61
2005-06 18.48 7.12 19.55 10.05 29.60
2006-07 21.35 8.22 22.58 11.60 34.18
2007-08 24.66 9.50 26.09 13.41 39.50
2008-09 28.48 10.97 30.13 15.48 45.61
2009-10 32.90 12.67 34.80 17.89 52.69
2010-11 38.00 14.64 40.20 20.67 60.87
2011-12 43.89 16.91 46.43 23.87 70.17
2012-13 50.70 19.53 53.64 27.57 81.21
2013-14 58.56 22.56 61.95 31.85 93.80
2014-15 67.63 26.06 71.55 36.79 108.34
2015-16 78.11 30.10 82.64 42.50 125.14
2016-17 90.22 34.77 95.45 49.09 144.54
2017-18 104.20 40.15 110.24 56.69 166.93
2018-19 120.36 46.38 127.34 65.48 192.82
2019-20 139.01 53.57 147.07 75.64 222.71
2020-21 160.55 61.87 169.86 87.36 257.23
2021-22 185.45 71.47 196.20 100.91 297.11
136
c) Cost Benefit Analysis:
The following table gives the cost benefit analysis of the Perspective Plan,
which has been proposed. The investments for the tourism development are as
per the Phase Development and the Block Estimate (Chapters 12 & 13).
Table 15: Cost Benefit Analysis of the Perspective Plan for Nagaland Tourism
Year Direct Indirect Total Cost Net

Benefits Benefits Investment Incremental
Benefits
1 2 3 4 5 6
2002-03 16.62 19.21 35.83 30.00 5.83
2003-04 19.20 22.20 41.40 30.00 11.40
2004-05 22.16 25.61 47.77 32.00 15.77
2005-06 25.60 29.60 55.20 32.00 23.20
2006-07 29.57 34.18 63.75 28.50 35.25
2007-08 34.16 39.50 73.66 28.50 45.16
2008-09 39.45 45.61 85.06 18.50 66.56
2009-10 45.57 52.69 98.26 18.50 79.76
2010-11 52.64 60.87 113.51 18.00 95.51
2011-12 60.80 70.17 130.97 18.00 112.97
2012-13 70.23 81.21 151.44 10.50 140.94
2013-14 81.12 93.80 174.92 10.50 164.42
2014-15 93.69 108.34 202.03 8.00 194.03
2015-16 108.21 125.14 233.35 8.00 225.35
2016-17 124.99 144.54 269.53 8.00 261.53
2017-18 144.35 166.93 311.28 8.00 303.28
2018-19 166.74 192.82 359.56 8.75 350.81
2019-20 192.58 222.71 415.29 8.75 406.54
2020-21 222.42 257.23 479.65 8.75 470.90
2021-22 256.92 297.11 554.03 8.75 545.28
d) Employment Generation:
Tourism is a labour intensive industry. The publication of ESCAP on the

Economic Impact of Tourism in India (as referred in the Report of the
Working Group on Tourism for the Ninth Plan) indicated that 1.2
International visits provide employment to one person, while 17 domestic
tourists generate on employment. By using these values the projection of
direct employment has been shown in the following table. Since the
presence of foreign tourist is not likely to be very significant in Nagaland,
the combined number is considered for this evaluation as domestic tourists
and the ratio is slightly modified 15 tourists for 1 employment.
137
Table 16: Generation of Direct Employment on Implementation of the Perspective
Plan for Nagaland:
Year Additional Tourist Inflow Direct Employment (15

tourists for 1
employment)
2002-03 12000 800
2003-04 13200 880
2004-05 14520 968
2005-06 15972 1064
2006-07 17569 1171
2007-08 19326 1288
2008-09 21258 1417
2009-10 23384 1556
2010-11 25723 1714
2011-12 28295 1886
2012-13 31124 2074
2013-14 34237 2282
2014-15 37661 2510
2015-16 41427 2761
2016-17 45569 3037
2017-18 50125 3341
2018-19 55138 3675
2019-20 60652 4043
2020-21 66717 4447
2021-22 73389 4892
138
CHAPTER – 10
COMMUNITY & WOMEN’S PARTICIPATION
Naga community is heavily dependent on agricultural economy, particularly

jhoom cultivation. This labour intensive agriculture provides enough just for
subsistence. On the other hand, this practice has destroyed the natural wealth
of the state. The agriculture in Nagaland is very much seasonal and people
remain occupied in the laborious process for a long time without any returns.
The rugged terrain does not allow much scope for any other type of industrial
or development activity. In this sense, tourism that is a labour intensive, non-
polluting, fast growing and income generating industry is an excellent option
for Nagaland.
The success of Tourism Development in the state like Nagaland particularly,

will hinge on the local participation. Nagaland already has a strong tradition of
Village Councils and Community participatory initiatives. The women and
youth in Nagaland are also very active and full of enthusiasm. This potential
can be tapped for multiple purposes. It will achieve employment generation in
the otherwise deprived section of the society, will allow the government
activity of tourism development to grow like efficient business and at the same
time will bring in the feeling of ownership amongst the local people.
Community Participation:
The tourism development is a complex activity and the Tourism Department

cannot carry it out successfully on its own. It requires collaboration with
various departments, agencies and private individuals. Tourism Development
has two major components, creation of infrastructure and management.
Though the first part of creation of infrastructure is looked after by the
Tourism Department quite satisfactorily, the second part of management
becomes difficult and uneconomical. The effort to involve people at such
fragile stage does not succeed since people can foresee losses. They also do
not feel as a part of the whole effort. The strategy, therefore, should be to
attempt community involvement right at an inception stage of a project.
It is obvious that such an effort may not be feasible and appropriate for all
projects. Some important sectors where such projects could be tried are
Handicraft Centres, Cultural Centres, Restaurants, Service Centres (phone,
internet etc.), Tourist Information Centres, Rural Tourism / Resorts, Tourist
guides for Adventure Tourism, village houses as pensions near important
tourist destinations etc.
Nagaland Tourism should initiate the strategy through different methods. The
most efficient and simple method will be to invite and involve genuine and
reputed Voluntary Organisations. This involvement should be right from the
planning stage of the project. The proposal should be worked out in the most
139
transparent manner so that the participants feel comfortable. The scope of
participation and the terms of reference should be drafted jointly and carefully.
An undertaking / bond should be obtained from them as their commitment to
this joint venture. This should be treated like a partnership business and the
community should not only be offered share of profits, but also should be
given incentives. This can be a Joint Tourism Management Project (JTMP).
The success of the JTMP will depend on the freedom, flexibility given to the
participants and also on the healthy competition between the various JTMPs
running different projects.
Some smaller projects could be handed over to the individuals also, preferably
from a deprived class like physically handicapped, senior citizens,
unemployed youth, women etc. These projects will act like employment
generation means and will also provide important service to the tourists. The
best example for this category is the Telecom Facilities (STD / ISD booth).
Even Tourist Information Counters could be run through this system.
An attempt could also be made to offer some larger projects on a BOT basis to
the organisations. These could be offered to Village Councils, Institutions etc.
through invitation.
The participatory activity in the tourism sector could relieve a lot of burden
from the Tourism Department and it can use its time, experience and resources
in creation of new destinations, publicity and innovative projects.
Nagaland Tourism can initiate this activity of JTMP immediately with

excellent incentives offered to the participants including financial assistance
through the banks and financial institutions. This activity is a self-sustaining
since it does not require major investments / establishments from the
government.
Women’s Participation:
The community participation through JTMP should be also complemented

with another concerted effort to ensure the participation of Women in the
Tourism Development and Management. It is commendable that women in
Nagaland are industrious, full of enthusiasm and already in the forefront in
many sectors. However, special opportunities must be created for their active
involvement in the tourism sector. This is not necessarily to help them but also
to help the tourism sector since it is in a need to have human resource with an
aptitude of service and hospitality. The women should be encouraged, with
due incentives to take major responsibilities to run some of the activities of the
tourism department. Even here, they should be treated like equal business
partners. The scope and terms of reference have to be worked out jointly and
carefully.
Additionally, a special effort must be made to ensure the employment of
women staff in the Tourism Projects. The Department of Tourism, Nagaland
needs to improve the gender ratio amongst the staff. The details of the present
situation are not available.
140
This shows a negative picture in the Tourism Department. A special attempt
has to be made not only to improve this ratio up to 50 %, but also to attract
individual women entrepreneurs to run various Restaurants, Handicraft
Centres etc. An attempt must be made to invite proposals from individuals and
organisations and liberal financial assistance could be offered through the
banks and financial institutions.
A specially designed ‘Women’s Tourism Project’ (WTP) should be initiated

by Nagaland Tourism with immediate effect. In fact, Naga women should be
invited to prepare this innovative WTP.
Fig. 12 – Naga Woman:
Employment Generation:
The participatory projects, both JTMP and WTP have potential to create
enthusiasm amongst a large sector of Naga society. This would reduce the
burden of the tourism department substantially and in turn will create
tremendous enhancement in the tourism business. This itself will have a
multiplier effect to generate employment possibilities through various allied
and dependent sectors.
The Nagaland Tourism needs to emphasise this very positive aspect of the
tourism industry to the state government to have sympathetic and liberal
budget allocations in the Five Year Plans. It has to be strongly emphasised that
Tourism Industry can change the face of Socio-economic condition of
Nagaland in a decade with proper planning and initiative.
141
CHAPTER – 11
PROPOSED STRATEGY & ACTION PLAN
The Proposed Perspective Plan for the Tourism Development of Nagaland as detailed
in the Chapter – 6 will be implemented according to a well designed Strategy and
Action Plan. The general guidelines are discussed hereunder:
PROPOSED STRATEGY:
1. Formation of the Tourism Council at the State Government level to oversee

the implementation and progress of the Perspective Plan for the Tourism
Development. This should include a senior representative of Village Councils.
This may also include a senior representative of the Department of Tourism,
GOI
2. Formation of the Steering Committee at the Secretariat level to work out the
detailed project development plan and delegate its implementation. This
should include representatives of Village Councils and Women
3. Formation of the Co-ordinating Committee at the Tourism Department level to

obtain all the approvals from the central and state government and work out
detailed implementation plan and supervise the project work
4. Appointment of Professional Consultants to prepare the Master Plans and the

Detailed Feasibility Reports (DFR) for specific projects
5. Appointment of Professional Consultants to work out detailed Project Plans

and Estimates for various projects according to the DFR
6. Appointment of Agencies to implement the Projects according to the detailed

project plans, guidelines and specifications
7. Regular supervision, monitoring, reporting and documentation of the progress

of various projects
8. Quarterly assessment of the Projects
9. Completion reports of the Projects
10. Appointment of Agencies to manage the completed Tourism Projects
11. Implementation of the Phased Development according to the Perspective Plan
12. Regular supervision, monitoring, reporting and documentation and assessment

of the management progress of various Tourism Projects
13. Annual Fiscal Assessment of the Project Work
142
14. Annual Fiscal and Technical Audit of the Project Work through Professional
Consultants
15. Annual Overall Assessment
PROPOSED ACTION PLAN:
1. Technical approval of the Perspective Plan for the Tourism Development by

the Central and State Governments
2. Organisation of a Seminar (3 / 5 days, in Nagaland) for the detailed

presentation of the Perspective Plan followed with discussion, brainstorming
and strategic action to launch the Tourism Development Project. The
participants will include all those involved in the planning and implementation
process and also the stakeholders i.e. tourism related entrepreneurs, voluntary
organisations and local people. This will be organised by the Nagaland
Tourism within 3 months of the approval.
3. Formation of all the advisory, controlling, supervising, co-ordinating and

implementing committees should take place within 3 months of the approval
and the committee members will be the participants of the abovementioned
seminar. These committees would have met at least once before the seminar.
4. The committees will finalise the prioritisation of the projects for the first five
years and initiate the further action for the implementation of those projects.
This decision should be taken within 6 months of the approval.
5. The appointments of Professional Consultants for the individual projects,

which have been prioritised by the committees. This process should be
completed within 6 months of the approval so that the Consultants commence
the work of preparation of the Master Plan and the DFR in the 7th month
6. The Consultants complete and submit the Master Plan and the DFR of the
respective Tourism Projects within 12 months of the approval. These reports
will be prepared with close intermittent interaction with the Tourism
Department.
7. The Committees will approve the Master Plan and the DFR of various projects
and initiate further action to make financial provision for the implementation
and also to appoint the Consultants to prepare the detailed Project Plans and
Estimates. This action will be taken within 15 months of the approval.
8. In the meanwhile, the committees will form Working Groups within the
Tourism Department to co-ordinate and implement action on the specific
heads e.g. Finance, Programmes, Publicity, New projects, Up-gradation and
Maintenance, Liaison, Administration etc. These Working Groups will be
delegated with certain authority and responsibility for the implementation of
the approved work.
143
9. The Working Groups will be also given the responsibility of certain projects
within the Perspective Plan, which could be implemented in-house by the
Tourism Department. The implementation action on such projects will
commence within 6 months of the approval.
10. The Consultants will complete and submit the detailed Project Plans and
Estimates within 18 months of the approval. The Committees will assess and
initiate these projects for implementation within 24 months of the approval.
11. The Agencies will be appointed for the implementation of the projects. The
Project works will commence immediately and shall be completed within 36
months of the approval.
12. The Committees will continue regular monitoring and assessment in

consultation with the Professional Consultants. The Project Works will be
phased out so that they are manageable for the annual progress and also are
within the budgetary provision.
13. The routine work and activities of the Tourism Department will continue
through the Working Groups of the Tourism Department. This work will also
be regularly monitored and assessed by the Committees and Consultants.
14. The Committees will carry out annual Fiscal and Technical audit of the Project
Work in progress. Necessary modifications and corrective actions will be
taken based on these reports. The prevailing circumstances from time to time
may also compel certain modifications in the strategy and action plan.
15. The further progress of the Perspective Plan for the Tourism Development will
continue with the similar strategy according to the phase wise development
plan as detailed in the Chapter – 12.
144
CHAPTER – 12
PROPOSED PHASED DEVELOPMENT

The Perspective Plan for the Tourism Development of the State of Nagaland is
envisioned for the next 20 years. Such a large and broad visionary plan requires to be
phased out in a systematic manner for its realistic detailed planning and
implementation. The biennial phased development is proposed starting from the
approval of the Perspective Plan. General guidelines for such a Phased Development
is discussed hereunder:
1. Year 1 & 2: Preliminary administrative planning for the implementation of

the Perspective Plan and commencement of the
implementation process, Documentation of Cultural Heritage,
Up-gradation of the existing infrastructure, Publicity, Signage
and Graphic Design etc., Preparation of the Master Plan and
DFR for five prioritised projects, Preparation of the detailed
Project Plans and Estimates for the five prioritised projects,
Computerisation, Booking Agents, Information Centres,
Tourism Clubs, Rural Tourism – I, Urban Tourism – I, Staff
Training
Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 10.00, Publicity –
3.00, Human Resource – 3.00, Tourism Infrastructure – 4.00,
Product Development – 30.00, Misc. – 10.00 thus
Total – Rs. 60.00 Crores
2. Year 3 & 4: Phokhungri / Lamiye & Chindwin river / Shilloi Lake Project,
Tourism Festivals, Up-gradation of the existing infrastructure,
Publicity, Signage and Graphic Design etc., Computerisation,
Booking Agents, Information Centres, Tourism Clubs, Staff
Training, New Tourist Lodges
Product Development – 30.00, Misc. – 10.00 thus Total – Rs.
64.00 Crores
3. Year 5 & 6: Eco-tourism / Wildlife / Adventure Tourism Projects,

Handicraft / Agriculture Centres, Up-gradation of the existing
infrastructure, Publicity, Signage and Graphic Design etc.,
Tourism Clubs, Staff Training, New Tourist Lodges
Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure –10.00, Publicity –
Product Development – 30.00, Misc. – 10.00 thus
Total – Rs. 57.00 Crores
145
4. Year 7 & 8: Mt. Saramati Biosphere Reserve Project, Defence Tourism,
Landscape Design, Publicity, Signage and Graphic Design
etc., Computerisation, Booking Agents, Information Centres,
1.00, Tourism Infrastructure – 1.00, Product Development –
20.00, Misc. – 10.00 thus Total – Rs. 37.00 Crores
5. Year 9 & 10: Cultural Tourism at International / Interstate Junctions, ,

0.50, Tourism Infrastructure – 0.50, Product Development –
6. Year 11 & 12: Water Tourism, Regional Nature Parks, Privatisation Process,
Tourism Clubs, Staff Training
0.50, Tourism Infrastructure –0.50, Product Development –
7. Year 13 & 14: Heritage Tourism, Tourism Circuit – Heritage, Privatisation

Process, Landscape Design, Publicity, Signage and Graphic
Design etc., Computerisation, Booking Agents, Information
Centres, Tourism Clubs
8. Year 15 & 16: Tourism Circuit – Wildlife, Privatisation Process, Landscape

Design, Publicity, Signage and Graphic Design etc.,
Tourism Clubs
9. Year 17 & 18: Tourism Circuit – River tourism, Privatisation Process,

Tourism Clubs
Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 1.00, Tourism
Infrastructure –0.50, Product Development – 3.00, Misc. –
13.00 thus Total – Rs. 17.50 Crores
146
10. Year 19 & 20: Tourism Circuit – International Border / Interstate,
Privatisation Process, Landscape Design, Publicity, Signage
and Graphic Design etc., Computerisation, Booking Agents,
Information Centres, Tourism Clubs, Staff Training
Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 1.00, Tourism
Infrastructure –0.50, Product Development – 3.00, Misc. –
13.00 thus Total – Rs. 17.50 Crores
NOTE: The planning process will continue throughout since the projects will
be further phased out according to the budget availability. Up-gradation
process will continue for the first five years. The other activity-based projects
will continue throughout.
147
CHAPTER – 13
BLOCK ESTIMATE & FEASIBILITY
The Block Estimate is worked out to give overall idea of the financial involvement of
this Perspective Plan. However, it is just indicative and could vary based on the
circumstances, fluctuations, inflation and further amendments as per the details of the
Project. The estimate does not include recurring costs.
Table 17: Block Estimate
S.No. Item Approx. Qty. Rate Amount (In

Lakhs)
I BASIC INFRASTRUCTURE
1 Up-gradation of Infrastructure: Average 24000 Sq.m. 2500 600
built up area per T. Lodge – 800 Sq. M.
X 30 Nos.
2 Up-gradation, Construction of roads (2 100.00 Kms 4000000 4000
lane) up to the tourists destinations /
infrastructure
3 Up-gradation / maintenance of Vehicles 10 years 1000000 100
– 5 Jeeps & 2 buses
4 New vehicles – Jeeps, Mini buses & 10 Nos 1000000 100
maintenance
5 Landscape & Environment Design 50 Sites 600000 300
5100
II PUBLICITY / MARKETING
6 Signage & Hoardings 300 Nos 50000 150
7 Publicity, Literature etc. 20 years 1000000 200
8 Computerisation & Information 20 years 2000000 400
Technology
9 Information Counters 30 Nos 500000 150
10 Programmes, Activities 20 years 500000 100
1000
III HUMAN RESOURCE / RESEARCH
11 Documentation & Research of Cultural 3 years Lump sum 100
Heritage
12 Capacity Building, Staff Training 20 years 2000000 400
500
IV TOURISM INFRASTRUCTURE
13 Cultural Centres in Metro cities 5 Nos 10000000 500
14 New Wayside Toilets / Amenities 30 Nos 1000000 300
15 New Tourist Lodges 15 Nos 10000000 1500
2300
148
V PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
16 Urban Tourism – Kohima, Dimapur 2 Cities 100000000 2000
17 International Coll. Projects 2 Nos 100000000 2000
18 Tourism Festivals – 2 Nos 20 years 1000000 200
19 New Large Projects 20 Nos 50000000 10000
20 Tourism Circuits 5 Nos 10000000 500
14700
21 Total 23600
22 Unforeseen 10 % 2360
23 Contingencies 5% 1180
24 Inflation 10 % 2360
25 Administrative Expenses 10 % 2360
26 Consultancy Fees 10 % 2360
27 GRAND TOTAL 34220
SAY APPROX. 35000
THE BLOCK ESTIMATE: RS. THREE HUNDRED FIFTY CRORES ONLY
FEASIBILITY OF THE PROJECT:
The Block Estimate shows the total Perspective Plan Outlay for 20 years is
approximately around Rs. 350 Crores only.
After looking at the item heads and also the strategic approach following points need
specific mention:
1. The items 1 to 5 covering the Basic Infrastructure amount to Rs.51.00 Crores,

which is approx. 14.57 % of the total cost
2. The items 6 to 10 covering the Publicity and Marketing amount to Rs. 10.00
Crores, which is approx. 2.86 % of the total cost
3. The items 11 & 12 covering Human Resource Development & Research amount
to Rs. 5 Crores, which is approx. 1.43 % of the total cost
4. The items 13 to 15 covering Tourism Infrastructure, some of which is in the

pipeline and awaiting approval amount to Rs. 23 Crores, which is approx. 6.57
% of the total cost
5. The items 16 to 20 covering new innovative Tourism Product Development

amounts to Rs. 147 Crores which is approx. 42 % of the total cost
6. The items 25 & 26 covering Administrative and Consultancy expenses amount

to Rs. 47.20 Crores, which is approx. 13.5 % of the total cost
149
The major item in this Plan is the new innovative Product Development projects,
which takes about 42 % of the total outlay. Considering the strategy already
mentioned in the earlier chapters for these projects, it is clear that these projects will
be collaborative projects, likely to be sponsored by various other departments and
funding agencies. The Mizoram Tourism will have to invest its time and preliminary
expenses for the preparation of the detailed proposals, which will be about 20 % of
the cost of these projects i.e. 8.40 % of the total cost. This could be manageable
within the resources provided by the state and also assistance provided by the central
government.
The Publicity & Marketing activities take about 2.86 % of the total cost which is also
manageable within the resources of the state government complemented with other
sponsorships.
The costs of Basic Infrastructure including up-gradation of existing infrastructure,

creating new service infrastructure and new projects (already in the pipeline and
awaiting approval), which is about 14.57 % of the total cost amounting to approx. Rs.
51.00 Crores over the period of 20 years could be within the budgetary provision of
the Ministry of Tourism, GOI. Under the present allocation, the special provision for
the 8 states of Northeast region is Rs. 14.80 Crores i.e approx. Rs. 1.85 Crores per
state.
Thus the proposal of the Perspective Plan as worked out looks economically feasible.
It is also envisaged that there will be average 10 % annual increase in the tourist
traffic due to these overall efforts. It may boost further more after 5 / 10 years. The
overall increase by 100 % in the next 10 years will itself make the Nagaland Tourism
a profit-making department. At present level also, they have almost managed to cover
the recurring costs.
We feel that the Perspective Plan will not only be economically feasible but also
will make the Tourism Development in Nagaland very sustainable.
150
CHAPTER – 14
CONCLUSION
Nagaland Tourism has over a short span tried to create substantial tourism
infrastructure in this remote and rugged region in spite of a lot of difficulties.
However, the most of the work has remained incomplete and non-functional.
Additionally, these efforts were wasted since the Department has remained totally
dependent on the central assistance for the creation of this infrastructure. The state
assistance is just bear minimum enough to cover the recurring costs marginally. The
approach for the tourism development has also remained monotonous.
Nagaland is fortunate to have natural beauty as a major asset for the tourism. However
the sites selection for the Tourist Facilities appears to be haphazard and has not been
preceded with potential study. This casual approach will not attract large tourism and
make the development sustainable.
Fig. 13 – Naga Symbolism:
The proposed Perspective Plan for the Tourism Development in Nagaland takes into
consideration all these facts and recommends new and innovative complementary
concepts without too much of financial liabilities. Nagaland Tourism will get a
tremendous boost due to these innovative large projects, which have varied character
and could attract tourist from varied interests. It is also possible to attract tourists to
Nagaland at multiple times because of these diverse activities and attractions.
151
Wonderful nature, rugged hills, traditional music and smiling faces of Naga people
will be there all the times as an interesting backdrop for the new proposals. This will
make Nagaland Tourism unique.
Nagaland state, like the others in the Northeast Region, has to deal with various
difficulties, infrastructure hurdles and socio-political problems. These are beyond the
control of one single state. It will take sometime to resolve these issues, when tourism
in the region will start growing. The Perspective Plan envisages this and attempts to
make the Tourism Department act like a catalyst to augment the tourism potential of
the state. Over the years, tourism will be a community activity in Nagaland with the
Nagaland Tourism taking a role of the initiator and facilitator.
We are hopeful that Nagaland Tourism will reveal the mystery of Naga mysticism to
the tourists in the near future.
152
APPENDICES
153
APPENDIX – a
GUIDELINES TO BE FOLLOWED BY STATE GOVTS / UTS

FOR PREPARATION OF 20 YEARS PERSPECTIVE PLANS
i) A perspective plan with a time frame of 20 years needs to be developed for

developing sustainable tourism giving year-wise phasing of investment having
regard to the resources available. Department of Tourism shall provide
Central financial assistance for this purpose subject to the maximum of
Rs.20.00 lakhs.
ii) The Plan should indicate short-term and long-term plans, targets and ground
realities.
iii) The Plan should indicate all activities to be undertaken by different agencies
clearly indicating the time frame for each activity.
iv) The Plan should be able to assess the existing tourism scenario in the
State/Union Territory with respect to existing traffic levels and inventory of:
* Natural resources;
* Heritage and other socio-cultural assets;
* Quantitative/demographic factors like population, employment, occupation,
income levels etc.
* Services and infrastructure already available.
v) The Plan should review the status of existing development/investment plans

of schemes for the development of tourism in the region.
vi) The Plan should list and evaluate existing potential tourist destinations and
centres and categorise them on the basis of inventory of attractions,
infrastructure availability, degree of popularity, volume of traffic flow etc.
vii) The Plan should analyse and categorise existing/potential destinations and
centres, as a stand-alone destination, part of a circuit and/or as major
attractions for special interests groups, etc.
viii) The Plan should assess the existing infrastructure levels at identified
destinations/centre in terms of quality of roads/transportation facilities, civic
amenities, enroute transit facilities, boarding and lodging facilities etc.
ix) The Plan should be able to broadly assess traffic flow to identified
destinations & centres for assessment of infrastructure requirements taking
into account past growth trends, suggested linkages and integration, future
expected developments including likely investments by the State and
investment climate/incentive for the private sector, etc.
154
x) The Plan should attempt and arrive at an indicative cost configuration of
likely investment on infrastructure development under different heads and to
prioritise investment needs by drawing up a phased investment plan covering
the next 20 years.
xi) The Plan should identify the existing as well as new tourism projects
including projects for expansion/augmentation, up gradation of facilities and
services destinations & centres, which have potential for development.
xii) The Plan should undertake product conceptualisation cum feasibility exercise
inter-alia for identified projects covering aspects like locational evaluation,
schematic product planning & conceptualisation including quantification of
individual project parameters, assessment of overall investment levels and of
project viability cum feasibility study exercises etc.
xiii) The Plan should prepare an action plan for implementation of identified
potential development schemes/projects/products and for development of
infrastructure in conformity with the policy objectives & guidelines provided
by the concerned state/central agencies/departments and the requirements of
national development and funding agencies. The overall development plan
to also take into accounts WTO’s Bali declaration on tourism development.
xiv) The Plan should include Project-wise potential for employment generation; a
reasonable percentage of potential employment is to be reserved for women.
xv) The Plan should indicate the actual and the projected number of domestic
and foreign tourist arrivals for each proposed tourist place.
xvi) Prioritise the scheme on the basis of employment potential of the project and
the tourist arrivals at the proposed place.
xvii) An inventory of existing infrastructure facilities (including paying guest

facility) is to be made; after which, the proposed infrastructure needs to be
split up into various segments concerning different State Government
Departments, such as PWD, Forest, Culture, Handicrafts etc., and dovetailed
with the Tourism Plans.
xviii) Since the Perspective Plan would be used for external assistance, it would be
desirable to suggest State tourism projects to foreign funding agencies for
financial assistance; each project has to be properly scrutinised and finalised
accordingly.
xix) Other sources of funding such as loans from the Financial Institutions, the
Tourism Finance Corporation of India (TFCI) etc., need to be explored.
Besides, proper incentives need to be suggested for private sector
participation.
155
xx) Further the available institutional machinery in the State to
oversee/coordinate the development of tourism infrastructure has to be
specifically suggested.
xxi) Facilities for performance by local artists; cultural troupes should be built
into the perspective plan.
xxii) Cultural complexes can be suggested with the financial help from the State
Department of Culture and later made economically viable on pattern of Dilli
Haat.
xxiii) Handicraft shops should be suggested at various tourist places; these could
be run by women.
xxiv) Perspective plan should include potential developing health resorts at/near
the tourist places. Yoga classes, nature cure facilities, ayurvedic system of
medicines should be available at these places to attract tourists.
xxv) Consultant preparing the perspective plan should be asked to give an

executive summary of the plan along with the report.
xxvi) The perspective plans should incorporate attractive packages/schemes to

attract private sector investment.
xxvii) It is necessary that the environmental issues are dealt with in sufficient
details and environmental impact assessment studies made in respect of all
new projects.
xxviii) The perspective plans should include carrying capacity studies, instruments
of spatial and land use planning, instruments of architectural controls for
restoration of old properties and construction of new ones in old towns and
cities, strategy for local community participation and protection of cultural
identity, awareness programmes for local participation and local commitment
to the project.
xxix) Measures necessary for mitigating the adverse environmental impacts and
rehabilitating the tourist places already environmentally damaged should be
incorporated in the perspective plans.
xxx) The perspective plan should include strategy for privatisation of the tourism
related properties owned by the State and the State Tourism Corporation.
156
APPENDIX – b
QUESTIONNAIRE
NAME:
_________________________________________________________________
DESIGNATION:
_______________________________________________________
OFFICE ADDRESS:
___________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
PHONE NO.______________________ E-MAIL ADD:_______________________
A Potential identification:
1. Name 5 Places of Tourist Interest in your State

________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
2. Name 5 Places of Tourist Interest in your neighbouring States?

________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
3. How many places of the above have you visited?

________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
4. Categorise the above places under following heads:

Archaeological ___________
Pilgrimage ____________
Nature ____________
Adventure ______________
Leisure _____________
Health _______________
B Information & publicity:
5. How did you come to know of these places?

Newspaper_____________ Television_____________ Internet _____________
Travel Agent __________ Relatives ___________Tourism Office ___________
6. Where did you get detailed information regarding the above places?
Travel Agent __________ Relatives ___________Tourism Office ___________
7. Do you think the information available was enough? If not, what was lacking?
________________________________________________________________
157
8. Which festival/cultural programme is arranged by Dept. of Tourism?
________________________________________________________________
9. Did you go on a tour through Travel Agent? If yes, give the name
________________________________________________________________
10. Were the services offered by the Travel Agent satisfactory?
________________________________________________________________
C Accessibility:
11. How will you rate these tourist places on the basis of their road / railway /
airways linkages?
Good ______________ Average _________________ Bad ________________
12. Rate the quality of vehicles / mode of transport available:

Good ______________ Average ______________ Bad ________________
13. Did you experience any hazard disrupting your travel? If yes, which?
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
14. Did you have to complete any entry formalities? If yes, how many days did it
require for processing?
________________________________________________________________
15. Did you travel by any vehicle of the Dept. of Tourism?

________________________________________________________________
D Services:
16. Which of the following facilities was available en-route to your tourist
destination?
Toilet _________ Food __________ Phone __________ Medicines __________
17. How do you rate the quality?

Good ______________ Average______________ Poor _______________
18. At which place did you utilise transit accommodation during your travel?
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
19. Did you find any difficulties for Senior Citizens or Physically Handicapped
persons during travel? If yes, elaborate.
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
20. Were tourist guide services and on site tourist information available?
________________________________________________________________
158
E Hospitality:
21. Where did you stay during your travel / tour?

Pvt. hotels ______ Dept. of Tourism hotels ______ Relatives & friends _______
22. How was the quality of facilities available?

Good ________ Average__ Poor _________
23. How was the service?

Good ________ Average__ Poor ________
24. Where did you prefer to eat during your stay?

At lodging facility ________ outside eateries/restaurants ________
25. What type of food did you prefer?

Local food __________ traditional food __________
26. How was the quality of food?

Good __________ Satisfactory __________ Poor __________
27. Was generator facility available in case of electricity/power failure?

___________________
28. Did you participate in any food festival? If yes, elaborate.

________________________
29. Were first aid/medical facilities available at the facilities?

Yes __________ No __________ Not aware __________
30. Were recreation facilities available for children?

________________________________________________________________
F Security:
31. Did you feel insecure during your travel or destination?

________________________________________________________________
32. Did you have to go through security checks? If yes, where?

________________________________________________________________
33. Have you experienced any theft or robbery?

________________________________________________________________
34. How do you find nature of security at the tourist place?

Good __________ Average __________ Poor __________
35. Did you see any police station or police outpost in the vicinity of tourist
destination?
_____________________________________________________________
159
G Recreation:
36. Did you participate in any festival organised by the Tourism Dept. or local
people?
________________________________________________________________
37. What was the quality of the festival?

Good __________ Average __________ Poor __________
H Souvenir & Gifts:
38. Did you carry any souvenirs with you? What type?
_______________________________________________
39. Did you visit any State Emporium to see or buy traditional crafts?
________________________________________________________________
I Sustainability:
40. Will you visit the state again?

________________________________________________________________
41. Will you recommend the visited tourist destinations to the others?
___________________________________________
42. Rate your tour expenses as:

Inexpensive _______ moderate _______ very expensive _______
43. Did you experience any difficulties for children, women, senior citizens, and
handicapped persons? If yes, elaborate:
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
J Environment:
44. Did you visit any National Park or Sanctuary?

________________________________________________________________
45. Did you experience use of solar energy or any alternate energy sources in your
travel/tour?
________________________________________________________________
46. How was the garbage / sewage disposal systems at various tourist destinations?
Poor------------- Average--------------Good----------------
160
K Finance:
47. Did you carry Credit Card, Travellers Cheques, cash for expenditure?
________________________________________________________________
48. Were ATM easily available? Did you avail of this service?
________________________________________________________________
49. Did you travel on LTC facility?

________________________________________________________________
50. Did you acquire a holiday loan for travel? If yes, which bank?
________________________________________________________________
50. Did you closely interact with local people?

________________________________________________________________
51. Did you have any language problem? If yes, which area?
________________________________________________________________
52. What is your preference for tourist destination?

Archaeological ___________ Pilgrimage ____________ Nature ____________
Adventure ______________ Leisure _____________ Health _______________
53. What is your approx. annual budget per person for travel?
Upto Rs. 10,000/--------- upto Rs. 50,000/--------- above Rs. 50,000/------------
161
APPENDIX – c
FORMAT FOR INTERVIEWS

The questions will be pertaining to following topics:
EXISTING PROPOSED
1 Potential identification
2 Information & publicity
3 Accessibility
4 Services
5 Hospitality
6 Security
7 Recreation
8 Souvenir & Gift generation
9 Sustainability
10 Employment generation
11 Environment friendly measures or
Ecotourism practices
12. Human resources and public relations
Potential identification
1. What are the criteria for identifying places etc as tourist destinations?
2. Are these destinations classified under various categories? If yes, which?
3. Are these destinations classified in conjunction with the Property owners, e.g.
Forest Department, ASI, etc.?
4. Are privately owned properties identified as tourist destinations?
5. Are the various tourist destinations scrutinized to de-list/upgrade their listing?
6. How many tourist destinations are added every year?
7. Are any projects undertaken to develop them as tourist destinations?
Information & publicity

1. What kind of information is given regarding the tourist destinations?
2. Which information media is preferred?
3. Are different types of media used for various tourist destinations? If yes, how
are they categorized?
4. Is there a separate cell for tourism information? If yes,

i) What is the structure of the group?
ii) Is the job privatized and given on consultancy basis?
iii) How is the efficiency / out put of the group quantified?
iv) Are the cells operative in major Indian cities?
162
5. Any special steps taken to utilize the information technology?
6. At what intervals/frequency is the information updated?
7. Any measures taken to receive feed back from tourist / clients with regards to
information given?
8. Any regular events / festivals undertaken by the departments for publicity?
9. Any personalities associated with the publicity campaign?
10. Any regular international fairs / festivals participated in, for publicity?
11. Any promotional awards/ incentives associated with tourism publicity?
12. Any negative features perceived in existing tourism information and publicity?
13. Are there any statistics / data available as regards to the number, composition,
age group and various other details of tourist already visited the destinations?
14. Are there any studies undertaken or projections made as regard to future
expected tourist?
15. Are there any studies undertaken or data available as regard to potential
international tourist or elitist tourist?
16. Which allied government departments or other private sectors promote state
tourism?
17. Are there any collaborations with banks / financial institutions to provide for
holiday loans to promote state tourism?
18. Are there any identified / short listed tour and travel agents to promote state
tourism?
19. Is the Youth Hostel Associations functional and active in the state?
20. Are school, colleges and universities involved in state tourism and its
promotions?
21. What is the number of the international visitors to the state? Is their any data
available regarding their purpose of visit?
22. Do Foreign Nationals visit for the purpose of trade / medical facilities /
pilgrimage / immigration / family ties?
Accessibility
1. Are all the tourist destinations accessible by good transport links?
2. Are all tourist destinations linked with minimum 2 transportation links?
3. How many destinations are, air linked?
4. Are any of the links disrupted / closed due to natural reasons such as rain, floods
etc?
5. To how many destinations is the railway linked?
6. What percentage of roads connected to various tourist destinations can be
classified as good roads?
7. Any major cases of road, rail, air, mishaps in the last 5 years, carrying tourist?
8. Any major cases of robbery, dacoity in the last 5 years, with regards to tourist?
9. Do visiting tourists have to complete any entry formalities? Are these relaxed in
any special cases?
10. How many days does it require for processing tourist visas?
11. Are nationals from any country, restricted from entering the state?
12. Does the department of tourism own any vehicles, purely for tourism
transportation?
163
Services
1. What kinds of public utility services are available en-route to various tourist
destinations?
2. What is the maximum distance traveled to reach any tourist destinations?
3. Do all PCO’s have STD, ISD, FAX and Internet facility?
4. What is the maximum capacity of public toilets provided?
5. Are these toilets self sustainable or funded by the Government?
6. Do eating facilities serve both vegetarian and non-vegetarian food items?
7. Are there fast food counters en-route to major tourist destinations?
8. The Major amenities are provided and maintained by which department?
9. Do the airports have overnight staying facilities?
10. Do major airports and railway stations have booking facilities for stay and
further travel?
11. Are there any privately owned (owned by trusties, NGO’s etc.) public
amenities?
12. How many privately owned and Government recognized eateries are in function
along the tourist roads?
13. Is there Government Control over the quality of food served by the private
eateries?
14. How many first air centers, health clinics by government are available, enroute
to major tourist destinations?
15. What is the source of drinking water in government owned eateries, fast food
centers, hotels etc.
16. It their any control over the quality of bottled water/soft drinks available?
1. Are the various facilities/amenities planned by the department are barrier
free?
Hospitality
1. Is lodging and boarding (L & B) facilities are available at every tourist
destinations? If no, for what percentage is available?
2. Are there any star category facilities available?
3. Apart from the Government, which major private organizations provides for
these facilities?
4. What is the general occupancy rate in government owned facilities during peak
and off-season?
5. What is the general occupancy rate in private owned facilities during peak and
off-season?
6. Is paying guest facilities available with local persons, near the tourist
destinations?
7. Does every lodging facility have a restaurant?
8. Is both vegetarian and non-vegetarian food served in these hotels?
9. Are the L & B facilities self-sustainable or funded by the Government?
10. What is the minimum staff employed at a L & B facility?
11. Is the water, electricity and other amenities provided by the Government at free /
subsidized / general costs?
12. Who takes care of the maintenance of the L & B facilities? And what are the
monthly costs?
164
13. Do all the L & B facilities have first aid and trained personnel to administer first
aid with it?
14. Do all the L & B facilities have television sets?
15. What kind of cuisine is available at the L & B facilities?
16. Are any food festivals planned for tourism promotion?
17. Are any tourist destinations planned entirely on the basis of variety of food
available?
18. What the criteria for identifying locations for setting up new L & B facilities?
Security
1. Does the state required to provide security to visiting tourist? If yes, are the
tourists aware of these facilities before embarking on the tour?
2. Any known data of insurgency against visiting tourist?
3. Any known communal out bursts against visiting pilgrims?
4. Any known cases of robbery, kidnap, murder against visiting tourist?
5. What is the gender wise distribution amongst the tourist?
6. Do groups of senior citizens, women and school children travel independently
for tourism?
7. Do General Physicians prescribe any kind of vaccinations/medicines before
coming to the state?
8. Do insurance companies provide for any special schemes etc. for state travel?
9. How many types of various security forces are actively present in the state?
10. Do the Indian tourist have any travel restrictions imposed by the Government for
security purposes?
11. Do Foreign Nationals have any travel restrictions imposed by the Government
for security purposes?
12. Do Foreign Nationals have any special permits, relaxation of rules as regards to
consumption alcohol etc.?
13. Any specific reasons for which tourist visas are denied to Foreign Nationals?
Recreation
1. What kind of active recreation is available in the urban areas / rural areas in the
state?
2. What kind of passive recreation is available in the urban areas / rural areas in the
state?
3. Is any recreational activity sold as a part of package tour?
4. Is any recreational activity promoted as state tourism?
5. Does state tourism sponsor the state sports or sportsperson?
6. Does the state tourism promote any cultural activity?
7. What is the role of Indian Cinema and Theatre in passive recreation?
8. Is a popular Hindi film or local theatre a part of a package tour?
9. Are any recreation facilities provided in the campus of the L & B facilities?
10. Are any tourist destinations planned entirely as relaxation and recreational
destinations?
11. Do any recreation activities within the state promote/generate tourism?
165
Souvenir & Gift generation
1. Does the tourism department have any parting gift / memorabilia for its tourists?
2. Does every L & B have a gift / souvenir shop?
3. Are the state emporiums self-sustainable?
4. Does the state promote any particular activity, art or handicraft through tourism?
5. Does the state have any events, festivals, and fairs for foreign nationals to
purchase duty free goods?
6. What percentage of perishable items is purchased by tourist?
Sustainability
1. Do all the facilities provided by the state tourism department are self-
sustainable?
2. What percentage of help / subsidy provided by the Central Government for
sustainability?
3. What revenue generative activities are undertaken by the department?
4. Which is the most unfeasible aspect of tourism development and management?
5. Which is the lowest revenue generating activity of the tourism department?
6. Which is the highest revenue generating activity of the tourism department?
7. Are any tourism project privatized to make them sustainable?
8. Are there any programs / courses / workshops for the officers and staff to make
the projects sustainable and improve efficiency?
9. Are any planning and designing measures adopted while constructing the L & B
facilities so as to make them self sustainable?
10. Are there any schemes to involve the staff in the profit or loss of the project?
11. Are there any project on the basis of Build, Operate and Transfer (BOT) basis?
12. Have any private parities, organizations shown interest in resort / L & B
management?
13. Is the management of any tourist destinations looked after by other government
department or any other agency such as Army etc.?
14. Is the monthly remuneration of the staff linked to their performance?
15. Does the department have any management plans for its various assets?
16. Can you suggest any two majors that can help the existing tourism activities
become self-sustainable?
Employment generation
1. What is the number of persons directly employed by the department of tourism?

2. What is the number of persons indirectly employed by the department of
tourism?
3. Are any NGO’s / voluntary organizations supported by the department of
tourism?
4. What is the rate of unemployment in neighboring areas of tourist destinations?
5. Are any village groups / committees directly involved in tourism activities?
166
6. What is the percentage of women employment, direct and indirect, in the
department of tourism?
7. Can you suggest any two tourism related activities that can help in local
employment generation?
Environment friendly measures or

Ecotourism practices
1. Do the L & B facilities or any other projects of the tourism department utilize
alternate sources of energy? If yes, which?
2. Does the department of tourism promote any awareness, research activity in
utilization of alternate sources of energy?
3. Do any projects carry out any recycling process?
4. What amount of waste is generated by the various facilities / amenities of the
tourism department and how it is taken care of?
5. Does the department have any project planned on the concept, eco-tourism?
6. What kind of subsidies / incentives are offered by the state government for
promoting and utilizing alternate sources of energy?
7. Are there any environment friendly regulations followed by the department
while developing various amenities?
8. Can you name any two activities, which can be termed as environment friendly
or energy saving practices?
Human resources and public relations
1. Do the existing staff members of the tourism department have formal training in
travel and tourism?
2. Are there any training programs/workshops for staff from non-tourism
background?
3. Is there any budgetary provision for staff training?
4. What are the criteria for selection, promotion and transfer of tourism personnel?
5. Have the tourist in the past had any grievances against services offered by the
department staff?
6. Do any tourism staff participate in national and international tourism related
fairs, events, seminar, conferences etc.?
167
APPENDIX – d
GENERAL INFORMATION – NAGALAND
1. LOCATION:
Approximately lies between 25° 6’ N and 27° 4’ N latitude and between the
longitudes 93° 20’ E and 95° 15’ E
2. AREA:
16, 527 Sq. Km.
3. POPULATION:
19, 88, 636 (According to 2001 census)
4. SEX RATIO:
909 Females per 1000 Males
5. CAPITAL: Kohima (Alt. 1, 444.12 M.)
6. DISTRICTS:
Kohima, Mokokchung, Mon, Phek, Turnsang, Wokha, Zunheboto and
Dimapur
7. TRIBES:
Angami, Ao, Sema, Lotha, Rengma, Chakhesang, Sangtam, Konyak, Phom,
Chang, Yimchunger, Khiamniungan, Zeliang, Kuki and Pochury
8. DENSITY OF POPULATION:
120 persons per Sq. Km.
9. LITERACY RATE:
67.11 %
10. CLIMATE:
Summer (June – September) – Mean Max. : 31° C, Mean Min.: 16°C,
Winter (October – February) – Mean Max. : 16° C, Mean Min.: 4° C
11. BEST SEASON:

October to May
12. AVERAGE RAINFALL:

2000 mm to 2500 mm
13. MAIN RIVERS:

Dhansiri, Doyang, Dikhu, Milak, Zubgki and Tizu
168
14. IMPORTANT LAKES:
Omoklushi or Omok Mulu (Mokokchung), Sungkotenem Awatsung
(Mokokchung), Toshu-Wozhu (Wokha), Acie (Pfutsero), Shilloi or Lachem
(Phek), Dzudu (Phek), Zanibu (Phek)
15. MAJOR MOUNTAINS / PEAKS:

Saramati (3841 M, Tuensang), Japfu (3066 M, Kohima), Ezupu (2890 M,
Kohima), Paona (2838 M, Central Zeliangrong), Angola (2097 M, South
Zeliangrong), Zephu (2605 M, Phek), Taraharo (2471 M, West Viswema),
Terapimithu (2232 M, Phek), Kapu (2889 M, Kohima), Kupamedzu (2620 M,
Phek), Zanubou (2750 M, Phek), Veda or Pakkol (2750 M, Mon), Tyui (
M, Wokha), Tempfu (3000 M, Kohima), Totsu (1250 M, Wokha)
16. MINERAL RESOURCES:

Coal, Limestone, Iron, Chromium, Nickel, Cobalt, Copper, Glass sand, Slate,
Chromite, Magnesite, Asbestos, Talc, Marble, Petrolium
17. HIGHEST PEAK:

Saramati (3, 841 M. above sea level)
18. LANGUAGES:
English, Hindi, Nagamese and local dialects
19. RELIGIONS: Christianity, Hinduism, Islam
169
APPENDIX – e
NAGALAND STATE TOURISM BUDGET – 1993-94 TO 2002-03

(Rs. In Lakhs)
S. No. Years Category Allotment Expenditure

1 1993-94 Plan 108.00 104.21
Non-plan 42.00 32.73
Total 150.00 136.94
2 1994-95 Plan 132.00 31.98
Non-plan 72.96 70.51
Total 204.96 102.49
3 1995-96 Plan 132.00 121.45
Non-plan 50.30 48.10
Total 182.30 169.55
4 1996-97 Plan 245.00 249.44
Non-plan 49.28 44.64
Total 303.28 294.08
5 1997-98 Plan 263.00 79.18
Non-plan 65.23 56.22
Total 328.23 118.30
6 1998-99 Plan 263.00 215.34
Non-plan 62.65 56.22
Total 325.65 271.56
7 1999-2000 Plan 263.00 203.23
Non-plan 66.39 57.49
Total 329.39 260.39
8 2000-2001 Plan 305.00 176.80
Non-plan 73.34 61.13
Total 378.34 237.93
9 2001-2002 Plan 308.00 246.07
Non-plan 82.67 60.88
Total 390.67 306.95
10 2002-2003 Plan 226.00 169.00
Non-plan 134.94 134.94
Total 360.94 303.94
170
APPENDIX – f
THE REVENUE COLLECTED BY NAGALAND TOURISM
1985-86 TO 2000-2001
Year Revenue (Rs.

in Lakhs)
1985-86 531.56
1986-87 608.73
1987-88 645.91
1988-89 557.31
1989-90 473.00
1990-91 508.85
1991-92 541.48
1992-93 351.00
1993-94 306.38
1994-95 220.75
1995-96 275.10
1996-97 152.53
1997-98 123.02
1998-99 291.83
1999-2000 166.28
2000-2001 257.67
2001-2002(up to Dec 2002) 125.91
171
APPENDIX – g
TOURIST ACCOMMODATION DEVELOPED BY NAGALAND TOURISM
S.No. Location Rooms Beds Remark

1 Tourist Lodge, Kohima Functioning
2 Yatri Niwas, Kohima
3 Tourist Lodge, Mokokchung Functioning
4 Tourist Lodge, Dimapur Functioning
5 Tourist Lodge, Zunheboto
6 Tourist Lodge, Mon
7 Tourist Lodge, Wokha
8 Rest House, Shilloi Lake, Phek
9 Rest House, Longwa, Mon
10 Rest House, Liphanyan, Wokha
11 Rest House, Zhuro Chumpho, Wokha
12 Rest House, Vankhosong, Wokha
13 Rest House, Mt. Tiyi, Wokha
14 Rest House, Mopungchuket, Mokokchung
15 Rest House, Ungma, Mokokchung
16 Rest House, Longkhum, Mokokchung
17 Rest House, Impur, Mokokchung
18 Rest House, Khonoma, Kohima
19 Rest House, Poilwa, Peren
20 Rest House, Seithekima
21 Rest House, Chumukedima
22 Rest House, Molungyimsen, Mokokchung
23 Heritage Rest House, Dimapur Functioning
24 Rest House, Thanamir, Tuensang
25 Tourist Resort, Doyang, Wokha
26 Tourist Resort, Dzukou, Kohima
27 Tourist Resort, Dzulakie, Kohima
28 Resort at Kongro Menden, Mokokchung
NOTE: Out of total 28 locations, only 4 are functioning.
172
APPENDIX – h
PRIVATE HOTELS AT KOHIMA
1. Hotel Japfu – Three Star

2. Ambassador Hotel
3. Capital Hotel
4. Evergreen Hotel
5. Lizuku Hotel
6. Mayose Hotel
7. Oking Hotel
8. Pine Hotel
9. Hotel Regal
10. Royal Hotel
11. Sharon Hotel
12. Valley View Hotel
13. Viva Hotel
14. West Inn Hotel
15. Hotel West View
16. Dimori Cove Resort
173
APPENDIX – i
STATUS OF THE TOURISM FACILITIES IN NAGALAND
Sl. Name of the location Status Remarks/Suggestions

No.
a. Tourist Lodges
1 Tourist lodge, Kohima Managed and run by
(Sanctioned in 1987 and the Department and
completed in 1990. functioning well.
Upgraded in 1999 and
completed, under CSS).
2 Yatri Niwas, Kohima Leased out to a private

(sanctioned in 1987, party, on basis of
completed in 1990 under tender system.
CSS).
3 Cultural Hall, Kohima Due to cost escalation, PWD has terminated

(sanctioned in 1987 under the implementing the contract work and
CSS, but not completed). agency could not DC is to pursue for
complete the work. eviction.
The building is also
under the occupation of
the contractor.
4 Tourist lodge at Was under CRPF Could be considered

Mokokchung (sanctioned occupation since 1995, for leasing out, to
in 86 and completed in which was handed over private parties.
1989 and again cleared for to the dept. in Dec.
up-gradation in 2001, 2001 and is to be taken
under CSS). up for repair &
renovation.
5 Tourist lodge at Dimapur Functioning well, under

(started in 1985 and management of the
upgraded in 200 under department.
CSS).
6 Tourist lodge at Zunheboto Completed but not Not handed over to the
hand over to the dept. dept.
due to payment of
pending bills.
174
7 Tourist lodge at Mon Managed by the dept. Could be considered
(sanctioned in 1995 and but not very for leasing out, to
completed in 1999, under satisfactory, due to private parties.
CSS). shortage of staff at the
official level.
8 Tourist lodge at Wokha Never functioned well Could be considered

(sanctioned in 1983, from the beginning, for leasing out to
completed in 86, under due to due private parties.
State Plan. To be upgraded maintenance. At the
under CSS as sanctioned in moment it is closed
2000. down for
renovation/repair
works.
b. Rest House
9 Rest House at Shilloi Lake, PWD, the Can be considered for
Phek (sanctioned in 1994, implementing agency completion under state
under CSS but not had not submitted the plan, provided private
completed). completion/utilization or community
certificates (Ministry management comes
will not consider any forward.
pending projects of the
8th Plan).
10 Cafeteria at Mhalie Peseyie Not functioning. Request for private

Lake, m Dimapur management received
(sanctioned in 1995 in the dept.
completed in 99).
11 Tourist Rest House at Functioning.

Longwa, Mon (sanctioned
in 1995, completed in 1998
under CSS).
12 Tourist Rest House at Not functioning for For private leasing or

Liphanyan, Wokha want of management. for community
(sanctioned in 1997 , management.
completed in 2001, under
CSS).
13 Tourist Rest House at Not functioning due to For private leasing or

Zhuro Chumpho, Wokha want of management. for community
(sanctioned in 97 and management.
CSS).
175
14 Rest House at Vankhosong, Position as above. As above.
Wokha (sanctioned in
1998, completed in 2001,
under CSS).
15 Tourist Rest House at Mt. Not functioning. To be considered for

Tiyi, Wokha (sanctioned in management by VC
1996, completed in 1999). concerned.
16 Tourist Rest House at As above. To be managed by the

Mopungchuket, Village Tourism
Mokokchung (sanctioned Board.
in 1998, completed in
2001, under CSS).
17 Tourist Rest House at As above. To be managed by the

Ungma, Mokokchung Community/VC
(sanctioned in 1998,
completed in 2001 under
CSS)
18 Tourist Rest House at As above. As above.

Longkhum, Mokokchung
(sanctioned in 1999 under
CSS, to be completed
within current year)
19 Tourist Rest House at Under completion. As above.

Impur, Mokokchung
(sanctioned in 2000 and
still under construction,
under CSS).
20 Tourist Rest House at As above. Will be managed and

Khonoma, Kohima run by the Village
(sanctioned in 2000, under Community.
construction, CSS).
21 Tourist Rest House at Not functioning. To be managed by the

Poilwa, Peren (sanctioned VC.
1998).
22 Tourist Resort at Could not be completed For private leasing or

Seithekima Waterfall due to internal dispute for community
(sanctioned in 1996 under between villagers and management.
CSS, but not completed). contractor.
176
23 Tourist Resort at Completed in 2000. For private leasing or
Chumukedima waterfall for community
(sanctioned in 1996, management.
CSS).
24 Tourist House at Not functioning. To be managed by the

Molungyimsen, VC/Community.
Mokokchung (sanctioned
2001, under CSS).
25 Tourist Information Centre Not functioning, as Will be managed by

at Dimapur (sanctioned in furnishing has not been the dept.
1999, completed in 2000, provided.
under CSS).
26 Dimapur Heritage Rest Functioning managed

House (sanctioned in 1999, by the dept.
CSS).
c. Wayside Amenities
27 W/A at Tseminyu, Kohima Not functioning for To be put up for
(sanctioned in 1985, want of management. private or community
completed in 1987, under management.
CSS). Renovated recently
in 2002.
28 W/A at Changki, As above. Can be renovated

Mokokchung (sanctioned provided the
in 1985, completed in community or private
1987). party can take up
management.
29 W/A at Tizit, Mon As above. Can be considered for

(sanctioned 1990, renovation, provided
completed in 1992, under private/community
CSS). management comes
forward.
30 W/A at Piphema, Kohima As above. As above.

(sanctioned 1985,
CSS).
177
31 W/A at Lotha Bridge, Not functioning, but As above.
Wokha (sanctioned in unauthorised
1985, completed in 1987, occupation by the
under CSS). landowner.
32 W/A at Mongsenyimti, Non-submission of Half constructed and

Kokokchung (sanctioned in completin certificate by not in good
1987 under CSS, but not the implementing condition/location.;
completed) agency (PWD).
33 W/A at Terogonyu, Not functioning. To be considered for

Kohima (sanctioned in community
1989, completed in 1991, management.
under state plan) with
provision for water supply
in 2002.
34 W/A at Chazouba, Phek As above. Located on the

(sanctioned in 1990, highway, can be
completed in 1992, under considered for
CSS). renovation, if
community/private
management comes
forward.
35 Cafeteria at Tsutsung, As above. Can be considered for

Mokokchung (sanctioned community/private
in 1993, completed in management.
1996, under CSS).
36 Rest House at Thanamir, As above. Can be considered for

Tuensang for Trekkers to community.
saramati (sanctioned in
1996, completed in 1998,
under CSS)
37 W/A at Tamlu, Tuensang As above. As above.

completed under state
plan).
38 W/A at Namtola, Mon As above. As above.

CSS).
178
39 W/A at Bhandari, Wokha As above. As above.
CSS).
40 Tourist Resort at Doyang As above. As above.

CSS.
41 Tourist Resort at Dzukou, Under construction. Will be run and

Kohima (sanctioned in managed by the
(sanctioned in 1998, under community.
CSS and still under
construction)
42 Tourist Resort at Dzulakie, Not functioning. Request for

Kohima (sanctioned in management by the
1998, completed in 2001, VC received in the
under CSS). dept.
43 Public amenity at High Running. Leased out to private

School Junction, Kohima party.
completed in 2001).
44 Public amenity at High Running. Leased out to private

School Junction, Kohima. party.
45 Cafeteria at State Museum, Running. Leased out to Art &

Kohima (sanctioned in Cultural Dept.
1999, completed in 2000).
46 W/A at Satsuphene, Wokha Running. Request for

(sanctioned in 1999, management by the
completed in 2000 under VC received in the
CSS). dept.
47 Development of Chuziezie Completed, but not To be maintained by

Lake, Kohima with functioning (land community/private
cafeteria, toilet facility, settlement between management.
boat house (sanction in Fishery Dept. and
1999, completed in 2001) Tourism to be finalised.
179
48 View-point at Pulei Badze, Not completed. As above.
Kohima (sanctioned in
1999, under CSS and still
under construction.
49. Development of Not completed. As above.

Amokloshi Lake,
Mokokchung (sanctioned
in 2000, still under
constrution.
50 Resort at Kongro Menden, Not completed. As above.

Ungma, Kokokchung
(santion in 2000, still under
construction).
The buildings are in a very poor condition, and cannot be utilised in their present
state.
180
APPENDIX – j
DETAILS OF THE CENTRALLY SPONSORED SCHEMES, NAGALAND
Sl. Name Dt. & Year Central Amt. State Dt. of Status No. of
No of the of Sanction Share Recpt. Share subt. of of the Rooms
. Project in GOI in in PR/UC Project.
Lakhs Lakhs Lakhs LTD.
C.S.S.
1993-94
1. Const. No. 4.69 4.00 1.03 18/02/96 Commi
of 5-PSW(26)92 ssioned
cafeteri Dt. 30/05/93 on
a at 13/06/9
Tsutsun 7
g
between
Mokokc
hung &
Tuensan
g
C.S.S.
1994-
95
2. Const. No. 8.72 7.00 1.05 14/03/97 Incomp
of 5-PSW(10)95 lete,
Tourist Dt. 21/03/95 under
Lodge PWD
at
Shilloi
Lake
3. Const. No. 14.36 11.50 11.5 20/03/97 Comple

of 5-PSW(19)95 ted,
Cafeteri Dt. 23/03/95 U/C,
a at LTC,
Mhalie CC
Peseyie submitt
Lake, ed.
Dimapu Awaite
r d final
instalm
ent.
C.S.S.
1995-96
4. Const. No. 9.08 8.00 2.74 24/05/99 Work
of 5-PSW(19)96 comple
Waysid Dt. 27/03/96 ted.
e Full
Ameniti fund
es at receive
Namtol d-Goi.
a, Mon
District
181
5. Const. No. 9.14 9.14 3,79 Work
Tourist Dt. 27/03/96 ted.
Rest
House
at
Longwa
in Mon
District
6. Const. No. 6.16 5.16 3.11 12/11/99 Work

of Rest 5-PSW(20)96 comple
House Dt. 27/03/96 ted.
at
Thanam
ir,
Tuensan
g.
7. Const. No. 5.50 4.40 2.93 29/05/99 Work

at Mt.
Tiyi-
Wokha
C.S.S.
1996-97
8. Const. No. 9.26 9.26 2.55 16/03/99 Work
at
Poilwa,
Kohima
9. Devp. No. 23.00 23.00 4.00 22/03/99 Work

Water- Dt. 20/12/96 ted.
Fall at
Chumu
kedima,
Dimapu
r
10. Devp. No. 29.00 23.00 5.37 22/0399 Work

Water- ted.
Fall at
Seitheki
ema,
Dimapu
r
11. Refurbi No. 11- 39.36 27.00 5.50 11/09/99 15% of

shment P&C(34)96(5) the
182
of Dt. 31/12/96 total
Monum project
ent was
Kachari done,
Rajbari howeve
Ruins, r, due
Dimapu to the
r resent
ment of
the
Kachar
i
commu
nity
was
kept in
abeyan
ce &
fund
diverte
d to
T/L,
Dimap
ur-
beautifi
cation.
C.S.S.
1997-98
12. Upgradt No. 60.00 60.00 16.71 Compl
ion cum 9-PSW(29)97 eted.
Expansi Dt. 17/03/99
on of
Tourist
Lodge,
Dimapu
r
13. Const. No. 29.34 8.94 7.8 Under

of 9-P&C(30)97 progres
Tourist Dt. 27/03/98 s. 30%
Resort of
at work
Dzukou comple
, ted.
Kohima U/C
submitt
ed.
14. Water 1997-98 24.50 24.50 29/07/98 Procure

Sports d.
Equipm
ents
15. Festival 1997-98 3.00

Infrastr
ucture
183
C.S.S.
1998-99
16. Const No. 15.00 4.50 5.65 2001 Comple
of Way 9-P&C(23)98 ted,
Side Dt. 23/03/99 docume
Ameniti nts
es at submitt
Satsuph ed,
en, awaitin
Wokha. g final
instalm
ent.
17. Const. No. 15.00 12.00 5.08 LTD Comple

of 9-P&C(24)98 28/01/02 ted.
Dormito Dt. 11/02/99 8/3/02
ry at submitt
Zhuro ed
Chump C.C/U/
ho in C,T/I
Wokha
District.
18. Devp. No. 40.00 12.00 12.00 Amoun

of 9-P&C(28)98 t
Tourist Dt. 14/01/99 diverte
Bungalo d to T/I
w at Wokha,
Zukhum sanctio
ki, n
Wokha awaited
from
GOI.
19. Devp. No. 20.00 16.00 5.80 LTD Comple

of 9-P&C(25)98 28/01/02 ted, all
Holiday Dt. 18/03/99 papers
Resort submitt
at ed,
Doyang awaitin
, g final
Wokha. instalm
ent.

of 9P&C(27)98 28/01/02 ted, all
Tourist Dt. 11/01/99 papers
Sports submitt
Resorts ed,
cum awaitin
Rest g final
House instalm
at ent.
Dzulaki
e,
Kohima
.
184
21. Devp. No. 50.00 15.00 45.00 Site
of 9-P&C(2)98 develop
Tourist Dt. 24/02/99 -ment
Village under
at progres
Chumu s.
kedima.
22. Tourist No. 20.00 16.00 8.08 LTD Comple

Hut at P&C(26)98 28/01/02 ted, all
Ungma, Dt. 24/02/99 papers
Mokokc submitt
hung. ed.
Awaiti
ng final
instalm
ent.
23. Pilgrim No. 25.00 20.45 8.26 LTD Comple

Centre 9-P&C(8)99 28/01/02 ted.
at Dt. 31/03/99 U/C,L/
Impur, T CC
Mokkch submitt
ung. ed. 3rd
instalm
ent
sanctio
n
awaited
08/03/0
2
24. Basic No. 9- 22.74 18.37 22.75 Comple

Tourist P&C(9)99 ted, all
Infrastr papers
ucture submitt
at ed,
Kohima sanctio
. n for
final
instalm
ent.
Receiv
ed on
24/01/0
2.
C.S.S.
1999-
2000
25. Expansi No. 40.00 40.00 8.76 Comple
on & 9-P&C(44)99 ted.
Upgrad 1999-2000
ation of
Tourist
Lodge
185
at
Kohima
.
26. Devp. No. 18.31 18.31 6.63 Comple

of 9-P&C(46)99 ted.
Tourist Dt. 20/10/99
Bungalo
w
Heritag
e
Lodge,
Dimapu
r
27. Devp. 1999-2000 20.00 6.00 6.44 Under

of Rural progres
Ameniti s, 2nd
es, instalm
Khono ent
ma. awaited
.
28. Devp. No. 17.00 5.12 14.10 Comple

of 9-P&C(47)99 ted.
Internal 1999-2000 All
Link papers
Roads submitt
& ed,
Signage awaitin
s. g final
instalm
ent.
29. Devp. No. 20.00 16.00 6.06 Comple

of 9-P&C(52)99 ted.
Chuziez Dt. 11/11/99 CC
ie Lake, submitt
Kohima ed on
08/03/0
2
30. Devp. No. 15.00 12.50 5.00 Under

of Pulei 9-P&C(42)99 progres
Badze Dt. 20/10/99 s. U/C,
Pavilion T/C
, submitt
Kohima ed, 3rd
instalm
ent
sanctio
n
awaited
. CC
08/03/0
2
186
of 9-P&C(42)99 28/01/02 ted, all
Tourist Dt. 14/06/99 papers
Pilgrim submitt
Centre ed,
Camp at awaitin
Vankhu g final
sung. instalm
ent.
32. Const. No. 20.00 16.00 5.00 Under

of Rural 9-P&C(48)99 progres
Ameniti 1999-2000 s. U/C,
es at T/C
Longkh submitt
um, ed, 3rd
Mkg. instalm
ent
sanctio
n
awaited
. CC
08/03/0
2
33. Fairs & 1999-2000 6.00 1.80 Comple

Festival ted.
s.
34. Const. No. 27.00 27.00 11.83 Comple

of 9-P&C (50)99 ted.
Tourist Dt. 25/10/99
Recepti
on
Centre,
Dimapu
r.
35. Devp. No. 10.00 10.00 4.00 Comple

of 9-P&C(49)99 ted.
Sungkot Dt. 20/10/99
enem
Lake,
Mokokc
hung.
36. Tourism 1999-2000 10.00 6.7 Comple

Publicit ted.
y.
37. Devp. 1999-2000 5.12 3.25 U/C Comple

of 2001 ted.
Tourist
Comput
er.
38. Trekkin 1999-2000 29.94 29.94 Comple

g ted.
Equipm
187
ents.
39. Const. No. 25.00 25.00 7.77 Comple

of 9-P&C(53)99 ted.
Liphany 1999-2000
an,
Govern
or’s
Camp,
Wokha
2000-
2001
40. Pilgrim No. 15.64 5.00 29.13 50%
age 9- work
Centre P&C(61)2000 comple
at 2000-2001 ted.
Molung U/C
yimsen. submitt
ed,
sanctio
n for
2nd
instalm
ent.
Receiv
ed
24/01/0
2
41. Devp. No. 33.22 10.00 11.03 Initial

of 9-P&C(8)01 stage.
Kohima 2000-2001 U/C
Lake submitt
Fire- ed on
brigade. 07/03/0
2.
42. Devp. No. 15.00 4.50 11.00 Under

of 9- progres
Amoklo P&C(62)2000 s. U/C
shi 2000-2001 submitt
Lake, ed on
Mokokc 07/03/0
hung. 2
43. Const. No. 30.00 9.00 20.00 Under

of 9- progres
Tourist P&C(63)2000 s. U/C
Lodge 2000-2001 submitt
at ed on
Pfutsero 07/03/0
. 2.
44. Dev. of No. 18.29 5.48 18.29 Under

Nature 9-P&C(6)2000 progres
Park at 2000-2001 s. U/C
Kongro submitt
188
Menden ed on
Ungma, 07/03/0
M.kg. 2
45. Waysid No. 11.50 11.50 3.60 Comple

e 9-P&C(24)99 ted.
Amenit 2000-2001
y at
Bhandar
i,
Wokha.
46. Rural No. 18.00 5.40 8.48 Under

Infrastr 9-P&C(7)2000 progres
ucture 2000-2001 s. U/C
at submitt
Khezak ed on
eno, 07/03/0
Phek. 2.
47. Basic No. 14.88 4.46 20.93 Under

Infrastr 9-P&C(5)2000 progres
ucture, 2000-2001 s. U/C
Mon submitt
and ed on
Mokok 07/03/0
chung. 2. 0%
work
comple
ted.
2001-
2002
49. Expans 30.00 5.73 Under
ion of GOI
Tourist conside
Lodge, ration.
Mokok
chung.
50. Const. 45.00 - do -

of
Tourist
Lodge
at
Tuensa
ng.
51. Basic 40.00 - do -

Infrastr
ucture
at
Touphe
ma &
Chuchu
yimala
ng.
189
52. Waysid 18.00 - do -
e
Amenit
y at
New
Tesoph
enyu.
53. Heritag 55.00 - do -

e
Compl
ex at
Kigwe
ma,
Kohim
a.
54. Publicit 10.00 5.00 - do -

y
support
.
55. Const. 40.00 - do -

of
Tourist
Lodge
at
Peren.
56. Hornbil 10.00 2.81 U/C Comple

l 28/01/02 ted.
Festiva
l.
57. Compu 6.00 4.62 - do -

terisati
on,
Mkg
Mon,
Wokha
558.17
190
APPENDIX – k
DISTRICT-WISE FOREST COVER IN NAGALAND (IN SQ.KM.)

IN 1999
District Geographical Forest Total Change Scrub

area Forest compare
Cover to 1997
Dense Open
Kohima 4041 1775 1797 3572 +278 14
Mon 1786 651 857 1508 - 91 0
Mokok 1615 197 1140 1337 - 68 0
Phek 2026 542 1154 1696 -83 0
Tuensang 4228 1247 2110 3357 - 242 0
Wokha 1628 390 1189 1579 + 106 0
Zunheboto 1255 335 780 1115 + 43 0
Total 16579 5137 9027 14164 - 57 14
191
Geographical
Area Forest
4400
4000
3600
3200
2800
2400
2000
1600
1200
800
400
0
Mon
Mokok
Kohima
Tuensang
Phek
Wokha
Zunheboto
192
Dense
Open
2300
2200
2100
2000
1900
1800
1700
1600
1500
1400
1300
1200
1100
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
Zunheboto
Tuensang
Mon
Wokha
Phek
Kohima
Mokok
193
APPENDIX – l
AREA UNDER DIFFERENT LAND USE IN NAGALAND
Classification Area Percentag

(in Ha) e of land
use
Forest 862930 21.00
Land under Agricultural use 27868 1.00
Land under misc. tree crops and grooves 124252 3.00
Cultivable Wasteland 96092 2.00
Jhum Re-growth 531600 13.00
Current Jhum 101400 2.00
Net Area Sown 186700 5.00
Area sown more than once 36000 1.00
Total Cropped area (Gross 2160000 52.00
194
Misc. tree,
crops and
groves Forest
3% 21%
Agricultural
Use
1%
Total Cultivable
cropped Wasteland
area (Gross) 2%
52%
Jhum Re-
growth
13%
Current
Jhum
2%
Net Area
Sown
5%
Area sown
more than
once
1%
195
APPENDIX – m
STATUS OF NAGALAND FOREST AS ON 31.01.2002
Legal Status Forest Percentage of

Area Total Forest
(in Ha) Area
a Reversed Forests 8583 1.00
b Purchased Forests 19247 2.30
c Protected Forests 50756 5.90
d Wildlife Sanctuary 22237 2.60
e Village Forests
i Virgin Forests 477827 55.40
ii Degraded Forests 284280 32.90
862930 100.00
Purchased
W ildlife Forest
Sanctuary 2%
3%
Degraded
Forests
33%
Virgin
Forests
Reserved
55%
Forest
1%
Protected
Forest
6%
196
0.00
100.00
200.00
300.00
400.00
500.00
600.00
700.00
1985-86
1986-87
1987-88
1988-89
1989-90
1990-91
1991-92
1992-93
197
1993-94
1994-95
Revenue (In Rs. Lakhs)

1995-96
1996-97
1997-98
1998-99
1999-2000
2000-2001
2001-2002
APPENDIX – n
EXCERPTS FROM ANNUAL REPORT 2001-02

MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT AND FORESTS
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
REGENERATION AND DEVELOPMENT
[National River conservation Directorate, Ganga Action Plan Phase I & II,
Yamuna, Gomti and Damodar Action Plan, National River Conservation Plan,
Common Effluent Treatment Plant, Industrial Pollution Control, National Lake
Conservation Plan, National Afforestation and Eco-development Board]
National River Conservation Directorate
The National River Conservation Directorate, which functions under the Ministry, has
been entrusted with the charge of implementing the River Action Plans. The River
Action Plans were undertaken based on surveys conducted by the Central Pollution
Control Board (CPCB) which identified 27 grossly polluted stretches of major fresh
water sources in the country, through the implementation of pollution abatement
schemes. The important works being taken up under the National River Action Plan
include:
* Interception and diversion works to capture the raw sewage flowing into the
river through open drains and divert them for treatment.
* Sewage treatment plants for treating the diverted sewage.
* Low cost sanitation works to prevent open defecation on riverbanks.
* Electric crematoria and improved wood and help in ensuring proper cremation
of bodies brought to the burning ghats.
* River Front Development works such as improvement of bathing ghats etc.
* Other minor miscellaneous works.
198
National River Conservation Plan
The National River conservation Plan was launched in 1995 to cover 23 major rivers
in 10 States of the country. Under this action plan pollution abatement works are
being taken up in 57 towns. Of these four are in A. P., three in Jharkhand, one in
Gujarat, eight in Karnataka, five in Maharashtra, 11 in M. P., four in Orissa, six in
Punjab, two in Rajasthan and 13 in Tamil Nadu.
Out of 215 schemes of pollution abatement sanctioned under this action plan so far,
69 schemes have been completed. About 2455 million litres per day (mld) of sewage
is targeted to be intercepted, diverted and treated. Out of the approved cost of Rs.1,
830.56 crore, the expenditure incurred by States totals to Rs.193.70 crore.
After the launching of the NRCP in 1995, it was decided to merge the Ganga Action
Plan Phase-II with NRCP. A notification to this effect has also been issued. With
this, the present approval cost of NRCP as a whole stands of Rs.3,329.42 crores
covering pollution abatement works in 152 towns along polluted stretches of 27 rivers
spread over 16 states.
National Lake Conservation Plan

A proposal for conservation and management of 10 polluted urban lakes was put up
for consideration of Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs earlier but the
Committee only approved the proposal for Dal Lake Conservation Plan ‘in principle’.
The Ministry also posed the project for external assistance for implementation of the
National lake Conservation Plan to various Donor Agencies. None of the external
funding agencies evinced any interest in the project. The Detailed Project Report of
Dal Lake Conservation Plan however has been prepared by AHEC, Roorkee and sent
to the State Government of J&K for their concurrence. A proposal for conservation of
three small lakes namely, Powai (Maharashtra) and Ooty and Kodaikanal (Tamil
Nadu) using bio-remediation technology at an estimated cost of Rs.14.99 crore was
approved by the Government on 31.05.2001.
The budget estimates for the three approved lakes is as follows:
Powai : Rs.6.62 crore

Ooty : Rs.1.95 crore
Kodaikanal : Rs.6.33 crore
Keeping in view the decisions of NRCA taken during its 10th Meeting to give similar
impetus to NLCP and NRCP, it is proposed to enlarge the scope of work under NLCP
by taking up the remaining identified lakes along with new proposals on lakes
received from different state Government during the X Plan.
199
National Afforestation and Eco-development Board
National Afforestation and Eco-development Board (NAEB) was established in

August 1992 in the Ministry of Environment and Forests as a sequel to the formation
of the separate Department of Wastelands Development in the Ministry of Rural
Development and the transfer of National Wasteland Development Board to that
Department. The NAEB is mainly charged with the responsibility of promoting
afforestation, tree planting, ecological restoration and eco-development activities in
the country with the special focus on degraded forest areas and lands adjoining forest
areas, national parks, sanctuaries and the other protected areas like the Western
Himalayas, Aravallis, Western Ghats, etc. The mandate of the NAEB is:
* To evolve mechanism for ecological restoration of degraded forest areas and

adjoining lands through systematic planning and implementation, in a cost
effective manner;
* To restore through natural regeneration or appropriate intervention the forest

cover in the country for ecological security and to meet the fuel wood, fodder
and other needs of the rural communities;
* To restore fuel wood, fodder, timber and other forest produce on the degraded
forest and adjoining lands in order to meet the demands for these items;
* To sponsor research and extension of research findings to disseminate new and

proper technologies for the regeneration and development of degraded forest
areas and adjoining lands;
* To create general awareness and help foster people’s movement for promoting
afforestation and eco-development with the assistance of Voluntary Agencies,
Non-Governmental Organisations, Panchayati Raj Institutions and others and
promote participatory and sustainable management of degraded forest areas and
adjoining lands;
* To coordinate and monitor the Action Plans for afforestation, tree planting,
ecological restoration and eco-development; and
* To undertake all other measures necessary for promoting afforestation, tree

planting, and ecological restoration and eco-development activities in the
country.
Integrated Afforestation and Eco-Development Project Scheme (IAEPS)
This is a 100% centrally sponsored scheme intended to promote afforestation and

development of degraded forests and adjoining lands by adopting an integrated
approach and management of these areas on a watershed basis with people’s
participation. This scheme has also been extended to include 100% centrally
sponsored Coastal Shelterbelt plantations after Orissa Cyclone of 1999 as a thrust
area. The revised Ninth Plan allocation for the scheme is Rs.247.00 crores with a
physical target for treating 2.27 lakhs ha. of degraded areas. A total of 160 projects
200
including 13 for Coastal Shelterbelt plantations and 31 for Forest Development
Agency projects have been sanctioned so far to the Sates in the Ninth Plan with a total
project cost of Rs.310.25 crores. Expenditure during 2001-02 (as on 15.01.2002) was
Rs.57.63 crores.
Conservation and Development of Non-Timber Forest Produce including

Medicinal Plants (NTFP)
Under this 100% centrally sponsored scheme, financial assistance is provided to the
State Governments for increasing production of Non-Timber Forest Produce (NTFP)
including Medicinal Plants. It has a special focus on tribal population for whom
NTFP is an important source of livelihood. The revised Ninth Plan allocation for the
scheme is Rs.80.50 crores. A total of 75 projects have been sanctioned so far to the
States in the Ninth Plan at a total cost of Rs.100.14 crores. Expenditure during 2002-
02 (as on 15.01.2002) was Rs.19.77 crores.
Bamboo and Medicinal Plantation Projects
Recently, bamboo and medicinal plantations have been identified and declared as one
of Thrust Areas of the Ministry. Though such species are planted as part of mixed
plantations taken up under the ongoing NTFP scheme, projects solely for Bamboo and
Medicinal plantations are now being sanctioned separately under the scheme. A total
of 21 projects with an outlay of Rs.20.69 crores for covering an area of 30,163 ha.
under bamboo plantations and 18 projects with an outlay of Rs.8.60 crores for raising
medicinal plants over an area of 5,285 ha. have been sanctioned during the Ninth
Plan. During 2002-02 an amount of Rs. 6.58 crores for bamboo plantation and Rs.
2.35 crores for medicinal plants have been released to the State Governments as on
15.01.2002.
Shifting Cultivation (Jhum)
Taking cognisance of the aggravation caused in terms of soil erosion and depletion of
natural resources due to shifting cultivation (Jhum) in the North Eastern Region, an
inter Ministerial Task Force has been constituted in the Ministry to evolve a holistic
and integrated approach for sustainable management of Jhum affected lands. The
Task Force had organized a two-day workshop during 11-12 October 2001 at
Shillong, wherein Government representatives of North Eastern States, academicians,
NGOs had participated in the deliberations.
EDUCATION, TRAINING AND INFORMATION

[Forestry education, training and extension, Wildlife education, training and
extension, National Museum of Natural History, Fellowships and Awards,
Environmental Education, Awareness and Training, Centres of Excellence,
Environmental Information System]
201
Grants-in-Aid to Professional Societies
Financial assistance is provided under the scheme to professional societies and

appropriate institutions, museums and science centres for developing activities and
projects in the field of environment as well as to develop exhibition galleries and
educational programmes relevant to ecology, environment and wildlife. Revised
guidelines of the scheme were framed and widely circulated to all concerned.
During the year, various proposals, received from several organizations in the country
were considered and suitable financial assistance was provided to those organizations
for their proposals conforming to the objectives of the scheme.
Income Tax Exemption under Section 35 CCB of the Income Tax Act, 1961
Ministry continued to recommend to the Central Board of Direct Taxes for Income
Tax exemption under Section 35 CCB of the Income Tax Act, 1961 for the
programmes related to the conservation of natural resources or of afforestation
undertaken by Associations or Institutions.
Financial Assistance for Publications
Ministry continued to provide one time grant to professional societies, voluntary

organizations, institutions etc. for printing of publications aimed at promoting
environmental education and awareness.
ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION
Environmental Information System (ENVIS)
In the last Second Monitoring Committee Meeting held on 21.02.2002 the following
21 Thrust Areas have been identified by the Committee for setting up EMCB-ENVIS
Nodes through out the country under the project:
* Urban Municipal Waste Management

* Environmental Biotechnology
* Conservation of Ecological heritage and Sacred Sites in India
* Coastal Regulation Zone Management
* Environmental Audit
* Promotion and Maintenance of Renewable Energy Sources
* Environmental Law
* Medicinal Plants
* Marine Eco-systems
* Bamboo Conservation
* Coastal Shelterbelt
* Microorganisms and Environmental Management
* Eco-labelling and Promotion of Eco-Friendly Products
* Environmental Problems in Tea Gardens
* Cold Desert Eco-system
* Biomedical Waste management
202
* Island Eco-system
* Wetland Eco-system
* Natural Disaster Management (like earth-quake, cyclone, floods, glaciers).
Global Environmental Issues (like climate change, ozone depletion, green-house gas
effect, etc.)
* ENVIS also continued to function as a National Focal point (NFP) and a

Regional Service Centre (RSC) for South-Asia sub-Region Countries for
INFOTERRA network, a Global Information Network of the United Nations
Environment Programme (UNEP). As NFP and RSC of INFORTERRA, the
ENVIS network provided information to several queries received from the
various sub-region countries during the year.
* ENVIS also continued close liaison with various other national information
systems in the country like National Information System on Science &
Technology (NISSAT), Bio-Technological Information System (BTIS), etc., for
exchange of environmental information and to avoid duplication of efforts in the
field of environment and its associated areas.
INTERNATIONAL CO-OPERATION
[Commission on sustainable Development, World Summit on Sustainable
Development, United Nations Environment Programme, Global Environmental
Facility, UNDP, UNDP/GEF Small Grants Programme, India-Canada Environment
Facility, Climate Change, Ozone Layer Protection, World Bank Aided Projects]
India-Canada Environment Facility (ICEF)
The India-Canada Environment Facility (ICEF) is a joint initiative of the Government

of India and the Government of Canada created by the signing of a Memorandum of
Understanding (MoU) between the two Governments on October 20, 1992 for the
purpose of undertaking projects related to the environment.
The funding is provided by the Canadian International Development Agency. It is

managed jointly by representatives from the two Governments (India and Canada).
The primary focus of ICEF is to develop natural resources and enhance the
environmental managerial capacity of Government/Non-government/community
organisations to undertake and to manage environmentally sound development in
land, water and energy sectors in India.
While projects approved by ICEF so far have focused on watershed management,

future projects will concentrate on water quality and energy fields. So far 20 projects
have been approved for funding under the ICEF with a total outlay of Rs.162.56
crores. The Joint Project Steering Committee is co-chaired by Joint Secretary
(International Cooperation) from the Indian side and by Counsellor, Canadian High
Commission.
203
LIST OF REGIONAL OFFICES / ENVIS CENTRES / CENTRES
OF EXCELLENCE / AUTONOMOUS / ASSOCIATED AGENCIES
ETC. OF THE MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT & FORESTS
Regional Office:
Sr. Regional Office Communication Area

No. Linkages
1. Shri Promode Kant Tel : (0364) 227673 Arunachal Pradesh;
Chief Conservator of Forests (C) Fax: (0364) 227673 Assam; Manipur;
Regional Office (NEZ) Meghalaya; Tripura;
Upland Road, Laitumkhrah Nagaland; Mizoram
Shillong –793 003 and Sikkim
Regional Centre for Eco-Development Programme:
Sr. Regional Office Communication Area

No. Linkages
1. Prof. R. S. Tripathi, Co- Tel : (0364) 231626 Arunachal Pradesh;
ordinator Fax: (0364) 231919 Assam; Manipur;
Co-ordinator Regional Centre Meghalaya; Tripura;
for NAEB, Nagaland and
North-Eastern Hill University Mizoram
Shillong –793 014
204
APPENDIX – o
GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR THE UP-GRADATION

OF EXISTING TOURIST INFRASTRUCTURE
The Dept. of Tourism, Government of Nagaland, has developed various
infrastructures for tourism throughout the State. The development of this facility was
carried out with financial help from the Central Government. The maintenance of the
infrastructure, its working, staff requirements & their salaries are however the sole
responsibility of the State Government. In general the status of most of the facilities
is satisfactory but they definitely need up-gradation and enhancement.
The department has developed various facilities such as:
1. Wayside Amenities
2. Restaurants / Cafeteria
3. Tourist Lodges
4. View Points / Galleries
The wayside amenities and tourist lodges are developed under different titles /
nomenclatures, but with very little difference from each other. It is necessary to
distinctly classify these facilities and to identify their necessity & role in tourism
infrastructure. Feasibility studies for necessity of the infrastructure seem to be
inadequately done. Moreover certain guidelines need to be formulated, so that the
existing facilities can be upgraded according to them. These will also help in
development of the new facilities.
Nagaland falls in the category of very high seismic zone. Necessary Structural
and Architectural precautions are required to make the structures earthquake
resistant.
The existing facilities need to be upgraded on various fronts, such as:
1.Structural up-gradation
2.Toilet Renovation
3.Plumbing and Sanitation
4.Electrification
5.Doors & Windows
6.Flooring
7.Plastering & painting
8.Interior Design
9.Environmental measures
10. Surrounding areas
11. Recreation facilities
12. Communication facilities
13. Management up-gradation
14. Staff accommodation
205
The details of each factor are as under:
1. Structural up-gradation
The structures are mostly RCC framed, with partition walls of brick and bamboo
mats. However high rainfall and humid conditions have weakened them to certain
extents and need rectification in following areas:
• Anti termite(biological) treatment for plinth

• Waterproofing for plinth areas (damp proofing)
• Waterproof plastering for external walls
• Leakage rectification
• Proper rainwater harvesting or disposal
• Roof overhangs or window chajja repair
• Repair and waterproofing of overhead tanks
• Plinth protection for all structures
2. Toilet Renovation
Common toilet facilities for dormitories and attached toilets for rooms, both need
up-gradation in the following areas:
• Layout & internal design for maximum comfort & utility

• Non-slippery ceramic tiling for floors and dado
• Sanitary fixture in working conditions
• Non- leaking taps
• Hot water supply for showers & washbasins
• Clean & easy to maintain buckets, mugs, toilet paper holders, soap
cases, etc. to be provided
• Mirrors to be provided above wash basins.
3. Plumbing and Sanitation
The water supply and drainage systems at the tourist facilities:
• Non-leaking, G.I. water supply pipe system

• Proper overflow system for tanks
• Water supply to all taps
• Proper connection to geysers for efficient use of water
• All drainage pipes to be laid to proper slope
• All drainage pipes to be connected to septic tanks, in working
conditions
• Location of septic tank and soak pit to decided as per slopes available
• Plantation to be carried out near soak pit areas
206
• Accumulation or stagnation of water to be avoided anywhere in the
campus
• Surface water drainage to be planned properly
4. Electrification
The electric supply at the facilities is satisfactory. The rooms have non-concealed
wiring system. Following improvements need to be done:
• Proper planning and redesign of the layout

• User friendly location of switches
• Proper necessary illumination of outdoor areas
• Proper management control to ensure energy conservation
• Stand by generator sets
• Alternate / complementary solar system
5. Door & Window
Security is a major tourist concern and hence the door and windows need to be
maintained properly.
• Proper alignment of door and window frames with the walls and
sealing of joints.
• Proper shutters in good condition, either polished or painted
• All fittings and fixtures should be of standardised design & in working
condition
• Windows to have MS lightweight grills
• All balcony doors to open out in the balcony
• All windows to have clean curtains with proper standardised rods or
pelmets
• The proportion of keys and key chains to be user friendly
6. Flooring
The flooring of various rooms to be treated differently as per use and traffic
• Reception lobbies and dining areas to preferably have polished stone
flooring. Mirror polish to be avoided
• Kitchen areas to have stone flooring with dado of ceramic tiles. All
wash areas to have ceramic tiling
• Local flooring materials such as pigmented PCC / IPS to be maintained
properly
• Individual rooms and dormitories to have marble mosaic, stone or any
local material flooring. The choice should be made depending upon
budget availability and maintenance possible.
• Use of ceramic tile flooring in living areas to be avoided
207
• Use of wall to wall carpets should be restricted to deluxe suites / VIP
rooms only
7. Plastering & painting
The external surfaces should be properly treated and maintained for a longer life
of the structure.
• Waterproof plastering to be done

• Waterproof cement painting to be done for external surfaces
• All steel works to be painted in enamel paints
8. Interior Design
The interiors should be planned for maximum wear and tear and for minimum
maintenance.
• The layout should be functional and user friendly

• Local materials and technology should be given preference
• The design could be standardised but should also incorporate local
crafts and techniques
• The upholstery should be simple
• Undue ornamentations should be avoided.
• Stress should be on maintaining cleanliness
• Light fixtures to be of simple design and maintenance free
• Built-in furniture to be preferred wherever possible
• Various fittings and fixtures to be of standard design and make
• The style of interiors should have local influence
9. Environmental measures
Various environmental measures should be incorporated within their existing set-

up of the tourist facilities. These could be the following:
• Use of solar energy water heating systems
• Rain water harvesting
• Recycling and use of waste water for gardening
• Developing a kitchen garden
• Use of solar lights for outdoor areas
• Avoid plastic and use cloth / jute bags etc.
• Use of recycled handmade paper in stationery
• Separation of garbage and conversion into manure by composting
208
10. Surrounding areas
The surrounding areas to be developed for the use of people
• Parking areas to be well demarcated and visually screened with

plantations
• Outdoor dining areas to be well developed and maintained
• Gardens to be well landscaped and maintained especially for the use of
children
• If pets such as cats, dogs, rabbits are being maintained by the staff then
their proper care should be ensured
• Outdoor activities should be encouraged
• Television rooms, card rooms, etc should be encouraged in semi
covered (verandah) areas
• Jogging tracks, yoga grounds, meditation areas should be provided in
natural ambience without any built structures
11. Recreation activities
Various recreation activities should be provided for tourist:
• Cultural programmes in association with local groups or students could

be arranged
• Local food festivals could be arranged
• A small workshop in local handicrafts on once a weekly basis can be
arranged, especially during peak season
• The premises could have a simple badminton / tennis court, carom and
card rooms.
• Tourist facilities in sanctuaries / national parks should discourage
television
12. Communication facilities
The tourist lodges should provide for various communication facilities:
• Each lodge should have a PCO / STD / ISD facility. Internet facilities
should also be provided.
• A provision for a post box on the premises should also be made.
• The contacts of local medical facility, chemist, courier services, etc.
should be kept available
• In case if the tourist lodges do not have their own transport vehicle,
then state transport buses connecting to major towns should have a
mandatory halt at the tourist lodge.
• Similar arrangements can also be made with local taxi service
providers
209
13. Management up-gradation
One of the major factors that need up gradation is the local staff. It could cover
following aspects:
• Short term training programmes

• Strict adherence to rules and regulations
• Service staff training and monitoring
• Dress codes for staff – Managerial / Attendants / Service etc.
14. Staff accommodation
Staff accommodation should be provided near the facility.
• Staying of staff members in one of the rooms should be discouraged

• The caretakers residence should be near the reception areas
• Other accommodation should be near the service areas and away from
the public places
210
APPENDIX – p
GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF NEW

TOURIST FACILITIES & INFRASTRUCTURE
Most of the tourist infrastructure created does not follow any system or procedure in
any of its development. As a result most of structures do not bear a strong identity or
link amongst themselves. Moreover they fall short on many fronts such as excessive
capacity or the designs are standardised on typical PWD patterns.
Nagaland falls in the category of very high seismic zone. Necessary Structural
and Architectural precautions are required to make the structures earthquake
resistant.
Following are few guidelines / procedures for development of the various facilities
provided by the department. They could be categorised as under:
1. Definition
2. Role of various tourist facilities
3. Feasibility study guidelines
4. Site selection criteria
5. Brief for design
6. Guidelines for architectural design
7. Guidelines for construction methods
8. Guidelines for Interior design and execution
9. Guidelines for Landscaping and signage
10. Guidelines for Environmental design
A. WAYSIDE AMENITIES:
1. Definition: It can be defined as a minimal facility located en-route to any

major tours or tourist destination, providing basic toilet, eating & emergency
staying facilities.
2. Role: Wayside amenities have become an important facility today, especially

when road transport has become much faster. They have in a way replaced
motels. They are especially preferred in undeveloped terrains, where various
services are not generally available.
3. Feasibility study Guidelines
• Study of tourist traffic for previous 3 years to justify the development of

infrastructure to be provided
• Study of private lodging and boarding facility available in the vicinity and
their quality of service
• Study to determine the income group of frequent travellers
• Study to determine the communication system available
211
• Study to determine the no of beds capacity required
• Preparation of brief and design of the infrastructure
• Estimation of construction budget and running costs for first 5 years
• Estimation of staff requirements and their remuneration
• Revenue generation and breaking even points
• Strategy for privatisation
• Incentives for private development in case if departmental development is
not feasible
4. Site selection criteria: For selection of sites for wayside amenities following
criteria should be fulfilled.
• The site should be located a major road (National highway or State

highway) connecting two or more tourist destinations
• It should preferably be on the major road and easily accessible
• There should no other resting facility available at nearby distance
• Basic facilities such as water and electricity should be available
• The site should be aesthetically pleasing
• It could be near an undeveloped village
5. Brief for design: The Wayside amenities should be designed with following
brief.
• Toilet facilities for both men & women, catering for a 40 persons bus-load.
The toilets should have urinals, W. C.s, bathrooms, washbasins with
mirrors & dry areas for changing. Accessories such as toilet paper, tissues,
napkins should be provided.
• Solar water heating system for toilets and kitchen
• Drinking water fountains fitted with water purifiers. Design of water
fountains should be such that use of cups/glass should be avoided.
• Both toilet facilities & drinking water fountain areas should have adequate
numbers of dust-bins/garbage cans.
• A fast food counter serving selected few snacks and beverages & dining
area.
• A small food & beverage counter for selling of dry or packaged food
products and packaged/bottled water, cold drinks etc.
• Two twin bedded non A. C. rooms with attached toilets having minimal
furniture, clean linen.
• One 6 bedded non A. C. dormitory without attached toilet, having minimal
furniture & clean linen.
• Pay phone booth having PCO, STD & ISD facility.
• First aid facilities.
• Small residential quarters for Manager.
212
6. Guidelines for architectural design
• The architectural character should be in harmony with the existing

vernacular architectural style
• It should site specific and follow the natural levels / slopes of the land
• Layout design should provide for enough parking space, separate wheel
chair access, service entry etc.
• The planning should be climate specific and designed accordingly for best
human comfort without mechanical means
• The structure should be maximum ground + one storey high
• Use of terraced roof should be avoided and if necessary utmost care to be
taken for it’s waterproofing.
• Location of overhead water tanks should be considered while massing of
various built forms and they should be suitably incorporated in the overall
design.
• Various ancillary systems such as solar water heating, their functional
requirements should be planned in the design itself.
• There should be sufficient roof overhang for wall protection
• Location of doors and windows should be such that it gives maximum
protection from rain (having chajja or opening onto a verandah / balcony)
and at the same time allowing for cross ventilation
• Layout and design of toilets should be of international standards and
special attention should be given to materials, their durability and low
maintenance
• Waterproofing and drainage should be planned properly taking into
account existing land gradient
• Septic tank and soak pit should be located away from the bore well
• Built – in furniture should be incorporated in the planning itself
• Use of local materials should be planned in design itself
• Painting scheme should in harmony with the character of the building and
the site
7. General Guidelines for construction technology / methods
• If the site conditions demand a stilted structure an RCC framed structure

should be planned
• All foundation pits and plinths to be given neem anti-termite treatment
• The external walls should be one brick thick masonry upto 1.0m height
above plinth or alternatively totally in brick. In case of parapet walls, the
above space should be in bamboo mat partitions.
• Internal toilet walls should be in half brick thick masonry
• All masonry work to have 18mm thick external sandfaced plaster and
12mm thick neroo plaster
• Externally the structures to be painted in waterproof cement paint and
internally
213
8. Guidelines for Interior design
• Plan the interiors of the structure during architectural planning stage

• Furniture for rooms and dormitories to be preferably of built-in type
• Furniture for reception area and dining could be moveable type. It could
be in bamboo or cane reflecting local craftsmanship
• Materials used should be durable and of low maintenance
• Conceptually the interiors could be based on local culture of the tribes,
local materials, textiles and handicrafts
9. Guidelines for Landscaping and signage
• The tourist facility development should be undertaken as an integrated

work of built and non-built areas
• Screening plantation to be provided along road and parking areas
• Preference to be given to indigenous plantation
• Landscaping should be as per existing land gradient. Major land works
and shifting of soil should be avoided
• It should make use of existing natural features such as undulations, water
streams, boulders, etc.
• Plantation should be carried out to make optimum use of sunlight, wind
etc.
10. Guidelines for Environmental design
• Orientation of the layout should optimise use of sunlight and wind

direction
• Solar passive features should be planned to allow maximum sunlight,
while minimising adverse thermal effects
• Windows and shading devices should be planned to minimise mechanical
ventilation
• Solar energy water heating systems to be integrated in the planning process
• Segregation and recycling of organic and inorganic wastes to be planned
within the development
• Rain water harvesting methods to be adopted
• Waste water from kitchen and toilets should be utilised in the purpose of
gardening
• Local building materials to be preferred
214
APPENDIX – q
LIST OF VOLUNTARY ORGANISATIONS IN NAGALAND
1. Naga Students’ Federation
2. Indian Red Cross Society
3. Scouts & Guides
4. Naga Club (Naga National Council)
5. Nagaland Voluntary Consumer Organisation
6. Youth Hostels Association of India, Nagaland
7. Dimapur Town Consumer Society
8. Voluntary Consumer Organisation, Mokokchung
9. Hill People Consumer Society, Kohima
10. National Service Scheme
11. Village Councils or Putu Menden
12. Naga Mothers’ Association
13. Naga Hoho (Senior Citizens)
14. Nagaland Tourism Association (NTA)
15. The Mopungchukit Tourism Board
16. Khonoma Nature conservation and Tragopan Sanctuary (KNCTS)
215
APPENDIX – r
LIST OF SOME EMINENT PERSONALITIES IN NAGALAND
1. Mr. H. K. Sema – The first person from Nagaland to become the Chief
Justice of High Court
2. Ms. Vesuzolu Swuro Vadeo – Won medals in National/International
Archery Competitions
3. Ms. Chubalemla Ao – The first lady to receive Padma Shree award in
1981 for her outstanding social work
4. Late Mr. Mayanganokcha – Known as the Father of Education in
Nagaland
5. Mr. Hokishe Sema – The first person from Nagaland to become the
Governor
6. Dr. Senka Yaden – The first Doctorate Degree holder in Science. He hails
from Merangkong village, Mokokchung district
7. Late Rev. Longri Ao – Known as the Man of Peace. He was from
Changki village, Mokokchung district
8. Late Dr. E. W. Clark – The first missionary (American Baptist Mission)
to Nagaland (1872-1911)
9. Late Mr. A. Z. Phizo – Prominent leader & President of NNC
10. Dr. T. Ao – The first Captain of Indian Olympic Football Team (1948)
11. Dr. Imti Temsula – The first lady Doctorate Degree holder in English
language. She hails from Changki village
12. Dr./Rev. Noksangla – The first lady Reverend from the Northeast
13. Ms. Neichulieu Nikki Haralu – The first lady Ambassador from Nagaland
(Panama – 1978-80)
14. Prof. I. Yanger – The first person from Nagaland to become the Vice
Chancellor (Nagaland University)
15. Late Ms. Gaidinliu – A Freedom Fighter from Rongmei Naga tribe who
fought against the British Rule. Ex-Prime Minister Nehru awarded her the
title ‘The Rani’ after the independence
16. Late Dr. Imkongliba Ao – Sergeon from Aonokpu village, Mokokchung
district who became one of the founders of Nagaland State
17. Late Mr. Samuel Mezhur Sekhose – A Scout, sportsman, militaryman,
educationist, nature lover, doctor---- all in one, from T. Khel of Kohima
village
216
APPENDIX – s
CHECKLIST FOR TRANSPORT PLANNING

(Numbers in brackets refer to the appropriate paragraphs in the Guidelines)
Conceptual Planning :
Development brief prepared. (1.75. 5.39).
Discuss with planning authority (District or Borough Council, or unitary authority,

whether the development is consistent with the Structure Plan or Unitary
Development Plan. (1.65)
Discuss with highway authority (county or borough council, or unitary authority, for
local roads; Highway Agency for trunk roads, including motorways, in England;
Welsh Office or Scottish Development Department respectively for trunk roads in
Wales and Scotland) what improvements to the highway network will be needed to
handle traffic generated by the development. (1.48, 1.83).
Discuss with the Passenger Transport Executive, or the Transport Co-ordinating

Officer of the county or borough council or unitary authority, whether the
development can be served by existing public transport routes, whether extensions or
diversions to existing routes might be appropriate or whether a new service could be
justified. Also discuss the outline locations of parts of the development within the site
for ease of access by public transport. (1.49 to 1.52, 1.82, 5.5)
Can other developments be located to generate extra public transport ridership, or can
the public transport be routed through existing developments to produce extra
ridership) (1.75 to 1.79).
Discussion with planning authority possible Developer Contributions that may be

required under Section 106. (5.52 to 5.57)
Is land reclamation or earth-moving involved ? If so, discuss implications for public

transport access with the Passenger Transport Executive or Passenger Transport Co-
ordinating Officer. (1.41)
Outline Planning :
Public transport supply
Has liaison been established with Passenger Transport Executive / local authority
Transport Co-ordination Officer? (6.4)
Has traffic implications been discussed with highway authority? (6.4)
217
Map and list public transport services near the proposed development. Can any serve
the development:
i) without modifications?
ii) by diverting or extending an existing service?
If a new or modified service is required, has its commercial viability been established
by discussion with the PTE/TCO (2.20 to 2.25)
Layout (developments served by bus)
Will the bus service proposed be attractive to users of the development (6.5 to 6.15)
Are the entry and exit points for the development compatible with the local bus
network? (6.9)
Does the proposed road layout allow buses a direct route through the developments?
(6.8 to 6.14)
Can buses enter and leave the development without traffic delays? If not, consult the
highway authority on junction designs and bus priority measures to avoid delays.
(6.42, 7.32 to 7.57)
Check bus stop locations for operational efficiency and safety. Conduct initial safety
audit of bus stop locations and links to surrounding highways. (6.27 to 6.31)
Does the bus route terminate in the development? If yes, has a bus turning point and
standing place been provided? (6.32 to 6.35)
Does the footpath network feed directly to bus stops? (6.3, 6.5, 6.16, 7.8)
Are entrances to buildings close to bus stops? If not, can building locations or
orientations be changed to improve access? Are any destinations more than 400 m
from a bus stop? Are car parks between bus stops and final destinations? (6.20 to
6.26)
Can passengers get to and from bus stops without crossing major roads? If not, are
safe crossing facilities provided? Initial safety audit of pedestrian routes. (6.24, Fig.
6.7)
Has space been left for accessible bus stops and bus shelters? (7.10 to 7.14, 7.22 to
7.28)
218
Layout (developments served by rail)
Will there be a rail station within the development? If yes, has development been
discussed with the Rail Regulator, Railtrack and the local Train Operation Companies
(contact through the PTE or TCO)? (1.55 to 1.62)
Will the train service proposed be attractive to users of the development?
Does the footpath network feed directly to the station? (6.3, 6.5, 6.16, 7.8)
Are entrances to buildings close to the station? If not can building locations or
orientations be changed to improve access? Are any destinations more than 800 m
from the station? Are car parks between the station and final destinations? (6.20 to
6.26)
Can passengers get to and from the station without crossing major roads? If not, are
safe crossing facilities provided?
Is parking required at the station to attract other passengers to improve the viability of
the train service?
Developers contribution and general

What Developer’s Contributions will be required under Section 106? (5.52 to 5.57)
Conduct initial accessibility audit of footpaths, bus stops and/or railway station for the
Disability Discimination Act 1995 (7.7, 7.4)
Detailed Planning
Developments to be served by bus
Does road network provide space for buses?
i. Lane width 3.65 m on bus routes (but see 6.53 to 6.60 for residential
developments).
ii. Space for swept path at junctions. (Figures 6.10 and 6.11)
iii. Turning point for terminating bus services. (6.32 to 6.35)
iv. Standing space for terminating buses (6.32 to 6.35)
v. Space for any bus priority measures. (7.32 to 7.57)
vi. Road structure strong enough for axle loads of buses. (11.5 tonne)
Bus stops
i. Will bus stops be needed or will bus service be “hail and ride”? (6.23)
219
ii. Confirm stop locations are close to final destinations for passengers.
iii. Check stops are not isolated, windswept, near waste ground or other open
space that would be perceived as hazardous by passengers.
iv. Can buses use stops without being delayed by other traffic?
v. Do stopped buses pose hazards for other traffic?
vi. Is it possible to use bus boarders or kerb-side stops? Are bus bays inevitable?
vii. Sight lines for buses and other traffic. (6.27)
viii. Safety audit of bus stop location and design.
ix. Drainage designed to minimise puddling at bus stops. (7.15 to 7.17)
x. Kerb height 125 mm at bus stops. (160-180 mm at bus boarders)
Bus stop furniture
i. Can bus stop flag be mounted on lamp standard or bus shelter? (7.25)
ii. Check with PTE or TCO for preferred type of shelter, and possibility of free
supply by advertising company. (7.28)
iii. Check footway width two metres minimum past the shelter. (7.22)
iv. Check space for ramp or lift from accessible bus. (7.24)
v. Check street lighting satisfactory for stop. (7.25)
vi. Check planned provision of information at stops. (7.29 to 7.31)
vii. Name of stop visible to passengers within the bus? (7.29)
Footpaths
i. Check routes from buildings to stops are direct and less than 400 m.
ii. Check footpaths well overlooked with good sighlines for users.
iii. Check footpath lighting.
iv. Check footpath gradient preferably not steeper than five precent.
v. Footpath surfacing prevents pudding; cross-fall or camber of two percent for
drainage.
vi. Footpath width two metres, with narrowest pinches at obstructions not less
than one metre.
vii. Check signage for pedestrians to and from bus stops.
viii. Possibility of shelter from weather along footpaths.
Pedestrian safety
i. Check safety of pedestrian crossings at all major roads.
ii. Conduct safety audit of pedestrian travel in development.
Traffic management
i. Do buses require priority measures within the development? If yes, identify
problems needing solutions, list possible measures to solve problem select
most appropriate solution. (7.32 to 7.57)
220
ii. Ensure space is available for priority measures.
iii. Do buses require priority measures entering or leaving development? If yes,
liaise with highway authority to identify problems needing solution, list
possible measures to solve problem, select most appropriate solution.
vi. Do local buses carry transponders? Check with PTE/ICO to ensure systems
on development compatible with any local equipment (7.51)
v. Are traffic management measures needed to discourage car use? (7.58 to 7.62)
Bus service
i. Contract local bus operator through the PTE or TCO. Agree service to be
provided when development occupied and timetable for service introduction.
General
i. Audit accessibility of footpaths, bus stops and planned bus services.

ii. Check plans for public transport information in buildings on development.
Developments to be served by rail
Footpaths
i. Check routes from buildings to station are direct and less than 800 m.
ii. Check footpaths well overlooked with good sightlines for users.
iii. Check footpath lighting.
iv. Check footpath gradient preferably not steeper than five percent.
v. Footpath surfacing prevents puddling; cross-fall or camber of two percent for
drainage.
vi. Footpath width two metres, with narrowest pinches at obstructions not less
than one metre.
vii. Check signage for pedestrians to and from station.
viii. Possibility of shelter from weather along footpaths.
Pedestrian safety
i. Check safety of pedestrian crossings at all major roads.
ii. Conduct safety audit of pedestrian travel in development.
Rail service and traffic management

i. Liaise with Rail Regulator and Train Operating Company on rail service.
ii. Liaise with Railtrack on station design.
iii. Decide on need for additional parking at station.
iv. Are traffic management measures needed to discourage car use by travellers to
development?
General
i. Audit accessibility of footpaths, station and planned train services.

ii. Check plans for public transport information in buildings on development.
221
PUBLIC & SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORT ASSESSMENT
Form ST6
Site Ref : ______________________________ Date____________
Short Title : __________________________________________ Horshah
______________________________ Adur Chichester Mid-Sussex
Proposed
Land use ______________________ Arun Crawley Worthing
RAIL STATION _______________________ Distance ____________________

Services :_______________________________
BUS ROUTES Nos:

Operators :________ Distance : ________________
Frequency Daytime:
(Buses per Evening:
Hour) Sundays
Funded by All?
WSC Part?
CYCLING AND WALKING
SUGGESTED IMPROVEMENTS
Bus Shelters……………………… Rail improvements………...………
Evening Services ……………….. Bus Priority ……………………….
Sunday Services…….…………… Ped. / Cycle Improvement ………..
Daytime Services ……..………… Travel-Wise Plan…………..………
Altered Routeing………………… Planning Agreement………...………
PARKING
Provide Secure, Convenient, Covered Cycle Parking
1 Per Bed Space 1 to every 4 Employees/Customers Other________
Cars / Lorries / Buses ………………………………………

RECOMMENDED :
Is Accessible to Public Transport
Is not Accessible to Public Transport (Reason for Refusal)
Is not accessible to Public Transport But could be made so by a Planning

Agreement
OTHER
Signed : ……………………………….
222
PLANNING APPLICATIONS
FLOW CHART FOR ASSESSING REQUIREMENTS FOR
PUBLIC TRANSPORT, WALKING AND CYCLING
Start Here
Assess walking Identify Public

routes Transport Services
Assess cycle RAIL – Refer to BUS – Refer to

routes Time-table “Bus Times”
Assess cycle ASSESS SERVICE FREQUENCY FOR

parking DAY TIME EVENINGS SUNDAYS
YES Is frequency YES

O.K.
Assess walk/cycle Assess walk distance
distance to station to bus stops
NO NO
Inside Inside
½ mile? ¼ mile?
Can extra
YES service(s) be NO YES
provided
STOP
YES Refuse
Permission
Can they be funded
“In Perpetuity Start again
NO
YES
Develop scheme to improve Specify Business Case or finance Develop scheme to improve
facilities at stations offered for extra service(s) facilities at bus stops
Will walk/cycle route Yes Yes Will traffic flow be

to station be O.K.? O.K.
NO NO
Develop Walks Develop Bus
Cycle Schemes Priority Schemes
Draw up planning conditions and agreements to

deliver the improvements/contributions
Grant Permission
Development is started
Ensure promised Courts

benefits are delivered
PUBLIC
223
DEVELOPMENT TRANSPORT
OPENS OPERATES
A Typical Bus Operator’s Checklist
(Based on the Checklist for the Audit of Bus Services into / around Heathrow)
ROUTE No. _________ (One sheet per route. Complete both sides)
1. Status within tender procedure
2. Route length
3. End-to-End journey time Peak

Off-peak
4. Vehicle type
Make/age/number in fleet
Percentage low floor (cost for 100%)
Capacity (i) Seated (ii) Standing

Luggage space (high/medium/low)
5. Bus stop / waiting environment

Number of stops / Percentage with timetables
Number of shelters
Percentage with good facility Illuminated

2/3 way enclosed
Seating
Undersized
Security issues (cctv / alarms / etc)
6. Vehicle tracking
Percentage of fleet with AVL / timescale / cost
Percentage of route with real time displays / timescale / cost
7. Bus priority
General need for bus priority (high/medium/low)
Status in any bus priority programme / estimated cost
Reliability of route as a whole
Percentage of miles lost through congestion

8. Driver
Customer service / attitude
Percentage with uniforms / appearance
224
9. Patronage
i) Total patronage per route.
ii) Percentage of patronage to / from Heathrow area.
(Users to / from A4 (between Hatch Lane, Compass Centre and
Harlington Corner), Hatton X, Southern Perimeter Road, all terminals)
– see Connections Map for area).
iii) Percentage year on year changes for (i) above – note any major route
changes).
iv) Percentage year on year changes for (ii) above – note any major route
changes).
10. Cost of operation
Gross annual cost of operation
Total cash revenue
Total off-bus revenue.
Net annual deficit.
The above data is for planning purposes only.

It will be kept confidential within the Heathrow Area Transport Forum.
It will be used to prioritise services and corridors which are in most need of support.
It will benchmark a patronage base for monitoring change.
It you have any additional comments, notes or suggestions please feel free to
comment.
Please use only one form per route. Where routes bifurcate (74/5; 436/441; 555/6/7)
Please use separate forms for the separate legs
225
APPENDIX – t
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT QUESTIONS
Single-purposism, as we have seen, tends to create projects that harm the

environment. Instead, we should design projects with as favourable an environmental
impact as possible. This is the objective of environmental impact design.
The questions about impact in this appendix have been grouped, as general and
sectoral questions, similarly to their discussion in the book. Clearly, they overlap and
the list is incomplete. It needs to be elaborated. As land-users, we tend to take an
interest in the environmental consequences of our neighbours activities and to resent
questions about our own. We are aggrieved when public goods are damaged and
delighted when the supply is augmented. If damage is unavoidable, we expect
compensatory measures. Environmental compensation, delivered at the point of
impact, is economically more efficient than financial compensation. It goes to the
people who have suffered a loss. We should, by asking questions, audit the impact of
development projects on public goods.
* when a landowner applies for planning permission, a building

licence or authorization from an environmental quality regulator;
* when public money is to be spent on a project, so that society can obtain the
maximum social benefit at the minimum social cost.
The questions can be used to carry out a public goods audit of proposed
development projects.
PART 1 – General questions

Objectives Is it a single-objective project or a multi-objective project?
Planning process Have the affected landowners and land-users helped to generate the
plan?
Impact on public goods Will the existing stock of public goods be increased or
decreased?
Compensation If existing public goods will be damaged, what environmental

compensation it proposed?
Relationship to local plans Does the project design contribute to local plan objectives
for improving the stock of environmental public goods (natural, social and visual)?
Urban design How does the project design relate to local urban design objectives?
Sustainability Does the project design contribute to sustainability objectives?
226
Transport How will the project encourage the use of self-powered transport and
public transport?
Vegetation Will the project design increase or reduce the quantity and diversity of
plant life?
Surface water Will the surface-water runoff from the site be increased or reduced?
Landform How does the project design relate to the habitat potential plan for the
locality?
Habitats How does the planting design relate to the habitat potential plan for the
locality?
Greenspace Is the project design compatible with the objectives of the local
greenspace plan?
Recreation It the project design compatible with local recreation objectives?
Air How does the project design relate to air quality objectives?
Scenic plan Is the project set in an area of low, medium or high scenic quality? How
will the scenic quality be affected by the project design?
Spatial quality How does the project design relate to the local plan for spatial quality?
Skyline How will the local skyline be affected by the project design?
Zoning what landscape character zones overlap the site?
General character How does the development project respond to the Genius of the
proposed character designed to be designed to be identical to, similar to or different
from that of its surroundings? What is the value of the SID Index for the projects?
Detailed character How does the development project respond, in detail, to the
character of its surroundings (e.g. architectural style, plant materials, construction
materials etc.). Are the design details intended to be identical, similar or different?
Nature Has the project been designed with nature or against nature?
Language What does the project ‘say’, in the language of the environment?
Archetypal patterns What extension will be made to larger-scale Alexander patterns?

What provision will be made for smaller-scale Alexander patterns?
Material colour Will the colour relationship with local construction and plant
materials be one of similarity, identity or contrast?
Planning information system Has the project design been checked against the
historical records and development plans in the local planning information system?
227
PART 2 : Sectoral quations
PUBLIC OPEN SPACE
Access Is the open space designed to be bounded or unbounded?
Character Will the predominant character be that of a man-made or a natural area?
Use What provision will be made for specialist activities in the public open space?
Colour What is the most appropriate colour to symbolize the intended character of
the public open space?
Planning How will the public open space relate to adjacent land-uses?
Historic conservation How does the present design reflect previous designs for the
site?
Nature conservation How does th public open space contribute to wildlife, water and
air-quality objectives?
Markets will there be a provision for the sale of goods in the public open space?
Management will the management of the open space be funded with national,
regional local or community finance, by a public-private partner-ship or by a private
organization? Has creation of a non-profit community trust been evaluated?
Ownership Will there be a direct relationship between the ownership and the control
of the public open space?
Greenways In what sense will the open space be “green”? For what types of traffic
will it be a “way”?
RESERVOIRS
SID index Is the reservoir designed to be similar to or different form its surroundings?
Reservoir fringe land will the waterfront land be urban, agricultural estuarine,
recreational or natural?
Urbanization Is it appropriate to design the reservoir in conjunction with a new

settlement?
228
Reservoir margin What physical and biological works will be carried out before the
land is inundated (e.g. to create beaches at water level and habitats beneath water
level)?
Recreation How will the reservoir improve opportunities for outdoor recreation?
Swimming What provision will be made for outdoor swimming?
Habitat creation How will the reservoir contribute to creation of new habitats?
Scenery How will the reservoir improve the scenery?
Archaeology Has the land to be flooded been considered as an underwater

archaeological reserve?
MINERAL WORKINGS
Quality Will the landscape be at least as useful and as beautiful after mining as
before?
Plant and machinery How will adverse side-effects be mitigated? What beneficial
side-effects are planned?
Mineral operation What harm will be done? How will the landform be adapted to
produce a beneficial end-result?
Phasing Is there a phasing plan for the completion of mineral workings and the
establishment of after-uses?
Character at surface level, will the post-mining and pre-mining landscapes be

similar, identical or different?
After-use Has consideration been given to planning for a range of possible after-uses?
Landownership Should the community help acquisition? Will the land pass into
public ownership when the extraction process is complete?
AGRICULTURE
Character Should the existing character of the agricultural land be conserved, or
should a different character be developed?
Public goods What public goods are produced? What public goods could be
reproduced? Who will pay for the public goods? Should the landowner receive a
wage or a rent for the public goods provided?
229
Mapping From which points of view has the agricultural land been mapped?
Strategic reserve Will the farm provide a strategic reserve capacity for food
production? If land goes out of production, how long would it take to bring it back
into production?
Conservation Will the farm contribute to water conservation, historic conservation

and scenic conservation objectives?
Recreation Will access to the countryside be improved?
Food Will the supply of wild food and non-industrial food be improved?
Geography Has the supply of public goods been considered in relation to their local,
regional national and international availability?
Implementation What arrangements have been made to implement a farm landscape

plan?
Ownership Will any easements or common rights be purchased or pass into public
ownership for another reason?
Finance Will the public benefit from money spent on agricultural production
subsidies?
FORESTRY
Character Will the forest be beautiful and productive? Will it have sparkling streams,
bright pools, dark swamps, open glades, black groves and many animals?
Internal land-relationship How many land-use objectives have been incorporated

into the forest design plan?
External land-use relationships How has the forest design been integrated with the
pattern of surrounding land-uses?
Myth Have any myths or stories been incorporated into the forest design?
Land cover Which parts of the forest will be wooded and which will be open land?
Food What wild food will be produced within the forest?
Wildlife How will wildlife benefit from the forestry operations?
Ancient woods What areas have been set aside to become ancient woods?
Roads Have recreational, aesthetic and conservation objectives been considered in

the design of forest roads, rides and fire breaks?
230
Public participation How will the local community help to design and manage the
forest?
Silviculture Which silvicultural systems will be used? Will any of the forest land be
clear-felled or managed by selection forestry?
Management Will forestry objectives receive different priorities in different

compartments of the forest?
Landscape plan Will the forest landscape plan be published, discussed with
community groups, deposited in local libraries and exhibited on note boards?
RIVERS AND FLOODS

Drainage Will the volume and rate of surface-water runoff from the site be increased
or reduced?
Flooding Which areas of town and country will be allowed to flood and with what
frequency?
Detention Will any special measures be taken to detain surface water within the
development site boundary?
Infiltration Will surface-water infiltration be increased or reduced? What special

techniques will be employed?
Roof vegetation Will the roofs of new buildings be vegetated? If not, why not?
Pavements Will porous paving be used in the development? If so, will there be an
adverse impact on water quality?
Riverworks What is the intended use and character of the reach where the works will
take place?
Recreation What provision will be made for outdoor swimming, boating and other
recreational activities?
Coastal works What is the intended use and character of the coastal area where the
works will take place? It is project design sigle-purpose or multi-purpose? Are the
works designed in the context of a coastal landscape plan?
TRANSPORT
Colour What is the most appropriate colour to symbolise the intended character of
the routeway?
231
Names Will the proposed route be a road, a ride, a highway, a lane, a track, a
footpath, a speedway, a bridleway, a street, an avenue or an autoroute?
Multi-mode sharing To what extent will traffic modes share the paved surface? To
what extent will traffic modes be segregated?
Cycling Will a provision be made for cycling and cycle storage? Will the use of
cycles and the safety of cyclists be monitored?
Transport interchanges Have modal interchange points been integrated with other
land-uses? Do they make provision for cycle storage? Have they been designed as
attractive multi-functional spaces?
Conservation Will historic transport routes be conserved?
Alignment Has the route alignment been adapted to its context? Was it produced
using standard criteria from a design manual?
Phasing What provision has been made for future changes in the route’s use and
character?
Margin details Does the treatment of walls, fences, banks, drains and vegetation
relate to local traditions, or to an innovatory landscape plan?
URBANIZATION
Location Where will planned urbanization do the least harm and the most good? Can
it be designed in conjunction with other land-uses?
Size Will the eventual settlement size be small, medium or large?
New settlements What is the best location for the new settlement from the point of
view of the local community? Should a local referendum be held to choose sites for
urbanization?
Community involvement How will the future community be represented in the

planning and design process?
Topography How will the urbanization relate to the existing topography?
Regional identity How will the settlement respond to the character of the local
climate, local design tradition and local materials?
Public open space Which land is best suited for designation as public open space?
Earthmoving Is there an earthmoving plan for the urbanization process?
Water How will the pattern of surface-water drainage be affected? Will new water
bodies be created?
232
Trees Will the urbanization have an advance tree-planting programme?
Circulation What will be done to contribute to a sustainable transport network?
Finance If the urbanization benefits from public infrastructure investment, how will
the public gain a return from this investment?
233
APPENDIX – u
ASSESSING A BUILDING FOR ACCESS FOR DISABLED

PEOPLE
Assessing a building for access for disabled people has been called an access audit.
This is often the first part of the process of improving provision in an existing
building, and can, if done correctly, be the start of an ongoing project that will last the
lifetime of the building.
This chapter is designed to illustrate the nature of an access audit and the features that
should be looked for in such an audit. Sections cover the areas that should be
examined and the ways of commissioning an audit on a building.
What is an access audit?

An access audit will examine an existing building against predetermined criteria
designed to measure the ‘usability’ of the building for disabled people. Usability will
range from getting in and getting around to getting out. Depending on the
measurement criteria, the assessment will examine how much of the facilities can be
used independently by disabled people. A through audit will look at more than just
physical mobility and disability. It will also examine use of the services by people
with sensory disabilities and mental disabilities. The limit of what is to be assessed
will depend on the frame of reference of the project. All inclusive audits will examine
printed material and publicity, staff attitudes and the physical and management issues
within the building .
Beginning a project
Before deciding to conduct an audit of a building it is important to have a clear
understanding of the following:
* The purpose of the audit
* What the criteria for measurement will be and what will be assessed
* The expected outcomes and their format
* Who is to carry out the audit
* The reporting of the results
* The follow-up procedure and evaluation of progress.
The management of audit information and the construction of the project are key
factors in success of a project.
234
What are the purposes?
Most access audits are launched with only a vague idea of what they are intended
to achieve, high expectations of what they will achieve, and a lack of perception
of the management procedures involved in implementing the changes that are
required. Audits are conducted for three main reasons:
1. Comparative surveys; to gather data on the accessibility of the building or

facility to build a comparative table of accessibility of buildings. Projects such
as the Audit Commission were designed for this type of collection. This
enables a statistical comparison of service provision across a region, and also a
longitudinal approach to service provision over time.
2. Analytical surveys; to gather data which indicates the accessibility of a

building for publication in reference works, directories and guides for disabled
people will use to decide where they should go for services. The data is then
disseminated through organizations such as Artsline, which provides a
telephone enquiry service for disabled people in London to find details of
entertainment and more recently, restaurants.
3. Adaptive surveys; to gather information which is designed to generate change.

These audits measure area of inaccessibility and generate recommendations
for improvement. Good audits of this nature will also prioritise the
improvements and make detailed recommendation. These recommendations
may indicate a cost associated with the change and the optimum timescale.
This type of audit can be used to generate a ‘master plan’ for change.
Collection of the same information can be used for all the above objectives, but
the intended out come will determine how the information is collected, the
process and by whom it is collected.
Who should do the audit?

Research that we carried out for the Arts Council of England in 1993 indicated
that the most successful audits and surveys were undertaken by a mixture of
disabled and able-bodied audit teams using questionnaires designed primarily by
disabled people. Success is taken to mean that the data collected were accurate
and detailed, and represented the difficulties that a disabled person would
encounter.
Audits carried out by these groups will often fall into the first two categories of the
Comparative and Analytical Survey types. In order to produce the Adaptive Survey
the surveying and reporting team should be experienced in the design of building for
disabled people and the processes required for their implementation. They will also
need to assemble their cost recommendations from a knowledge database of products
and costs of installation and building work. It is likely therefore that this type of
group would include disabled people and Architects experienced in adaptive work.
235
DIY audits
There are guidance documents and books on conducting your own surveys and audits.
Packs, such as those from RADAR and the Centre on Accessible Environments and
All Clear Designs will certainly give a large amount of information to the newcomer
to the field, as will questionnaires designed by The Access Officer’s Association for
compliance with the Audit Commission surveys of public buildings. However, these
guides and questionnaires will result in a mainly mechanistic understanding of access,
and are useful only for the most cursory investigation of a building’s difficulties or
potential.
Kits of questionnaires and measuring devices – for measurement of door-opening

forces, lighting level and ramp gradients – can be purchased from organizations such
as All Clear Designs.
The other approach is to attend courses on auditing procedure, such as those run by
the Centre of Accessible Environments and longer-term (one year) courses such as the
‘Environmental Access’ course run by the Architectural Association.
However, where a thorough assessment of the building is needed it is normally better

to employ the services of professional organizations and consultants who are
experienced in this area. The Centre on Accessible Environments has an
Architectural Advisory Service, based on a register of architect members with
experience of access; some of whom will have experience of auditing. The Centre
also has experienced auditors who will carry out assessment. A condition of
registration is that the organization will give you one hour of their time free to visit
the building in question and provide you with advice on how they would proceed.
(They may charge travel expenses). The Arts Council of England has also compiled
a directory of consultants in disability and the arts, called Off the Shelf and Into
Action. The directory breaks down groups by services offered and by geographic
region and is available from the Arts Council of England for approximately £ 15.
Local access groups are extremely useful in having local knowledge as well as a wide
range of experienced disabled people. Some local groups are known to the planning
departments of the local council, the Social Services Department and may be in the
Yellow Pages.
Assistance can also be gained in the first instance from Access Officers. There
are normally based in the planning department or the Chief Executive’s office of
the local council. An Access Officer is given the task of implementing equal
opportunities where they relate to disabled people, across a council’s services.
They are an extremely good source of advice on access questions, and should be
one of the first people to be consulted.
It is recommended that up to three organizations are contacted to help formulate a

strategy. The strategy should be drawn up into a brief, and this can then be issued to
gain comparative tenders. Most briefs of this nature will ask for the experience of the
236
organization, measurement methodology and the criteria against which they will be
measuring the building, with the output format and the likely outcomes of the survey.
Accessing facilities
Access audits fall into two different categories :
1. Audits that assess the presence of facilities for disabled people.
2. Audits that are designed to assess how well the facilities in the building will
work for disabled people.
The main types of access audits are illustrated in Figure 3.1
The first type of audit is frequently carried out by questionnaire on a ‘ticking’ basis –
i.e. the question is asked ‘Is there an accessible toilet?’ The response is entered into a
tabular reporting procedure to show the presence or absence of such a facility.
The second type of audit involves a visit to the building where the nature of the
facility and how well it will work for disabled people are measured. This nature of
the assessment is vital to the success of an access audit. Important distinctions can be
made, which a simple recording procedure cannot show. For instance, the difference
between a Disabled Toilet and an Accessible Toilet lies in their layout and their
ability to be used. Pure recording of the facilities will probably result in a tick for the
presence of a disabled toilet, if there is a toilet with the wheelchair user symbol on the
door. However, due to the poor design and layout of many of these toilets facilities,
many would fail the assessment as being an Accessible Toilet because they are
unusable by disabled people.
The simple recording process is unlikely to point out areas in which the facilities can
be improved, other than the complete lack of facilities. The assessment of the
working of the building can generate sensitive suggestions for improvement, where
the improvement can be made by the ‘fine tuning’ of the building.
A description of a facility which does or does not work for disabled people will
highlight the difficulties. It should also refer to the solutions required to improve the
situation.
Feasibility’s studies
Feasibility studies take the information from the access audit and use the data to
propose detailed architectural changes which will improve the access area noted in the
audit document.
237
Assessment criteria
Second only to the decision to measure the working of the building is the choice of a
commonly accepted criterion for measurement of the building. The reason that
acknowledgement of the presence of a toilet marked with a disability symbol is not
sufficient is that not all toilets are built to the same standard.
Who are disabled people?

The audits targeted group of user must be clarified at the outset. The majority of
access audits carried out appear to concentrate on wheel chair use, yet this group
represents only 4 per cent of the disabled population. The other 96 percent are people
with mobility difficulties, sensory difficulties (such as visual disability and deafness)
and learning disabilities. Most disabled people cannot be placed neatly into
categories. The nature of disability is that the majority of disabled people have
multiple disabilities, with the largest groups of disabled people being in the population
aged over 55 years. At current estimates this group of people are 17 percent of the
population, a figure which will rise to 19 percent by the year 2025.
The target group to assess therefore ranges from wheelchair users to those who may
have reduced vision and who exhibit a degree of mental confusion.
Standards and specifications

With the definition of the disabled population it is important to clarify the areas of the
building that will be assessed and the criteria for assessment. It is clear that the
current legislative and standards documents are not comprehensive enough. Both Part
M of the Building Regulations (1991) and BS 5810 are heavily biased towards the
needs of wheelchair users, hardly considering sensory disabilities, and paying no
reference to people with learning difficulties.
238
Figure 3.1 : Types of access audits available
The other difficulty with using documents such as Part M and BS 5819 is that they are
description of minimum acceptable specifications which may allow use by disabled
people (in wheelchairs). The standards make no reference to the ease of use of the
facilities, not the selection and use of the fixtures and fittings required to use them.
239
What to assess
Attitudes
Not surprisingly, the attitudes of a building management, front-line staff and

management may have more impact on disabled people using a building than the
physical aspects of the building. A building that is completely accessible but staffed
by people who are not welcoming, helpful and understanding of the issues around
disability is likely not to be frequented by disabled people.
Assessing attitudes of the people operating a building is notoriously difficult to do. It

is easier and fairly indicative to carry out a Training Audit to assess the level of
disability equality training, customer care and any other specialist training that the
staff may have had.
Publicity / printed material

The design of publicity and marketing information such as leaflets and posters must
be sensitive and appropriate to the target market. Use of language, images and media
must be accessible, including literature particularly aimed at young people with
learning difficulties. It should also be noted that there is a requirement for the
production of publicity in formats that include large print, tape and Braille.
Content
Content of publicity material in terms of language, images and portrayals can be
assessed for their impact and appropriateness to groups of disabled people.
Layout
The layout and typographic elements contained in the publicity material determine its
accessibility to people with visual and cognitive disabilities. Requirements do not
necessarily prevent designers from production exciting and satisfying products.
Physical aspects
The physical aspects of a building form the core of an access audit. Areas which
should typically be covered include:
Physical access
* Transport, parking, entrances, entrance matting, ramps (design,

platforms, handrails, gradients and lighting)
* Doors – automatic (operation control, safety devices, operation procedure) and

manual (closing forces, clear opening widths, vision panel and door furniture)
* Lighting – levels, location, glare and location of control switches.

240
* Short-rise lift platforms – location, size, operation, buttons and alarms
* Wheelchair stair lifts – location, type, controls and size
* Lifts – size, voice enunciation feedback, buttons, lighting and alarm

telephones
* Floor finishes (carpet pile, colours, non-slip and visibility)
* Stairs – nosings, handrails, finishes and light levels
* Reception desks / box office desks
* Acoustics and acoustic treatment of spaces
Decoration
* Colours of wall, floor, ceiling and other features
* Contrasts and visual mapping
* Use of colour to distinguish and code areas
Fire escape / evacuation
* Training, escape / evacuation lifts, design of places of refuge (BS 5588 Part 8,
to allow access to floors other than the ground floor) and their use, evacution
procedures, evacuation routes, ‘Evac’ chairs, fire alarms (visual, tactile and
auditory), fire extinguishers, automatic building protection
* The design, location and lighting of signs
* Visual fire alarm warning
* Alarm procedures and alarm / emergency response cards
Sanitary facilities
* Toilets – location, size, alarms (and alarm procedures), fittings (colours, types,
location and maintenance), taps/sinks, water temperatures, doors (size, door
furniture, signage and automation), sanitary disposal and light levels
* Showers – size, types, fittings, layout, floor surface, temperature, pressure and
lighting
* Changing areas – location, facilities, floor surfaces and light levels
Wayfinding
241
* Directional signage – size, typefaces, raised lettering, heights, colours, textual
and graphic, location, layout, arrows and light levels
* Maps and guides – tactile and taped
* Door / floor signs and other markings (warning)
Communications equipments
* Telephones – minicom systems, inductive couplers, alarm systems and

induction loops
* Computers – information technology to assist disabled people, such as text
magnification for people with a visual disability
* Tannoy and paging system
* Front of house – induction loops on box office and meeting rooms
* Alarms and alarm procedures
Refreshment / recreational facilities
* Restaurants, bars, tea bars, rest rooms, kitchen and vending areas (machines,
etc.) (these are assessed under similar areas to the physical access section)
* Shops and shopping areas – size, layout cash desk, price list and labels
Health and safety
* Signs, first-aid rooms (rest room), first-aid kits and training
How to report
The report format of an access audit is crucial to the success of the proposed outcome.
These were illustrated earlier in Figure 3.1
It is important to locate the team supervising the audit in a department of the

company, council or authority who have an understanding of the issues involved in
the audit and, more importantly, of the implementation of change. It will be this
group that takes the information that has been collected in the auditing procedure and
develops it into an implementation plan.
Conclusion
It is important to have a clear idea of what is being assessed and the purpose of the
assessment before any work begins. The purpose of the assessment will determine the
areas that are to be assessed, the reporting format and the composition of the report’s
targets.
There are many consultants who can advise and carry out surveys of this nature or
support internal groups undertaking their own surveys. The role of disabled people in
the design of assessments and carrying them out cannot be overstressed.
242
APPENDIX – v
INTERNATIONAL TOURIST ARRIVALS

WORLDWIDE AND BY REGIONS
1991-2000*
(Arrivals in Millions)
Region 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000*
WORLD
Arrivals 462.7 500.9 515.7 550.3 550.3 597.4 618.2 626.5 650.4 698.8
%Change -- 8.3 3.0 6.7 0.0 8.6 3.5 1.3 3.8 7.4
AFRICA
Arrivals 16.2 18.0 18.5 18.9 20.1 21.8 23.2 24.9 26.5 27.6
%Change -- 11.1 2.8 2.2 6.3 8.5 6.4 7.3 6.4 4.2
AMERICAS
Arrivals 95.5 102.3 102.1 104.8 108.9 115.2 116.6 119.5 122.2 129.0
%Change -- 7.1 -0.2 2.6 3.9 5.7 1.3 2.5 2.3 5.5
EAST ASIA
/ PACIFIC
Arrivals 56.4 64.2 71.2 76.8 81.4 89.0 88.3 88.0 97.6 111.9
%Change -- 13.8 10.9 7.9 6.0 9.3 - 0.8 - 0.3 10.9 14.7
EUROPE
Arrivals 282.9 302.3 309.9 334.8 323.4 353.7 371.1 373.7 380.2 403.3
%Change -- 6.9 2.5 2.5 3.4 9.4 4.9 0.7 1.7 6.1
MIDDLE
EAST
Arrivals 8.4 10.5 10.5 11.1 12.4 13.3 14.3 15.1 18.2 20.6
%Change -- 25.0 0.0 5.7 11.7 7.3 7.5 5.6 20.5 13.2
SOUTH
ASIA
Arrivals 3.3 3.6 3.5 3.9 4.2 4.4 4.8 5.2 5.8 6.4
%Change -- 9.1 - 2.8 11.4 7.7 4.8 9.1 8.3 11.3 10.3
SHARE
OF INDIA
(in the world 0.36 0.37 0.34 0.34 0.39 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38
tourist
arrivals)
* Provisional
SOURCE : World Tourism Organisation.
243
APPENDIX – w
INTERNATIONAL TOURIST RECEIPTS BY REGIONS

(BILLION US $)
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000
*
WORLD
Receipts 276. 315. 321. 354.0 406. 436. 439. 442. 455. 475.8
% Annual 9 4 9 9 2 5 7 5 4 4.5
Change -- 13.9 2.1 10.3 14.5 7.5 0.7 0.6 2.9
AFRICA
Receipts 5.0 6.8 6.8 7.5 8.1 9.2 9.4 9.9 10.3 10.7
% Annual -- 36.0 0.0 10.3 13.6 13.6 2.2 5.3 4.0 3.9
Change
AMERICA
S 76.7 83.8 89.1 93.2 99.7 110. 116. 117. 122. 136.4
Receipts -- 9.3 1 4.6 7.0 6 9 2 4 11.4
% Annual 6.3 10.9 5.7 0.3 4.4
Change
EAST ASIA
/ PACIFIC
Receipts 40.4 47.9 53.9 63.8 74.5 82.3 75.7 70.7 75.2 82.5
% Annual --- 18.6 12.5 18.4 16.8 10.5 - 8.0 - 6.6 6.4 9.7
Change
EUROPE
Receipts 148. 169. 163. 181.8 212. 222. 224. 231. 233. 231.5
% Annual 5 1 8 10.5 8 2 5 7 1 0.7
Change ---- 13.9 - 3.1 17.6 4.4 1.0 3.2 0.6
MIDDLE
EAST
Receipts 3.8 5.1 5.7 6.4 7.6 8.2 9.2 8.8 9.8 9.7
% Annual --- 34.2 11.8 12.3 18.8 7.9 12.2 - 4.3 11.4 - 1.1
Change
SOUTH
ASIA
Receipts 2.3 2.8 2.7 3.1 3.5 3.8 4.0 4.3 4.6 5.1
% Annual --- 21.7 - 3.6 14.8 12.9 8.6 5.3 7.5 7.0 10.9
Change
SHARE
OF INDIA
(in the 0.67 0.67 0.66 0.66 0.64 0.65 0.66 0.67 0.66 0.67
world
tourist
receipts)
* Provisional
SOURCE : World Tourism Organisation.
244
APPENDIX – x
REGION WISE TOURIST ARRIVALS IN INDIA – 1998 TO 2000
1998 1999 2000 Prop. To the

State / U.T. Total (%)
Domestic Foreign Domestic Foreign Domestic Foreign Domestic Foreign
Northern
Region
Jammu &
Kashmir,
Himachal
Pradesh,
Punjab,
Haryana, Uttar
Pradesh,
Delhi,
Chandigarh
Total 53209461 2068655 57544888 2185037 63122040 2279383 30.0 37.6
Souther
Region
Andhra
Pradesh,
Karnataka,
Tamilnadu,
Pondicherry,
Kerala,
Lakshdweep,
Andman &
Nicobar
Total 75814874 1179194 84612529 1270304 94601776 1313562 45.0 21.6
Eastern
Region
Bihar, Orissa,
Sikkim,
W. Bengal
Total 15694536 314609 16462734 309412 17594801 310638 8.4 5.1
Central &
Western
Region
Maharashtra,
Rajasthan,
Gujarat,
Madhya
Pradesh,
Daman & Diu,
Goa
Total 22947345 1974337 3148379 2063782 33305811 2153438 15.9 35.5
245
North East
Region
Assam,
Meghalaya,
Manipur,
Mizoram,
Tripura,
Nagaland,
Arunachal
Pradesh
Total 529784 2909 567284 3570 1489112 11788 0.7 0.2
G. Total 168196000 5539704 190671014 5832105 210113540 6068809 100.0 100.0
246
APPENDIX – y
DISTRIBUTION OF APPROVED HOTELS AND ROOMS IN NORTHEAST
INDIA
S. No.
State / Place 5*D 5* 4* 3* 2* 1* Heritage Unclassified Total
Arunachal
Pradesh
Itanagar -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 1
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- 10 10
Total (No. of
Hotels) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
(No. of
Rooms) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 10
Assam
Dibru Garh -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- 1
-- -- -- -- 38 -- -- -- 38
Guwahati -- -- 2 3 2 -- -- 1 8
-- -- 154 160 54 -- -- 53 421
Jorhat -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- 1
-- -- -- -- 31 -- -- -- 31
Kaziranga -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 1
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- 18 18
Sibsagar -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- 1
-- -- -- -- 29 -- -- -- 29
Silehar -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- 1
-- -- -- -- 44 -- -- -- 44
Tinsukia -- -- -- 1 1 -- -- -- 2
-- -- -- 38 20 -- -- -- 58
Total (No. of
Hotels) 0 0 2 4 7 0 0 2 15
(No. of
Rooms) 0 0 154 198 216 0 0 71 639
Manipur 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Meghalaya
Shillong -- -- 1 2 -- 1 -- -- 4
-- -- 50 75 -- 40 -- -- 165
Total (No. of
Hotels) 0 0 1 2 -- 1 0 0 4
(No. of
Rooms) 0 0 50 75 -- 40 0 0 165
Mizoram
Aizawl -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 1
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- 28 28
Total (No. of
Hotels) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
(No. of
Rooms) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 28 28
Nagaland 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Sikkim
Gangtok -- -- 3 1 -- -- -- -- 4
-- -- 104 29 -- -- -- -- 133
Total (No. of
Hotels) 0 0 3 1 0 0 0 0 4
(No. of
Rooms) 0 0 104 29 0 0 0 0 133
247
APPENDIX – z
SOURCES OF INFORMATION
The major sources of information, which influenced the tourists to visit India, were
friends and relatives, general books, travel agents / tour operators, travel guides etc.
No. of Tourists Reporting Different Sources of Information

S. Country of Tele- Adv. Advt. Travel Travel General Friends Travel India Others
No. Nationality ision Daily/ Travel Shows Guides Books and agents/ Office
Magazine Journal Exhib. Relatives Tour
Oper.
1 Austrialia 1 7 5 8 11 11 14 11 4 32
2 Canada 4 2 6 3 6 6 13 5 3 12
3 Germany 9 12 16 7 22 29 20 8 6 48
4 France 8 11 5 5 22 18 20 14 3 25
5 Italy 5 4 5 4 9 14 18 10 8 21
6 Japan 2 3 2 2 13 10 15 7 2 22
7 Malaysia 1 0 1 4 2 1 2 0 0 3
8 Netherlands 5 4 5 2 9 14 17 3 1 16
9 Oman 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 2 0 1
10 Singapore 3 4 0 1 0 3 4 0 1 8
11 Spain 1 2 3 2 7 6 9 4 3 6
12 Sweden 0 2 5 2 8 3 4 8 0 10
13 Switzerland 3 3 3 2 7 11 13 11 2 3
14 Thailand 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
15 UAE 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0
16 U.K. 38 56 78 63 134 116 147 160 35 151
17 U.S.A. 12 22 17 12 42 51 67 33 9 88
18 Others 23 30 19 23 44 71 79 33 13 106
Total 115 162 170 141 336 365 445 309 90 553
248
APPENDIX - aa
THE NATIONAL WILDLIFE ACTION PLAN ON TOURISM
The National Wildlife Action Plan makes the following points on the issue of
Tourism:
1. Tourism demands must be subservient to and in consonance with the

conservation interests of Protected Areas (PA) and wildlife
2. Eco-tourism must primarily involve and benefit local communities
3. Develop national guidelines on tourism within PAs. Ways of benefiting local

people directly by tourism should be specified in the guidelines
4. Develop tourism management plans for each PA. Also conduct surveys of
existing accommodation and tourist facilities within PAs
5. The Wildlife Institute of India should develop impact assessment techniques

and standards that can be used by PA managers to evaluate the negative
impacts of tourism on soil, water resources, vegetation, animal life, sanitation
or waste disposal and cultural environments
6. Develop stringent standards of waste disposal, energy and water consumption

and construction plans and materials used therein
7. A ceiling of the number of tourists and tourist vehicles permitted to enter the
PA should be specified. The PA managers must be empowered to use their
discretion in closing off certain areas of the PA, for example, an area where a
tiger has littered
8. Set up State and Union Territory eco-tourism advisory boards that will
regulate tourism activities. Representatives of local people living near PAs,
local NGOs and PA managers to be a part of these boards to develop and
regulate tourism activities
249
APPENDIX – bb
LIST OF CENTRAL GOVERNMENT MINISTRIES FOR

TOURISM DEVELOPMENT COLLABORATION
Ministry of Agriculture- Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR), Indian

Institute of Horticultural Research (IIHR), Krishi Vigyan Kendra (KVK), Water
Technology Centre for Eastern Region
Ministry of Commerce & Industries- Agricultural & Processed Food Products Exports
Development Authority (APEDA), Industrial Institute of Foreign Trade (IIFT), India
Trade Promotion Organisation (ITPO)
Ministry of Communication & Information Technology- National Information Centre

(NIC), Department of Tele Communication (DOT)
Ministry of Defence- Defence Research & Development Organisation (DRDO),

GREF
Ministry of Environment & Forests- Central Zoo Authority (CZI), Botanical Survey
of India (BSI), Zoological Survey of India (ZSI), Medicinal Plant Board, Forest
Development Agencies (Joint Forest Management Committees & Eco-development
Committees)
Ministry of Health & Family Welfare- Department of Indian Systems of Medicine &
Homeopathy
Ministry of Home Affairs- Northeast Council (NEC)
Ministry of Human Resource Development- Department of Education, Department of

Women & Child Development
Ministry of Information & Broadcasting
Ministry of Non-conventional Energy Sources- Indian Renewable Energy

Development Agency Ltd. (IREDA)
Ministry of Road Transport & Highway
Ministry of Rural Development- Council of Advancement of People’s Action & Rural

Technology (CAPART), National Institute of Rural Development (NIRD)
Ministry of Science & Technology- Department of Science and Industrial Research,

Institute of Himalayan Bio-resources Technology (IHBT)
Ministry of Small Scale Industries & Agro & Rural Industries
250
Ministry of Textiles- Handloom Export Promotion Council (HEPC), Handicraft &
Handloom Export Corporation (HHEC)
Ministry of Tourism & Culture- Archaeological Survey of India, National Culture

Fund, Department of Tourism
Ministry of Tribal Affairs
Ministry of Water Resources
Ministry of Youth Affairs & Sports
251
APPENDIX – cc
LIST OF INSTITUTIONAL FUNDING AGENCIES FOR

TOURISM DEVELOPMENT
Indian Non-governmental Organisations (NGOs):
Infosys Foundation
Pirojsha Godrej foundation
Reliance Foundation
J.R.D. Tata Trust
Tata Sons Ltd. & various Trusts
Wildlife Trust of India
K. Mahindra Foundation
International Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs):
Aga Khan Foundation

Asia Pacific Foundation of Canada
Asian Cultural Council
AT & T Foundation
Aurora Foundation
Environmental Trust
Ford Foundation
Foundation for Deep Ecology
Gates Foundation
Global Conservation Fund (Gordon & Betty Moore Foundation)
Goldman Environment Foundation
International Fund for Animal Welfare
Kellog Foundation
MacArther Foundation
National Geographic Foundation
Paul Getty Allen Forest Protection Foundation
Paul Getty Trust
Smithsonian Institute
The Asia Foundation
The Carnegie Foundation
The Rockfeller Foundation
World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF), International
252
International Government Agencies:
Department of Environmental Research & Social Sciences, Germany

German Ministry of Development Co-operation
National Environment Research Council (NERC), UK
Netherlands Development Organisation
Netherlands Organisation for Scientific Research (Earth & Life Science)
Swiss National Foundation, Switzerland
The Research Council of Norway (Environment & Development)
The Swedish Research Council for Environment, Agriculture & Spatial Planning,
Sweden
The United States Agency for International Development (USAID)
United Kingdom Department of International Development
United States Department of Fish & Wildlife
US Global Change Research Programme, USA
Inter Governmental Organisations (IGOs):
Conservation International
Danish International Development Assistance (DANIDA)
Department for International Development (DFID), UK
Environment Programme of European Commission
Environment Protection Agency, USA
Global Environment Facility (GEF)
India Canada Environment Facility (ICEF)
Indo-Dutch Programme on Alternatives in Development (IDPAD)
Indo-Norwegian Environment Programme (INEP)
International Bank for Reconstruction & Development (IBRD)
International Relations Council (Social Science & Humanities Research), Canada
International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN)
Japanese Bank for International Co-operation (JBIC)
National Natural Science Foundation of China
Overseas Development Administration (ODA)
The Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)
The United Nations Children’s Fund (UNCF)
The United Nations Development Programme (UNDP)
The United Nations Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC)
The United Nations Education, Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO)
The United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP)
The United Nations Population Fund (UNFPA)
253
REFERENCES:
Agarwal A. K. et al, 1991, Political & Economic Development of Mizoram, Mittal

Publications
Aier Y., 1973, Folk Tales of Nagaland
Aier Y., 1973, The Nagaland of tomorrow and Her educated youth
Ao M. A., 1968, The Arts & Crafts of Nagaland, Naga Institute of Culture
Ao M. A., 1970, A Brief Historical Account of Nagaland, Naga Institute of Culture
Barthew W. B., 1994, A Perspective Plan for Conservation, Management and
Development of Land Resources for 2000 A.D., Ministry of Agriculture
Bhatia A. K., 2002, Tourism Development – Principles & Practices, Sterling
Publishers, New Delhi
Bhatia A. K., 2001, International Tourism Management, Sterling Publishers,
New Delhi
Bhattacharjee P. K., 2001, Provisional Population Totals-Paper 1 & 2, Controller of
Publications, New Delhi
Bhattacharya S., 1992, From Jhuming to Tapping, Dept. of Welfare for Sch. Tribes,
Tripura
Carson L. H., 1927, Pioneer Trails, Trials and Triumphs, Reprinted (1997) by Dept.
of Art & Culture, Mizoram
Cater & Lowman, 1994, Ecotourism-A Sustainable Option?, John Wiley & Sons, UK
Central Young Mizo Asson., 1994, Constitution of Y. M. A., Aizwal, Mizoram
Chatterji N., 1979, Monoliths & Landmarks of Mizoram, Tribal Research Institute,
Aizawl
Das J. N., 1986, Study of the Land Systems of the Northeastern Region, Law Research
Institute
Das P., 1997, Wild Edible Plants of Tripura Tribes, Tribal Cultural Research Institute
& Museum, Tripura
Dev Varman S. B. K., 1971, A Study over the Jhum and Jhumia rehabilitation in
Tripura Dept. of Welfare of Sch. Tribes and Sch. Castes, Govt. of Tripura
Dev Varman S. B. K., 1986, The Tribes of Tripura, Directorate of Research, Tripura
Debbarma K., 1994, Tribal Folk Medicine of Tripura, Tribal Research Institute,
Tripura
Dept. of Agriculture, Mizoram, 1999, Agriculture Handbook of Mizoram, Govt. of
Mizoram
Dept. of Agriculture & Minor Irrigation, Mizoram, 2001, Statistical Abstract,
Directorate of Agriculture and Minor Irrigation
Dept. of Art & Culture, 2000, Various brochures, Govt. of Mizoram
Dept. of Environment & Forests, Mizoram, 2001, Handbook cum diary, Linkman
Publications, West Bengal
Dept. of Environment of Forests, Mizoram, 2000, Wildlife Series- brochures, Wildlife
Division, Mizoram
Dept. of Tourism, GOI, 2001, National Tourism Policy – 2002, Ministry of Tourism
& Culture
Dept. of Tourism, GOI, 2002, Annual Report, 2001 – 2002, Ministry of Tourism &
Culture
Dept. of Tourism, GOI, 2001, Tourist Statistics – 2000, Ministry of Tourism &
Culture
254
Dept. of Tourism, GOI, 2002, Tourist Arrivals in India, Highlights – 2001, Ministry
of Tourism & Culture
Dept. of Tourism, Nagaland, 2001, Tourism Policy – 2001, Govt. of Nagaland
Director of Art & Culture, 1989, Mizoram District Gazetteers, Govt. of Mizoram
Director General, MOT, 1998, Ecotourism in India, Policy & Guidelines, Ministry of
Tourism, GOI
Directorate of Animal Husbandry, Mizoram, 1997, Report on 16th Quinquennial
Livestock Census of Mizoram, Govt. of Mizoram
Directorate of Economics & Statistics, 2000, Census of Government Employees, Govt.
of Mizoram
Directorate of Horticulture, Mizoram, 2001, Horticulture of Mizoram at a Glance,
Govt. of Mizoram
Elwin V., 1959, The Art of the Northeast Frontier of India
Elwin V., 1969, The Nagas in the Nineteenth Century, OUP
Epao V., 1991, From Naga animism to Christianity
Faulkner et al, 2001, Tourism in the Twenty-first Century, Continuum, London
Fischer C E C, 1978, The flora of the Lushai Hills, Tribal Research Institute
Ganguli M., 1984, A Pilgrimage to the Nagaland, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.
Gokhale A M et al, 1985, The Use of Alder Tees, Education Dept., Nagaland
Govt. of Mizoram, 1988-, Administration Reports (1987 - 88, 1988 – 89)
Govt. of Mizoram, 1989, Mizoram District Gazetteers, Dept. of Art & Culture
Govt. of Mizoram, 2001, Mizoram Information Booklet, Dept. of Information &
Public Relations, Mizoram
Govt. of Mizoram, 2001, Report of Integrated sample survey for estimation of
Production of Milk, Egg and Meat for the year 2000-2001,
Directorate of Animal Husbandry & Veterinary, Mizoram
Govt. of Nagaland, 19 , Nagaland District Gazetteers
Govt. of Tripura, 1975, Tripura District Gazetteers, Dept. of Education, Tripura
Govt. of Tripura, 1992- TUI, Journal on Tribal Life & Culture, Tribal Research
Institute
Guha Thakurta S. N., 1999, India – The Land & People – Tripura, National Book
Trust
Holden A., 2000, Environment and Tourism, Routledge, London
Inst. of Highways & Transportation, 1999, Guidelines for Planning for Public
Transport in Development, HQ Design & Print, England
Iralu K. D., 2001, How then shall we live?, Iralu, Kohima
James Holmes-Siedle, 1996, Barrier-free Design, A manual for designers &
Managers, Butterworth Architecture, Oxford
Jamir A. M. T., 2002, General knowledge – Naga Hills to Nagaland, Jamir, Kohima
Horam R., 1998, The Genesis of the Naga Political Movement, Mrs. Horam, Manipur
Khutsoh W., 2000, Tourism scenario and its potentiality in Nagaland, Khutosh,
Guwahati, Assam
Laiba M. T., 1992, The Geography of Manipur, Public Book Store, Imphal, Manipur
Lalchuailova, 2001, Aizawl Guide Book, Tribal Research Institute, Mizoram
Lalchungnunga, 1994, Mizoram: Politics of Regionalism & National Integration,
Reliance Publishing House
Luikham R., 1983, Folk Lore & Tales of the Nagas, Emmanuel Publishers, New Delhi
Long J., 1850, Analysis of the Rajmala, Tribal Cultural Research Inst. & Museum,
Tripura
255
Lorrain R., 1912, Five Years in Unknown Jungles, Lakher Pioneer Mission, London,
Reprint (1988) by Tribal Research Institute, Mizoram
MoEF, GOI, 1994, Handbook of Environmental Procedures & Guidelines, ENVIS
Nagaland Board of School Education, 2001, Nagaland (Text book for classes 9 & 10)
Nath N. C., 1999, Sri Rajmala, Vol I – IV (Translation), Tribal Research Institute,
Tripura
North Eastern Council, 2002, Statistics of North Eastern Region, NEC
North Eastern Council, 1995-, Journals of the North Eastern Council, NEC
Planning & Programme Implementation Dept., 2001, Draft Tenth Five Year Plan
(2002- 2007) & Annual Plan (2002-2003), Govt. of Mizoram
Prakash Singh, 2001, Kohima to Kashmir, Rupa & Co., New Delhi
Ramkrishnan P. S., 1992, Shifting Agriculture & Sustainable Development – An
Interdisciplinary Study from Northeastern India, UNESCO
Saigal J. R., 2000, Pakistan Splits – The Birth of Bangladesh, Manas Publications
Sangkima, 1992, Mizos: Society & Social Change, Spectrum Publications
Sapuchangkija et al, 1992, Orchids of Nagaland, Forest Department, Nagaland
Sen S., 19 , Tribes of Nagaland
Seth P. N. et al, 2000, An Introduction to Travel & Tourism, Sterling Publishers, New
Delhi
Singh D., 1996, The last frontier – People and forests in Mizoram, TERI
Singh K. S. et al, 1994, People of India – National Series, Anthropological Survey of
India (ASI)
Singh K. S. et al, 1994, People of India – State Series, Nagaland, ASI
Singh K. S. et al, 1995, People of India – State Series, Mizoram, ASI
Singh K. S. et al, 1996, People of India – State Series, Tripura, ASI
Singh L. I., 1987, Introduction to Manipur, Singh I. S., Imphal, Manipur
Singh P., 1995, India – The Land & People – Nagaland, National Book Trust
Tribal Research Institute, 1993, Guide to Mizoram, Part I-IV, Dept. of Art & Culture
Tyagi D. K., 1997, Tribal Folk Tales of Tripura, Tripura State Tribal Cultural
Research Institute & Museum
Thansanga R. et al, 1999, Soils of Mizoram, Directorate of Agriculture, Mizoram
Telem I. K., 2002, General Knowledge of Manipur, Telem S., Imphal, Manipur
Tom Turner, 1998, Landscape Planning & Environmental Impact Design, UCL Press,
London
Upadhyaya K. K., 1986, Development Problems & Prospects of Mizoram, Inter India
Vidyarthi L. P., 1993, Art & Culture of Northeast India, Ministry of Information &
Broadcasting, Govt. of India
Young G., 2001, Indo – Naga war – A journalist account (1961), Gase Publications,
Viphuora
256

Nagaland

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nagaland

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nagaland

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA

MINISTRY OF TOURISM AND CULTURE

20 YEARS PERSPECTIVE PLAN

1.1. Background of Tourism Development

3.1 Tourism Status

4.1 Communication Network

5. Positive and Negative Factors 63

5.1 Northeast Region

6. Proposed Tourism Policy 65

6.1 General Recommendations for the Northeast Region

7. Tourism Trends and Implications 106

7.1 Tourism Research and Documentation

8. Financial Implications and Funding Avenues 111

8.1 Financial Implications

9. Tourism Economics, Cost - Benefit Analysis & Employment Generation 124

10. Community Participation & Women’s Role 139

11. Proposed Strategy & Action Plan 142

13. Block Estimate & Feasibility 148

14. Conclusion 151

a. Guidelines for preparation of Perspective Plan 154

Map of Northeast India

4. Tourist Lodge, Kohima 59

5. Tuophema Resort, the villagers’ initiative 62

9. The Ruins of Kachari Kingdom, Dimapur 101

10. Naga Tribes in Festive Moods 103

11. Village Gate 105

12. Naga Woman 141

13. Naga Symbolism 151

1. World Tourism – Region wise distribution 32

2. World Top Tourism Earners 33

3. Domestic & Foreign Tourist visiting NE & Nagaland 52

4. Budget Allocation for Tourism – Govt. of Nagaland 54

5. Projects sanctioned by Dept. of Tourism, GOI 55

6. Special Budget Allocation for NE, GOI 55

7. Trends & Projections of tourist arrivals at various destinations 107

8. Existing status & Projected needs of accommodation 108

9. General Evaluation of Tourism destinations 110

11. State Budget (1993-2003) 127

12. Average per capita per Day Tourist Enditure 134

13. Direct Economic Benefits 135

14. Indirect Economic Benefits 136

15. Cost Benefit Analysis 137

16. Generation of Direct Employment 138

17. Block Estimate 148

1. Staff of the Department of Tourism (MR), Govt. of India

2. Staff of the Department of Tourism, Nagaland

4. Various respondents to the questionnaire

5. Various tourists, tour organisers, travel agents

6. Staff of various libraries

7. Consultants & staff of ‘The Designers’

8. Various government officials, State of Nagaland

We dedicate this study report to the PEOPLE OF NAGALAND.

We are extremely grateful to the Department of Tourism, Government of India for

20 YEARS PERSPECTIVE PLAN

a. It is a unifying and a nation-building force, through fostering greater

a. Improvement of tourist infrastructure

Considering the unique and environmentally fragile region of northeast India

Tourism development in Northeast India & Nagaland: It is unfortunate that